Permold Series

Overhaul
Manual

MODELS I0-550-A
B
C
G
N
P
R
Courtesy of Bomar Flying Service
www.bomar.biz
FORM NO. X30568A FAA APPROVED
© 2000 OCTOBER 2000
 CURRENT STATUS OF PAGES AS OF:
OCTOBER 2000
See “Manual Revisions,” in the introduction section for distribution procedure.
THE ORIGINAL DATE OF THIS PUBLICATION IS SEPTEMBER 1994. INSERT LATEST PAGES;
DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

WARNING
If the user of this manual is uncertain whether all current revisions have been
incorporated into the manual, contact Teledyne Continental Motors. Do not
perform any operation, maintenance, installation or other operation until the
manual is confirmed current.
MODEL: I0-550-A,B,C,G,N, P & R FORM X30568A

PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS

COV. OCTOBER.2000 6-12 OCTOBER 2000 9-12 through 13-7 MAY 1998
ii OCTOBER 2000 6-13 MAY 1998 9-16 OCTOBER 2000 13-8 MAY 1998
iii OCTOBER 2000 OCTOBER 2000 9-17 MAY 1998 13-9 OCTOBER 2000
iv through 6-15 MAY 1998 9-18 OCTOBER 2000 13-10 through
iiv MAY 1998 6-16 MAY 1998 9-19 OCTOBER 2000 13-12 MAY 1998
MAY 1998 6-17 through MAY 1998 13-13 OCTOBER 2000
ORIGINAL 6-19 OCTOBER 2000 MAY 1998 13-14 through
1-3 OCTOBER 2000 MAY 1998 9-22 through 13-20 MAY 1998
1-4 OCTOBER 2000 OCTOBER 2000 9-24 OCTOBER 2000 13-21 OCTOBER 2000
1-5 OCTOBER 2000 ORIGINAL OCTOBER 2000 13-22 OCTOBER 2000
1-6 ORIGINAL OCTOBER 2000 10-2 MAY 1998 14-1 OCTOBER 2000
2-1 ORIGINAL 8-2 OCTOBER 2000 10-3 through 14-2 trough
2-2 MAY 1998 8-3 MAY 1998 10-6 OCTOBER 2000 14-4 MAY 1998
2-3 through OCTOBER 2000 10-7 MAY 1998 14-5 OCTOBER 2000
2-6 OCTOBER 2000 8-5 through 10-8 OCTOBER 2000 14-6 MAY 1998
3-1 MAY 1998 8-9 MAY 1998 10-9 through 14-7 MAY 1998
3-2 through 8-10 through 10-11 MAY 1998 14-8 OCTOBER 2000
3-6 OCTOBER 2000 8-14 OCTOBER 2000 10-12 through 14-9 MAY 1998
MAY 1998 MAY 1998 10-16 OCTOBER 2000 14-10 OCTOBER 2000
ORIGINAL OCTOBER 2000 10-17 OCTOBER 2000 14-11 MAY 1998
ORIGINAL 8-17 through 10-18 MAY 1998 14-12 OCTOBER 2000
MAY 1998 8-20 MAY 1998 11-1 ORIGINAL 14-13 MAY 1998
5-3 trough 8-21 OCTOBER 2000 11-2 MAY 1998 14-14 OCTOBER 2000
5-5 ORIGINAL 8-22 MAY 1998 11-3 MAY 1998 14-15 MAY 1998
5-6 through 9-1 OCTOBER 2000 11-4 ORIGINAL 14-16 OCTOBER 2000
5-8 OCTOBER 2000 9-2 MAY 1998 12-1 through 14-17 MAY 1998
6-1 OCTOBER 2000 9-3 MAY 1998 12-5 MAY 1998 14-18 OCTOBER 2000
6-2 OCTOBER 1998 9-4 OCTOBER 2000 12-6 ORIGINAL 14-19 OCTOBER 2000
6-3 OCTOBER 2000 9-5 through 13-1 OCTOBER 2000 14-20 OCTOBER 1998
6-4 through 9-7 MAY 1998 13-2 MAY 1998 14-21 OCTOBER 2000
6-8 MAY 1998 9-8 OCTOBER 2000 13-3 OCTOBER 2000 14-22 OCTOBER 1998
6-9 OCTOBER 1998 9-9 OCTOBER 2000 13-4 MAY 1998 14-23 MAY 1998
6-10 MAY 1998 9-10 MAY 1998 13-5 MAY 1998 14-24 OCTOBER 2000
6-11 MAY 1998 9-11 MAY 1998 13-6 OCTOBER 2000 14-25 MAY 1998

ii OCTOBER 2000
 CURRENT STATUS OF PAGES (CONTINUED)

PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS PAGE STATUS

14-26 OCTOBER 2000 16-9 MAY 1998 18-8 MAY 1998 20-1 through
15-1 OCTOBER 2000 16-10 MAY 1998 18-9 through 20-4 OCTOBER 1998
15-2 OCTOBER 2000 16-11 OCTOBER 2000 18-18 OCTOBER 2000
15-3 MAY 1998 16-12 MAY 1998 18-19 MAY 1998
15-4 OCTOBER 2000 16-13 MAY 1998 18-20 through
15-5 OCTOBER 2000 16-14 OCTOBER 2000 18-34 OCTOBER 2000
15-6 OCTOBER 1998 16-15 MAY 1998 18-35 MAY 1998
15-7 MAY 1998 16-16 OCTOBER 2000 18-36 MAY 1998
15-8 OCTOBER 2000 16-17 through 18-37 OCTOBER 2000
15-9 MAY 1998 16-19 MAY 1998 18-38 OCTOBER 2000
15-10 MAY 1998 16-20 through 18-39 MAY 1998
15-11 through 16-26 OCTOBER 2000 18-40 OCTOBER 2000
15-18 OCTOBER 2000 16-27 MAY 1998 19-1 MAY 1998
15-19 MAY 1998 16-28 OCTOBER 2000 19-2 OCTOBER 2000
15-20 OCTOBER 2000 16-29 OCTOBER 2000 19-3 OCTOBER 2000
15-21 through 16-30 MAY 1998 19-4 MAY 1998
15-23 OCTOBER 2000 17-1 OCTOBER 2000 19-5 MAY 1998
15-24 MAY 1998 17-2 MAY 1998 19-6 OCTOBER 2000
15-25 OCTOBER 2000 17-3 MAY 1998 19-7 MAY 1998
15-26 through 17-4 OCTOBER 2000 19-8 OCTOBER 2000
15-28 MAY 1998 17-5 MAY 1998 19-9 MAY 1998
15-29 OCTOBER 1998 17-6 MAY 1998 19-10 MAY 1998
15-30 through 17-7 OCTOBER 2000 19-11 through
15-32 MAY 1998 17-8 OCTOBER 2000 19-13 OCTOBER 2000
15-33 OCTOBER 2000 17-9 MAY 1998 19-14 through
15-34 OCTOBER 2000 17-10 OCTOBER 2000 19-17 MAY 1998
15-35 through 17-11 OCTOBER 2000 19-18 OCTOBER 2000
15-37 MAY 1998 17-12 OCTOBER 1998 19-19 through
15-38 OCTOBER 2000 17-13 OCTOBER 1998 19-21 MAY 1998
15-39 through 17-14 OCTOBER 2000 19-22 OCTOBER 2000
15-42 MAY 1998 17-15 through 19-23 through
15-43 OCTOBER 2000 17-18 OCTOBER 2000 19-25 MAY 1998
15-44 OCTOBER 2000 17-19 through 19-26 OCTOBER 2000
15-45 MAY 1998 17-22 MAY 1998 19-27 through
15-46 OCTOBER 2000 17-23 OCTOBER 2000 19-29 MAY 1998
15-47 MAY 1998 17-24 OCTOBER 2000 19-30 through
15-48 MAY 1998 17-25 OCTOBER 2000 19-32 OCTOBER 2000
16-1 OCTOBER 2000 17-26 MAY 1998 19-33 MAY 1998
16-2 OCTOBER 2000 17-27 OCTOBER 2000 19-34 OCTOBER 2000
16-3 MAY 1998 17-28 MAY 1998 19-35 OCTOBER 2000
16-4 OCTOBER 2000 18-1 through 19-36 OCTOBER 2000
16-5 OCTOBER 2000 18-3 OCTOBER 2000 19-37 OCTOBER 2000
16-6 MAY 1998 18-4 MAY 1998 19-38 MAY 1998
16-7 MAY 1998 18-5 through 19-39 MAY 1998
16-8 OCTOBER 2000 18-7 OCTOBER 2000 19-40 MAY 1998

OCTOBER 2000 iii

 WARNING
Use only parts meeting the engine type design.
Replacement Parts
Beware of replacement parts, materials and accessories that may be sold as aircraft quality but
whose origin and quality are not known. These parts may be deceptively advertised as "unused,"
"like new," or "remanufactured," and purchasers are often unaware that they are not eligible for use
on certificated aircraft. The hazards involved in installing these types of parts on your aircraft are
obvious.
Know Your Supplier
Many original parts and components are copied and the copies are sold at discounted prices for
installation on U.S. certified aircraft. An original manufacturer's part is often used as a guide to make
duplicates that appear to be as good as the original, but there are many unknowns about the quality
of design, materials, and workmanship. Other factors that go into quality parts are the degree of heat
treating and plating, and inspections, tests, and calibrations. Unfortunately, a cheaply produced part
that looked "as good as the original" is usually found out too late.
Federal Aviation Regulations FAR 43.13 and FAR 145.57 specify performance rules for replacement
of parts and materials used in the maintenance and alteration of United States certificated aircraft.
FAR 91.403, FAR 121.363, FAR 123.45, and FAR 135.143 (a) holds the owner/operator responsible
for the continued airworthiness of the aircraft, and that includes the quality of replacement parts.
Identifying Approved Parts
Approved serviceable replacement parts are identified by:
1. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Form 8130-3 Airworthiness Approval Tag. An
Airworthiness Approval Tag identifies a part or group of parts that have been approved by an
authorized FAA representative.
2. FAA Technical Standard Order (TSO) number and identification mark indicating that the part or
appliance was manufactured in accordance with the requirements of FAR 21 Subpart O.
3. FAA Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) symbol with the manufacturer's name, part number,
make and model of the type certified product on which the part can legally be installed stamped
on the part. An FAA/PMA is issued under FAR 21.305. Make and model information may be on a
tag attached to the part.
4. Shipping ticket, invoice, or other document which verifies that the part was manufactured by a
facility that was holding an FAA Approved Production Inspection System Certificate issued under
FAR 21 Subpart F, or by a manufacturer holding an FAA Production Certificate issued under
FAR 21 Subpart G.
5. Certificate of airworthiness for export issued by governments in countries other than the United
States of America under the provisions of FAR 21 Subpart N.
It's Your Responsibility
The owner/operator is responsible for the continued airworthiness of the aircraft. In accordance with
FAR, certification of materials, parts and appliances for return to service for use on aircraft is the
responsibility of the person/agency who signs the approval. To insure the continued safe operation
of your aircraft, you must exercise great care when inspecting, testing, and determining the
acceptability of all parts and materials. A very important part of this is verifying the origin of all
materials, parts, and accessories that are used on your aircraft .

iv MAY 1998
Notice to all users
This manual does not contain overhaul information for supplemental type certificated components or
systems. This manual contains information on engines, components and systems designed, tested
and certified by TCM in accordance with the pertinent type design data.

The following publication contains overhaul information only. All personnel involved with these
functions must thoroughly read and understand the information provided; these instructions inform of
the procedures necessary to overhaul an engine and they must be followed carefully.

This manual contains no warranties, either expressed or implied.

Publication Format

This publication is formatted for practical use and ease of reference. Due to the large volume of
information necessary for maintenance, chapters are independently numbered. For example,
chapter 1 begins on page 1; chapter 2 begins again with page 1, etc. To locate information easily,
use the Publication Table of Contents and the Chapter Contents provided at each division.

WARNING
The Operator and Installation manual, Maintenance, manual, Overhaul manual,
Service Documents and the Parts Catalog constitute the instructions for Continued
Airworthiness prepared by TCM as approved by the FAA, pursuant to FAR Part 33. As
required by FAR § 43.13, each person performing overhaul, maintenance, alteration
or preventive maintenance on the engine or accessories must use the methods,
techniques and practices prescribed in the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness.
Failure to comply with the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness may result in
engine malfunction, engine failure, injury or death.

The Mechanic
Prior to performing, maintenance, alteration, overhaul or preventive maintenance the mechanic
must meet requirements of FAR 65 and must follow FAR Parts 43, 91 and 145 as applicable. Use
this manual in conjunction with Teledyne Continental Motors (TCM) service documents, related
publications, accessory manufacturer’s instructions, FAR and FAA Advisory Circulars.

MAY 1998 v
Notes, Cautions and Warnings…

NOTE...
Special interest information which may facilitate performance of a procedure or operation of
equipment.

CAUTION...
Used to emphasize certain information or instructions which if disregarded may result in damage to
engine or accessories.

WARNING
Used to provide warning with respect to information and/or instructions which if
disregarded will endanger personnel and/or severely damage the engine resulting in
subsequent engine malfunction or failure.

Notes, cautions and warnings do not impose undue restrictions. They are inserted to obtain
maximum safety, efficiency and performance. Abuse, misuse or neglect of equipment can cause
eventual engine malfunction or failure.

vi MAY 1998
 PUBLICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS
COVER PAGES PAGE
Status Page......................................................................................................................iii
WARNING ........................................................................................................................iv
Notice To All Users...........................................................................................................v
Notes, Cautions and Warnings.........................................................................................vi
Publication Table Of Contents..........................................................................................vii
CHAPTER INDEX
CHAPTER PAGE
1 Introduction .................................................................................................... 1-3
2 Tools (Overhaul)............................................................................................. 2-1
3 Sealants And Lubricants ................................................................................ 3-1
4 Airworthiness Limitations ............................................................................... 4-1
5 Standard Practices ........................................................................................ 5-1
6 Reciprocating Engine Overhaul...................................................................... 6-1
7 Exhaust System ............................................................................................ 7-1
8 Ignition System .............................................................................................. 8-1
9 Fuel System .................................................................................................. 9-1
10 Induction System ........................................................................................... 10-1
11 Air Conditioning System ................................................................................ 11-1
12 Electrical Charging System ............................................................................ 12-1
13 Starter & Starter Adapter................................................................................ 13-1
14 Lubrication System......................................................................................... 14-1
15 Cylinder Assembly ......................................................................................... 15-1
16 Crankcase ...................................................................................................... 16-1
17 Engine Drive Train.......................................................................................... 17-1
18 Final Assembly ............................................................................................... 18-1
19 Post Overhaul Adjustment And Test ............................................................. 19-1

MAY 1998 vii

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

viii
 CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION
SECTION PAGE
1-1 Introduction ................................................................................................... 1-3
1-2 Scope............................................................................................................ 1-3
1-3 Definition of Terms........................................................................................ 1-3
1-4 Manual Revisions ......................................................................................... 1-3
1-5 Related Publications ..................................................................................... 1-4
1-6 Service Documents....................................................................................... 1-5
1-7 Service Reports and Inquiries....................................................................... 1-5
1-8 Engine Design Features ............................................................................... 1-7

MAY 1998 1-1

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

1-2
1-1 INTRODUCTION
This overhaul manual and the publications listed in section 1-5, "Related Publications,"
contain the information necessary to overhaul an aircraft engine when it reaches it’s
manufacturer’s specified time between overhaul (TBO).
For a list of chapters contained in this manual refer to the Chapter Index on page x.
For a list of subject matter, figures and tables contained in each chapter, see the first page of
each chapter. The pages, figures and tables contained in this publication are numbered
consecutively.
This manual covers the I0-550-A,B,C,G,N,P and R engines.
1-2 SCOPE
This publication contains the information necessary to disassemble, clean, inspect, repair and
replace, reassemble, adjust and test the above model engines.
1-3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
In this manual, front, rear, left and right refer to the engine as viewed from the accessory end.
The accessory end is the rear and the propeller flange is the front of the engine. Cylinders are
numbered starting from the rear, with odd numbers on the right and even numbers on the left.
1-4 MANUAL REVISIONS
Teledyne Continental Motors manuals are revised as necessary. Revisions to this manual will
be furnished to purchasers who fill out and return the registration post card located in the front
of this manual.
Page iii, "Current Status Of Pages," is updated at each revision. Remove and discard the old
page iii. Insert the new page iii as a record of which revisions have been incorporated into the
manual.
WARNING
If for any reason the user of this manual is uncertain whether all current
revisions have been incorporated into the manual, contact Teledyne Continental
Motors or a TCM Distributor to confirm the manual is the most current revision.
Do not use the manual and do not perform any operation, maintenance or
installation procedures or other operations upon the engine or accessories until
the manual has been confirmed to be current.
This manual is current and correct to the best of Teledyne Continental Motors
knowledge at the time of publication. Teledyne Continental Motors solicits and
encourages users comments regarding suggested changes to this manual (a
post card is provided at the front of the manual for this purpose.) Routine
recommended changes or questions should be sent to:
Teledyne Continental Motors
P.O. Box 90
Mobile, Alabama 36601
ATTN: Technical Publications Department
If the user observes incorrect information or mistakes in this publication that
may affect safety in any manner, immediately call the Technical Publications
Department of Teledyne Continental Motors at (334) 438-3411, or contact a
Teledyne Continental Motors Distributor or the Federal Aviation Administration .

OCTOBER 2000 1-3

1-5 RELATED PUBLICATIONS
The following is a listing of related manuals:
1. Maintenance Manual for I0-550-A,B,C,G,N,P and R, Form X30634A.
2. Illustrated Parts Catalog for I0-550-A,B,C,G,N,P and R Aircraft Engine, Form
X30569A.
3. Operator and Installation Manual, Form X30565.
4. Teledyne Continental Motors Aircraft Engine Service Documents (including
service bulletins).
5. Fuel Injection Manual, Form X30593A.
6. Starter Service Instructions, Form X30592.
7. TCM Ignition Systems Master Service Manual, Form X40000
8. Alternator Service Instructions, Form No. X30531-3.
9. Equipment Kit Catalog, Form X30687A.

The above publications can be ordered through your Teledyne Continental Motors
Distributor or ordered directly, if prepaid, from:

Teledyne Continental Motors

P. 0. Box 90
Mobile, Alabama 36601
ATTN: Publication Sales Department
Telephone: (334) 438-3411

For price information on the above publications request TCM Publications Pricing Index
of Current Publications and Optional Publications.

10. Slick Ignition Systems Master Service Manual Index and Order Form No. F-
1100. Order through:
Slick Aircraft Products, Unison Industries
530 Blackhawk Park Avenue
Rockford, Illinois 61104
ATTN: Subscription Department
Telephone: (815) 965-4700

11. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). Order through:
ASTM 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA.
19103-1187 USA
Ph: (215) 299-5400

1-4 OCTOBER 2000

1-6 SERVICE DOCUMENTS
Teledyne Continental Motors service documents are divided into six categories: (1) Mandatory
Service Bulletin, (2) Critical Service Bulletin, (3) Service Bulletin, (4) Service Information
Directive (5) Service Information Letter and (6) Special Service Notice (SSN). See Section 1-5,
"Related Publications," for service document ordering information.
SERVICE DOCUMENT CATEGORY DEFINITIONS
CATEGORY 1: "MANDATORY SERVICE BULLETIN" (MSB)- Service documents relating to
known or suspected hazards to safety that have been incorporated in whole or in part in an
Airworthiness Directive (AD) issued by the FAA or have been issued, at the direction of FAA, by
the manufacturer in order to require compliance with an already issued AD (or an equivalent
issued by another country's airworthiness authority).
CATEGORY 2: "CRITICAL SERVICE BULLETIN" (CSB)- Service documents (not included in
Category 1) that have been determined by the product manufacturer to constitute a threat to
continued safe operation of an aircraft or to persons or property on the ground unless some
specific action (inspection, repair, replacement, etc..) is taken by the product owner or operator.
Documents in this category may be incorporated in an Airworthiness Directive issued by the
FAA.
CATEGORY 3: "SERVICE BULLETIN" (SB)- Service documents (not included in Categories 1
and 2) considered by the product manufacturer to constitute a substantial improvement to the
inherent safety of an aircraft or component of an aircraft. This "Service Bulletin" category also
includes updates of instructions for continued airworthiness.
CATEGORY 4: "SERVICE INFORMATION DIRECTIVE" (SID)- Service documents (not
included in Categories 1, 2 or 3) that have been determined by the manufacturer to be of value
to an owner/operator in the use of a product by enhancing safety, maintenance or economy.
CATEGORY 5: "SERVICE INFORMATION LETTER" (SIL)- This category includes all
information (not included in Categories 1 through 4) that may be of use to the owner/operator or
maintainer of the aircraft.
CATEGORY 6 “SPECIAL SERVICE
NOTICE” (SSN)-TCM may issue a Special Service Notice when a product condition can be
rectified by direct contact with each customer to whom the product was delivered. Special
service notices will be upgraded to Service Bulletins if confirmation of compliance with the
Special Service Notice cannot be verified by TCM.

1-7 SERVICE REPORTS AND INQUIRIES

If for any reason you have an inquiry or require technical assistance, contact your local TCM
distributor or TCM field representative. Requests for copies of Teledyne Continental Aircraft
Engine service publications should be made through your distributor or Teledyne Continental
Motors, P. 0. Box 90, Mobile, AL 36601, ATTN: Publications Sales Department.

1-8 ENGINE DESIGN FEATURES

For a complete description of the engine, systems, components and maintenance of the engine
prior to engine overhaul see the I0-550 Permold Series Maintenance Manual, Form X30634A.

MAY 1998 1-5

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

1-6
 CHAPTER 2

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Section Page

2-1 General Information........................................................................... 2-2

2-2 Possible Special Tool Procurement Sources .................................... 3-4
2-3 Special Tools..................................................................................... 3-5

2-1
2-1 GENERAL INFORMATION
The mechanic should be equipped with a complete set of the necessary tools that include the
following:
1. Wrenches - 1/4” through 1 1/4"
2. Common and Philips Head Screwdrivers
3. Pliers - Common, Diagonal Cutters, Needle Nose, Duck Bill, Snap Ring , Safety Wire
4. Ratchets 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" Drive
5. Sockets - 1/4”' Drive 5/32" through 1/2",- 3/8" Drive 3/8" through 1" - 1/2" Drive 7/16" through
1-1/ 4"
6. Sockets (Deepwell) -1/2" Drive, 7/6" through 1"
7. Feeler Gauges
8. Leather or Soft Plastic Mallet
9. Torque Wrenches* 0-500 In. Lbs. and 0-100 Ft. Lbs.
10. Micrometers*
11. Slide Hammer
12. Pullers
13. Thickness Gauges
14. Vernier Calipers*
15. Small Hole Gauges
* Must be currently calibrated, and the calibration must be traceable to the National Bureau of
Standards.

2-2 MAY 1998

2-2 POSSIBLE SPECIAL TOOL PROCUREMENT SOURCES
—NOTICE—
All tools in the "Special Tool" list are for reference only, and not for the purpose of promoting or
suggesting tools to be purchased from the indicated sources. The following information is given as an
aid for special tool procurement purposes.
COMPANY GENERAL PRODUCT SUMMARY
ALCOR Instruments for Light Powered Aircraft
Box 32516 10130 Jones Maltsberger Rd. Special Tools
San Antonio, TX 78284 Ph.512/349-3771
KENT- MOORE Precision Instruments
29784 Little Mack Measuring Instruments
Roseville, Ml 48066-2298 Ph. 800/253-0138 Precision Tools, Special Tools
CHAMPION SPARK PLUG, CO. Spark Plugs, lgnitors, Oil Filters
Box 910, 900 Upton Ave. Special Tools
Toledo, OH 43661 Ph. 419/535-2461
EASTERN ELECTRONICS, INC. Fuel Pressure Test Equipment
180 Roberts St. Measuring Instruments
East Hartford, CT 06108 Ph. 203/528-9821 Precision Tools
Piston Position Indicators
FEDERAL TOOL SUPPLY CO., INC. Precision Inspection Instruments
1144 Eddy St. Special Tools
Providence, Rhode Island 02940 Ph. 800/343-
2050
AIRCRAFT TOOL SUPPLY Precision Tools
P.O. Box 4525, 2840 Breard St. Special Tools
Monroe, LA 71201 Ph. 507/451 -5310
McMASTER-CARR SUPPLY CO. Precision Tools
P.O. Box 4355 Special Tools
Chicago, Illinois 60680 Ph. 312/833-0300
SNAP ON TOOLS Precision Tools
2611 Commerce Blvd. Special Tools
Birmingham, Alabama 35210 Ph. 205/956-1722
KELL-STROM TOOL COMPANY, INC. Ignition Test Equipment
214 Church St.
Wethersfield, CT 06109 Ph: 860-529-6851
FAX CORPORATION Ultrasonic Test Equipment
210 South King St.
Danbury, Connecticut 06813 Ph. 203/748-6117
MERRIT PRODUCTS Special Tools
201 W. Mansville
Compton, California 90224 Ph. 310/639-4242
AERO TEST, INC.© Model 20 ATM-C Porta-Test Unit
29300 Goddard Road
Romulus, Michigan 48174 Ph. 734/9465547
PARKER RESEARCH CORPORATION Model DA-200 Contour Probe
P.O. Box 1406 Dunedin Fla.
34697 Ph. 1-800-525-3935 Fax. 813-797-3941

OCTOBER 2000 2-3

2-3 SPECIAL TOOLS
Specific tools listed or equivalent tools marketed by other manufacturers are necessary for overhaul
and maintenance of the aircraft engine.
ITEM TOOL SEE
NO. SECTION
GENERAL ENGINE RECIPROCATING
1. 646953 Master Orifice Tool for cylinder compression test available from Kent -
Moore. 6-1
2. 7251 Differential Pressure Cylinder Checker available from Kent - Moore. 6-1
IGNITION SYSTEM
3. Borrough's 3608A Protractor/Timing Indicator Disc or equivalent for setting
engine timing. 18-18
4. Model E25 Timing Indicator available from Eastern Electronics, Inc. 18-18
5. 11-9110-1 Magneto Timing Light available from KELL-STROM Tool Company 18-18
Inc. 9-1A through
6. FUEL INJECTION 9-1D
Borrough's 8165 Injector Nozzle Remover and Installer or equivalent.
7. CHARGING SYSTEM
Borrough's 7726 Tork Band Tension Adjuster or equivalent for Gen./Alt. Belt 18-9
8. Tensioning. 18-9
9. BT-33-73F Belt Tension Gauge available from Kent - Moore. 18-9
10. Borrough's 4973 Generator Drive Holders or equivalent. 18-9
11. Borrough's 61-5 Pulley Puller or equivalent for gen./alt. sheave removal 12-4
12. Borrough's 8091 GEN./ALT. Output Tester or equivalent.
647 Alternator Analyzer Voltage Regulator Tester available from Eastern 12-4
13. Electronics, Inc. 12-4
14. E100 Alternator/Regulator/Battery Tester available from Eastern Electronics, Inc. 12-4
Model 29 Voltage & Circuit Tester available from Eastern Electronics, Inc.
15. STARTING SYSTEM 13-2B
16. Borrough's 8093C Bearing Puller or equivalent for needle bearing removal. 13-6
TCM Needle Bearing Installer or equivalent (see 13-6 for specifications)
17. LUBRICATION SYSTEM 14-5
8048 Oil Pressure Relief Spot Facer available from Kent - Moore.
18. CYLINDERS 15-1A, 15-1B
19. 68-3 Push Rod Spring Compressor available from Kent - Moore. 15-1A, 15-1B
20. 5203, 5204 &8158A Cylinder Base Nut Wrenches available from Kent - Moore. 15-1A, 15-1B
21. Borrough's 8079 Cylinder Base Nut Wrenches or equivalent. 15-1A, 15-1B
22. 3882, 3882-2 Cylinder Base Nut Wrenches available from Kent - Moore. 18-4
23. 3601 Ring Compressor for cylinder installation available from Kent - Moore. 15-1A, 15-1B
24. 8121 Piston Pin Removers available from Kent - Moore. 15-2
25. 3602 Valve Spring Compressor available from Kent - Moore. 15-5
26. 545-116 Dial Bore Gauges available from Federal Tool Supply Co., Inc. 15-6
27. CFL10 Cylinder Hone available from Snap On Tools.
No. 1675 Valve Seat Grinder Set "Sioux Brand" available from Aircraft Tool
28. Supply.
29. AEX 437 Valve Seat Grinder Pilot .437 Dia. available from Aircraft Tool Supply.
K106 Intake Valve Seat Grinding Stone (Roughening 45°) available from Aircraft
30. Tool Supply.
K46 Intake Valve Seat Grinding Stone (Finishing 45°) available from Aircraft Tool
31. Supply.
K95 Exhaust Valve Seat Grinding Stone (Roughening 45°) available from Aircraft
32. Tool Supply. 15-6
K25 Exhaust Valve Seat Grinding Stone (Finishing 45°) available from Aircraft
Tool Supply.

NOTE…
See possible sources on page 2-3 for tool procurement.

2-4 OCTOBER 2000

 ITEM TOOL SEE
NO SECTION
33. Borrough's 5221A Holding Fixture Adapters or equivalent. 15-6
34. Borrough's 5221 13A Cylinder Holding Fixture or equivalent.
35. Borrough's 8156 Cylinder Heating Stand or equivalent.
36. Borrough's 8086 Valve Seat Insert Remover & Replacer or equivalent.
37. Borrough's 4910 Installer Valve Seat Insert or equivalent.
38. Borrough's 4956 Installer Valve Seat Insert or equivalent.
39. Borrough's 8116 Common Parts Kit or equivalent.
40. Borrough's 8116-1 B through 15B Boring Bars or equivalent.
41. Borrough's 8116-1 R through 15R Reamers or equivalent.
42. Borrough's 8116-1 through 16 Expanding Guide Bodies or equivalent.
43. 4909 Valve Seat (Straight Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
4954 Valve Seat (Straight Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
4985 Valve Seat (Straight Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
5224 Valve Seat (Straight Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
5225 Valve Seat (Straight Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
44. 8135 Valve Seat (Step Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
8136 Valve Seat (Step Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
8138 Valve Seat (Step Side) Insert Cutters available from Kent - Moore.
45. Borrough's 8122A Common Drive Handle or equivalent.
46. 122 Valve Guide Cleaner available from Kent - Moore.
47. 4981 Valve Guide Remover available from Kent - Moore.
48. 2842 Valve Guide Replacer available from Kent - Moore.
49. Borrough's 3170 Floating Holder or equivalent.
50. 4981 Valve Guide Remover available from Kent - Moore.
51. Borrough's 8116-24 through 29 Valve Stem Hole Reamers or equivalent.
52. 2847-2CP Reamer (Carbide Tipped) available from Kent - Moore.
2847-1CP Reamer (Carbide Tipped) available from Kent - Moore.
2847-1HP Reamer (High Speed Steel) available from Kent - Moore
2847-2HP Reamer (High Speed Steel) available from Kent - Moore
53. 2848-1 Plug Gauge for valve guide inspection available from Kent - Moore.
54. 4943-1 HS through 5HS Reamers, Valve Guide Boss available from Kent - Moore.
55. Borrough's 4918 Spark Plug Insert Replacer or equivalent.
56. Borrough's 4919 Spark Plug Insert Remover or equivalent.
57. Borrough's 445, 18mm Spark Plug Tap or equivalent for straightening out
damaged
58. 2769A13 Rosan® Stud Remover available from McMASTER-CARR Supply Co.
59. Rosan® is a registered trademark of Fairchild Aerospace Fastener Division. .
60. 8074 Rosan® Lock Ring Installer available from Kent - Moore.
61. 8118 Rocker Arm Bushing Remover/lnstaller available from Kent - Moore.
62. 7232 Reamer Rocker Arm Bushing available from Kent- Moore.
63. DA-200 Contour Probe available from Parker Research Corporation 15-6
CRANKCASE
64. Borrough's 8114 Crankcase Through Bolt Removers or equivalent. 16-1
65. L423 Crankcase Splitter available from Kent - Moore. 16-1
66. Borrough's 505 Stud Drivers or equivalent. 16-7
ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN
67. Borrough's 8117A Runout Block Set or equivalent for crankshaft inspection. 17-3
68. Wheel Fax Jr. Mark IV Model O for Crankshaft Ultrasonic Testing available from 17-3
Fax Corporation. Operator must be certified by TCM standards.

NOTE...
See possible sources on page 2-3 for tool procurement .

2-5
 ITEM TOOL SEE
NO. SECTION
69. Borrough's 8087A Polishing Tools for Crankshaft Bearings or equivalent. 17-4
70. 4965A Crankshaft Blade and Damper Bushing Remover/Replacer available from
Kent- Moore.
71. Borrough's 8077A Bushing Remover & Replacer, Counterweight or equivalent. .
72. Borrough's 8111A Connecting Rod Fixture or equivalent.
73. Borrough's 8042C Adapter Kit or equivalent for connecting rod inspection
74. 5008 Reamers for connecting rod bushing available from Kent - Moore
75. D-4000 Federal Dimension Air Gauge for connecting rod bushing inspection
available from Federal Tool Supply Co., Inc.
76. 1.1268 Setting Ring for checking 1.1267 to 1.1269 tolerance available from
Federal Tool Supply Co., Inc.
77. 1.1268 Air Plug for checking 1.1267 to 1.1269 tolerance available from Federal
Tool Supply Co., Inc.
78. 5209 Propeller Shaft Oil Seal Installer available from Kent - Moore 17-4
OPERATIONAL INSPECTION
79. 85328 Alcor Portable Digital EGT Unit available from Alcor, Inc. 19-14
80. 85329 Alcor Portable Digital CHT available from Alcor, Inc. 19-14
81. Model 20 ATM-C Porta-Test Unit available from Aero Test, Inc.© 19-16

NOTE...
See possible sources on page 2-3 for tool procurement.

NOTE...
The rights to manufacture Borrough's Tools has been acquired by Kent - Moore .

OCTOBER 2000
2-6 OCTOBER 2000
 CHAPTER 3

SEALANTS AND LUBRICANTS

Aviation Engine Oil Ashless Dispersant

Recommended Grade:
Above 40'F ambient air, sea level SAE 50 or Multi Viscosity
Below 40'F ambient air, sea level SAE 30 or Multi Viscosity
Manufacturer Brand Name

BP Oil Corporation BP Aero Oil

Castrol Castrol Aero AD Oil
Castrol Limited (Australia) Castrol Aero AD Oil
Chevron U.S.A., Inc. Chevron Aero Oil
Continental Oil Conco Aero S
Delta Petroleum Company Delta Avoil Oil
Exxon Company, U.S.A. Exxon Aviation Oil EE
Gulf Oil Company Gulfpride Aviation AD
Mobil Oil Company Mobil Aero Oil
NYCO S.A. TURBONYCOIL 3570
Pennzoil Company Pennzoil Aircraft Engine Oil
Phillips Petroleum Company Phillips 66 Aviation Oil, Type A
Phillips Petroleum Company X/C Aviation Multiviscosity Oil
SAE 2OW50, SAE 2OW60
Quaker State Oil & Refining Company Quaker State AD Aviation Engine Oil
Red Ram Limited (Canada) Red Ram X/C Aviation Oil 2OW50
Shell Australia Aeroshell (R) W
Shell Canada Limited Aeroshell Oil W, Aeroshell Oil W 15W50
Anti-Wear Formulation Aeroshell Oil W 15W50
Shell Oil Company Aeroshell Oil W, Aeroshell Oil W 15W50
Anti-Wear Formulation Aeroshell Oil W 15W15
Sinclair Oil Company Sinclair Avoil
Texaco Inc. Texaco Aircraft Engine Oil - Premium AD
Total France Total Aero DM 15W50
Union Oil Company of California Union Aircraft Engine Oil HD

Break-in Oil

MIL-C-6529 Type II Corrosion preventive mineral oil.

NOTE... Mineral oil conforming with MIL-C-6529 Type II contains a corrosion preventive additive and
must not be used for more than 25 hours or six months, whichever occurs first. If oil consumption has
not stabilized in this time, drain and replenish the oil and replace the oil filter.

MAY 1998 3-1

 Preservative Oil

TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

MIL-C-6529 Type II (Aeroshell Fluid 2F or For Temporary storage (up to 90

equivalent) days)
MIL-P-46002, Grade 1 oil (NOX RUST VCI-105 or For Indefinite storage
equivalent) May be purchased
through: Rock Island Lubricant
& Chemical Co. P.O. Box 5015
1320 1st Street Rock Island,
Illinois 61204 Phone: 1 -800-
522-1150

Lubricants
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION
Molyshield Grease May be purchased Needle bearings and ball bearings
through: American Lubricants
1227 Deeds Valve stems
Dayton, Ohio 45401
Phone: (513) 222 - 2851 All ACC. drive splines and
couplings
Idler gear and pin
Fuel injection controls, o-rings,
springs, shafts and bushings
Magneto rubber drive bushings
Oil pump and scavenge pump gear
shafts, ends and teeth. Oil pump
and scavenge pump housing and
cover gear contact areas.
Starter worm gear drive teeth and
bevel gear teeth
Dow Corning® G-N Paste [Dow For Distributor information call Camshaft lobes and tappet faces
Corning G-N Paste is a 1-800-248-2481, have state &
registered trademark of Dow city information available
Corning Corporation.]
Alvania (Shell #2) Shell Product Information Apply light coat at point of contact
For Distributor information Center, between nut seat and ferrule on
Phone: 1-800-231-6950 ignition lead
MIL-S-3545C Grease (Shell #5) Shell Product Information Fuel injection linkage pivot points,
Center, Mixture shaft bushings
Phone: 1-800-231-6950
Permatex Maintain® Lubricant For Distributor information call: Fuel injection linkage pivot points,
Permatex Customer Service @ throttle shaft bushings, lever
Phone: 1-800-641-7376 bushings

3-2 OCTOBER 2000

 Lubricants

TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

646943 - Anti Seize Lubricant May be purchased through your All fuel injector nozzles (at cylinder
or local TCM Distributor or For head)
Distributor information: Loctite
Loctite Anti-Seize Lubricant
Customer Service @
76732
Phone: 1-800-243-4874
Exhaust studs (nut end before
torquing)
Oil temp. control valve
(Vernatherm)
Courtesy of Bomar Flying Service
www.bomar.biz All .3125 and larger studs unless
otherwise specified
All mechanical tach drive housing
threads not through to an oil source
Air reference fittings on all throttle
bodies

Lubricants
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION
Approved, Clean, 50 Weight See Aviation Engine Oil Ashless Cylinder stud and through bolt
Non-Compounded or Ashless Dispersant Table threads, connecting rod bolt and
Dispersant Oil nut threads and engine accessory
stud threads unless otherwise
specified
Approved Clean 50 Weight See Break-In Oil Table Crankshaft bearings, connecting
Break-In Non-Compounded Oil rod bearings, camshaft bearings,
tachometer gears and adapters,
accessory spur gear teeth, starter
cone, bushing and nut, starter
adapter clutch spring (ID & OD),
sealing surface of valve guide
seals, pistons, piston pins and
piston rings, rocker arms, pivots,
valves and tappets, thrust washers
and o-rings, prop governor transfer
collar and sleeve, oil filter adapter
seals
CHAMPION® - Spark Plug For Champion Products Spark plugs
Thread Lubricant No. 2612 Distributor information:
[CHAMPION® is a registered Phone: 803-843-5400
trademark of Cooper Industries.]
WD-40 or Chesterton No. 4 Chesterton Technical Product Induction system hose
Information connections
Phone: (508) 469-6783
Dow Corning® No. 4 For Distributor information call 1- Spin-on oil filter rubber seals
800-248-2481, have state & city Magneto adapter gaskets (both
information available sides)
Gasket, governor pad (both sides)

3-3
 Sealants
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

LUBRIPLATE® 930 AA For Distributor information Call Apply to the outside diameter of
(P/N L0096-035) LUBRIPLATE® valve guides at installation
@ Phone: 1-800-733-4755
TCM P/N 654514 CRC 3-36 May be purchased through Spray exhaust end of turbocharger
Rust Preventative Compound your local TCM Distributor for engine preservation

Permatex Aviation Grade 3D For Distributor information call: Crankcase parting face, oil pump
Permatex Customer Service @ covers, scavenge pump covers
Phone: 1-800-641-7376
and
#641543 Silk Thread May be purchased through
and your local TCM Distributor

#646942 Gasket Maker May be purchased through

or your local TCM Distributor

Loctite Gasket Eliminator For Distributor information call:

515 Sealant Loctite Customer Service @
Phone: 1-800-243-4874

653692 - Primer May be purchased through Crankcase crankshaft nose oil seal
your local TCM Distributor area
or

Loctite LocQuic Primer 7649 For Distributor information:

Loctite Customer Service @
Phone: 1-800-243-4874
#646942- Gasket Maker May be purchased through your
Engine nose seal, outside diameter
local TCM Distributor
of all uncoated oil seals except fuel
or pump adapter seal, between oil
Loctite Gasket Eliminator For Distributor information:
sump and oil sump gaskets
515 Sealant Loctite Customer Service @
Phone: 1-800-243-4874

Sealants
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

#642188 - Gasket Sealant May be purchased through your Cam bore cover gasket (except
(TCM) 1.5 oz. tube local TCM Distributor or beaded gaskets), idler pin gasket,
K & W Copper Coat oil filler neck gasket, pressed in
For Distributor information r-all: plugs, 2 bolt suction tube gasket,
K & W Products Customer intake manifold gasket, all
Phone: 1-800423-9446 pressure type plugs (Hubbard
etc.)
Loctite Pipe Sealant with For Distributor information: Pipe threads (except fuel system
Teflon PS/T 592 Loctite Customer Service @ fittings), pressure relief valve
Phone: 1-800-243-4874 housing threads, stud holes that
are exposed to oil (2 studs engine
mount 1-3-5 side bottom)

3-4 OCTOBER 2000 OCTOBER 2000

 Sealants
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION
All pipe thread fittings in fuel
#646940 - F/I Sealant May be purchased through
injection system (use sparingly on
your local TCM Distributor
male threads only.) Apply in
or accordance with Figure 9-9.
Loctite Hydraulic Sealant 569 For Distributor information:
Loctite Customer Service,
Phone: 1-800-243-4874

Miller Stephenson For Distributor information: Ignition harness terminals at

MS 122/CO2 Spray Miller-Stephenson Customer magneto
Service, block end
Phone: 1-800-992-2424

Adhesives
TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

646941 High Strength May be purchased through your Cylinder deck studs, squirt nozzles,
Adhesive local TCM Distributor fuel manifold valve diaphragm and
Sealant or Loctite 271 plunger assembly, crankshaft nose
seal retainer bolts

For Distributor information:

653696 Primer or Loctite Loctite Customer Service,
LocQuic Primer 7471 Phone: 1-800-243-4874

649306 Sealant (optional May be purchased through Through stud holes on accessory
646940) or Loctite Adhesive your local TCM end of crankcase, manifold valve to
Sealant 222 (optional Loctite bracket screws, studs .25 diameter
Hydraulic Sealant 569) For Distributor information: and smaller
Loctite Customer Service,
Phone: 1-800-243-4874
3M Brand EC1252 White Spot
3M Cylinder deck stud nuts, through
Putty
bolt nuts, magneto flanges, throttle
body and fuel metering unit. All fuel
pump, manifold valve, throttle and
control fittings

OCTOBER 2000 3-5

 Miscellaneous

TYPE SUGGESTED SOURCES APPLICATION

TCM P/N 626531-1 May be purchased through High temp. paint for cosmetic
Enamel - Gold (1 qt) your local TCM Distributor and
TCM P/N 626531-2 corrosion protection
Enamel - Gold (1 gal)
TCM P/N 535011 May be purchased through Where applicable for lockwiring
Lockwire -.032 inch dia. Steel, your local TCM Distributor
Corrosion Resistant
"ACCELAGOLD" For sales and service: Elf Corrosion protection interior
Turco® Products Atochem and
Tucker, GA 30084 N.A. Turco® Products Div. P.O.
exterior aluminum parts
[Accelagold is manufactured by Box
Turco® Products, Inc.] 195 State Route 95 West Marion,
Ohio, 43302,
215-419-5376
ENGINE PRESERVATION KIT May be purchased through: Engine Preservation
• dehydrator plugs TANAIR
• desiccant bags P.O. BOX 117
• streamers, warning sign Glenwood, MN 56334
• preservative oils
(US & CAN) 1-800-4432136
(MN) 1-800-862-2443

3-6 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 4
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
This Airworthiness Limitations section has been FAA approved and specifies maintenance required
under §§ 43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations unless an alternative program has
been FAA approved. Federal Aviation Regulations §§ 43.16 and 91.403 require owner/operator
compliance with all maintenance limitations in this section concerning mandatory replacement times,
inspection intervals and other related procedures that are specific to this engine. Any such
limitations listed below are part of the design limits of the engine and the engine was type
certificated based upon required owner/operator compliance with the limitations.
1. Mandatory Replacement Times.
Subject to additional information contained in FAA Airworthiness Directives (AD) issued after
the date of certification, the engines covered in this manual do not contain any components
having mandatory replacement times required by type certification.
2. Mandatory Inspection Intervals.
Subject to additional information contained in FAA Airworthiness Directives (AD) issued after
the date of certification, the engine does not require specific intervals of inspection pursuant to
type certification.
3. Other Related Procedures
Subject to additional information contained in the Airworthiness Directives (AD) issued after the
date of certification, there are no other related procedures required pursuant to the type
certification for this engine.
4. Distribution of Changes to Airworthiness Limitations.
Changes to the Airworthiness Limitations section constitute changes to the type design of this
engine and require FAA approval. Such changes will be published in FAA Airworthiness
Directives (AD).
NOTE
The limitations in this section apply only to specific limitations which are part of the engine design.
Under the Federal Aviation Regulations numerous other additional limitations are applicable to this
engine and it's accessories. For example Federal Aviation Regulation Parts 91 and 43, among other
parts, define inspection criteria, maintenance requirements and procedures that are applicable to
this engine. It is the responsibility of the owner / operator to maintain the engine in an airworthy
condition by complying with all applicable Federal Aviation Regulations and by performing
maintenance in accordance with TCM Instructions for Continued Airworthiness, which
consist of TCM publications and service documents.

MAY 1998 4-1

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

4-2
 CHAPTER 5

STANDARD PRACTICES

SECTION PAGE
5-1 General .............................................................................................5-2
5-2 Lockwire Procedure..........................................................................5-3
5-3 Tab Washer Procedure ....................................................................5-5
5-4 Cotter Pin Procedure ........................................................................5-5
5-5 Application Of Adhesives..................................................................5-6
5-6 Installation Of Gaskets......................................................................5-6

FIGURE PAGE
5-1 General Lockwire Procedure............................................................5-3
5-2 General Lockwire Patterns ...............................................................5-4
5-3 Tab Washer Installation Procedure ..................................................5-5
5-4 General Cotter Pin Installation Procedure........................................5-6

5-1
5-1 GENERAL

To facilitate and insure proper reinstallation, tag or mark all parts and hardware as they are
removed or disassembled.

Tag any unserviceable parts or units for investigation and possible repair. Take extreme care to
prevent lockwire, nuts, washers, dirt, etc., from entering the engine on or off the aircraft. Make
use of protective caps, plugs and covers to insure openings are unexposed.

CAUTION…Dust caps used to protect open lines must be installed OVER the tube ends and
NOT IN the tube ends. Flow through the lines will be blocked if lines are inadvertently installed
with the dust caps in the tube ends.

If anything is dropped into the engine work must be stopped immediately and the item
removed.

Insure all parts are thoroughly clean and lubricated as specified before assembling.

All lockwire and cotter pins must fit snugly in holes drilled in specific hardware. On castellated
nuts, unless otherwise specified, the cotter pin head must fit into a recess of the nut with the
other end bent such that one leg is back over the stud and the other is down flat against the nut
in accordance with Section 5-4. Use only manufacturer specified corrosion resistant steel cotter
pins. All lockwire utilized on TCM engines must conform to MS20995 Condition A.

When replacing gaskets, packings, or rubber parts use the type or composition specified by the
manufacturer.
Make sure replacement nonmetallic and metallic parts show no sign of storage deterioration.
Parts exceeding specified shelf life limitations must not be used.

When a hammer is required to come in direct contact with an engine part during assembly or
disassembly, use a mallet made of plastic or rawhide material only.

Parts removed from the engine must be cleaned and inspected in accordance with the
specified instructions located in the applicable system chapter.

5-2 MAY 1998

5-2 LOCKWIRE PROCEDURE

Lockwiring is the securing together of two or more parts with lockwire installed in such a
manner that any tendency for a part to loosen will be counteracted by additional tightening of
the lockwire.

All lockwire utilized on TCM engines must conform to MS20995 Condition A. Most bolts utilized
in TCM engines that require lockwiring will use .032 lockwire and require twisting at a rate of 7
to 10 twists per inch. Smaller lockwire (when specified or required) will require twisting at a rate
of 9 to 12 twists per inch. Lockwire must be new at each application.

Lockwire must be pulled taut while being twisted and caution must be exercised during the
twisting operation to keep the lockwire tight without overstressing. See Figure 5-1, "General
Lockwire Procedure," for steps in applying lockwire.

FIGURE 5-1. GENERAL LOCKWIRE PROCEDURE

5-3
Various examples of lockwiring are shown in Figure 5-2, "General Lockwire Patterns."

1. Check the units to be lockwired to insure they have been correctly torqued. Applying torque
that is above or below specified limits to obtain alignment of the holes is not permitted.

2. It is desirable to have the holes parallel, but this is not a necessity. For right hand threads, the
lockwire shall be installed in such a manner that the strand through the hole will have a
tendency to pull the unit clockwise.

3. Insert half of the required length of lockwire through the first unit and bend around the head of
the unit. The direction of wraps and twist of strands shall be such that the loop around the unit
comes under the strand protruding from the hole so that the loop will stay down and will not
tend to slip up and leave a slack loop.

4. Twist the strands while taut until the twisted part is just short of a hole in the next unit. The
twisted portion should be within one-eighth (1/8) inch from the hole in either unit.

5. Insert the uppermost strand through the hole in the second unit and follow the rules in
Paragraph three.

6. After lockwiring the last unit continue twisting the lockwire to form a pigtail, providing sufficient
twists (four minimum) to assure that the pigtail will not unravel. Cut off the excess lockwire and
bend the pigtail toward the part and against the bolt head flats. DO NOT ALLOW THE PIGTAIL
TO EXTEND ABOVE THE BOLT HEAD.

FIGURE 5-2. GENERAL LOCKWIRE PATTERNS

5-4
 FIGURE 5-3 GENERAL TAB WASHER INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

5-3 TAB WASHER PROCEDURE

Tab washers are installed by fitting a tab in a tab slot and bending the remaining tabs firmly
against the bolt or nut flat. Tab washers are used in various locations in TCM engines and must
not be re-used after removal.
Tabs that are provided to be bent up against the head flats must be seated firmly with no
scarring of the tabs. This provides proper locking of the unit and prevents tabs from breaking
off.
1. Make certain the holding tab is located in the tab hole or slot.
2. Check the units to be secured and verify they have been correctly torqued in accordance
with the specified instructions of the applicable system section.
3. Bend tabs against the head flats firmly by tapping them into place with a soft drift. See
Figure 5-3, "General Tab Washer Installation Procedure."
5-4 COTTER PIN PROCEDURE
Cotter pins are installed by inserting the cotter pin through a hole in one part, slots in the other
part and spreading the exposed ends.
Cotter pins are not reusable and must be replaced with a new cotter pin after removal.
1. Torque the nut to the lower limit of the torque specification. If the slots in the nut do not line
up with one of the holes in the bolt continue torquing until one does. Do not exceed the
upper limit of the torque specification. Change the nut if necessary.
2. Insert the cotter pin with the head seated firmly in the slot of the nut. Bend the ends over
the flat on the nut and the end of the bolt. Trim the prong lengths as necessary.
3. Seat the prongs firmly against the bolt and nut. See Figure 5-4, "General Cotter Pin
Installation."

CAUTION…Do not use side-cutting type pliers to bend the ends over since the resulting nick
could weaken the pin and allow a portion to become detached.

5-5
 FIGURE 5-4. GENERAL COTTER PIN INSTALLATION
5-5 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVES
Adhesives and sealants will be used only in specific applications outlined in Chapter 3, "Table
Of Sealants and Lubricants."
WARNING
The improper use of sealants and lubricants will cause engine malfunction or
failure.
Gasket Maker P/N 646942 - Surfaces must be clean and free of nicks, burrs, oil and grit. Apply
a thin translucent coat of Gasket Maker not to exceed .010 inch thick to the surface specified in
Chapter 3, "Table Of Sealants and Lubricants."
Gasket Maker is an easily workable tacky gel which can be extruded onto one side of a flange
surface from a tube and evenly spread. Small parts can be covered adequately by pressing
them into a saturated polyester urethane sponge or by roll coating them with a short nap roller.
Once Gasket Maker has been applied evenly torque assembly into place. Excess material can
be cleaned by wiping with chlorinated solvent. Material on hands can be cleaned with waterless
mechanics hand soap followed by soap and water.
NOTE…TCM general purpose primer P/N 653160 must be used for surface preparation
before applying Gasket Maker at the engine nose seal area.
5-6 INSTALLATION OF GASKETS
All gaskets must be new, of the proper material and visually inspected prior to installation.
Following visual inspection, if the gasket shows any indication of gouges, nicks, cuts or bend
and fatigue marks replace with a new manufacturer specified gasket.
Gasket surfaces must be clean and free of nicks, burrs, oil and grit. Apply a thin coat of TCM
Gasket Sealant P/N #642188-1 to both sides of gasket unless otherwise specified. See
Chapter 3, "Table Of Sealants and Lubricants," for application of gasket sealant. Once TCM
Gasket Sealant has been applied install gasket. Install assembly and evenly torque hardware
to specified value. This will prevent over stressing gasket.
WARNING
Gaskets and components must be properly positioned, hardware torqued and
safetied as required during assembly to prevent oil loss.
5-7 HOSE AND TUBING INSTALLATION
It is required that the following procedure be used when hoses and tubing are removed,
attached and torqued to fittings contained on components such as fuel, induction, lubrication
and turbocharger systems.
5-6 OCTOBER 2000
 WARNING
Failure to properly support component fittings can result in fitting and/or
component damage and a resulting loss of system pressure.
1. See Figures 4-5 and 4-6.
2. Select the proper size open end wrenches that will fit the fitting body and hose or tubing
end fitting.
3. Torque or loosen (as required) the hose or tubing end fitting while maintaining sufficient
force on the component fitting to prevent twisting and shear loads.
4. Components that contain multiple fittings coupled in one location must have the last fitting
in the assembly properly supported as indicated in the preceding paragraphs.
5. DO NOT over torque fittings. Consult the appropriate manufacturer's manual for specific
installation procedures and torque values.

Figure 4-5

Figure 4-6

OCTOBER 2000 5-7

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

5-8 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 6

ENGINE OVERHAUL
SECTION PAGE

6-1 General ............................................................................ 6-2

6-2 Engine Removal Instructions ............................................ 6-3
6-3 Preliminary Cleaning ........................................................ 6-4
6-4 Extent of Disassembly ...................................................... 6-4
6-5 Parts to be Discarded ....................................................... 6-4
6-6 100% Replacement Parts ................................................ 6-4
6-7 General Cleaning ............................................................. 6-6
6-8 Visual Inspection .............................................................. 6-7
6-9 Magnetic Particle Inspection ............................................. 6-7
6-10 Crankshaft Ultrasonic Inspection Procedure .................... 6-8
6-11 Cylinder Barrel Ultrasonic Inspection Procedure .............. 6-8
6-12 Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection .................................... 6-8
6-13 Dimensional Inspection .................................................... 6-8
6-14 Dimensional Limits ........................................................... 6-8
6-15 Original Dimensions ......................................................... 6-9
6-16 Parts Limits ...................................................................... 6-9
6-17 Authorized Oversize and Authorized Undersize Parts ...... 6-9
6-18 Protective Coating ............................................................ 6-9
6-19 Application Of Accelagold ................................................ 6-9
6-20 Enamel Coatings .............................................................. 6-9
6-21 Helical Coil Insert Replacement ....................................... 6-10
6-22 Stud Replacement ............................................................ 6-11
6-23 Cylinder Exhaust Port Stud Replacement......................... 6-12
6-24 New Parts ......................................................................... 6-14
6-25 Torques ............................................................................. 6-14

FIGURE PAGE
6-1 Installation Of Typical Helical Coil Insert .......................... 6-10
6-2 Standard and Oversize Stud Identification ....................... 6-11
6-3 Removal Tool ................................................................... 6-12
6-4 Stud Removal ................................................................... 6-13
6-5 Stud Installation Dimensions............................................. 6-13

TABLE PAGE
6-1 General Use Torques ....................................................... 6-15
6-2 Pipe Plug Torques ............................................................ 6-15
6-3 Torques Specifications for Fittings .................................... 6-15
6-4 Torque Specifications For Hose Fittings ........................... 6-16
6-5 Specific Torques .............................................................. 6-17

OCTOBER 2000 6-1

6-1 GENERAL

WARNING
Use only parts meeting the engine type design.

Prior to engine removal, using a differential pressure gauge perform the following leak check
on each cylinder. Record findings.

LEAK CHECK
This check serves as an identifier for conditions which may not be detectable by visual
inspection.

1. Position the piston as close to bottom dead center on the compression stroke as
possible, insuring that the intake valve remains closed to allow the cylinder to hold
pressure.
2. With the compression tester connected, apply 5 PSI to the cylinder.
WARNING
It will be necessary to hold the propeller stationary while pressure is applied to the
cylinder. Use extreme caution to prevent injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

WARNING
During pressurization of cylinders do not stand or allow anyone else to stand in the
propeller arc area.
3. Increase the pressure slowly to a maximum value of 80 PSI. Saturate the entire cylinder
assembly with a soap and water solution.
4. Inspect the complete cylinder for leakage. Leakage will be indicated by an accumulation
of bubbles.
5. After complete cylinder inspection, relieve cylinder pressure and remove compression
tester.
6. Perform this inspection on each cylinder.
Optional airframe manufacturer accessories and various engine components that obstruct
engine removal must be removed from the engine and airframe. For airframe manufacturer
supplied accessory removal and airframe to engine disconnection consult the appropriate
airframe manufacturer's instructions.

Chapters 7 through 17 contain overhaul information for each of the engine systems. Chapter
18 contains final engine assembly procedures. Chapter 19 contains post overhaul
adjustment and test procedures.

As the aircraft engine is being overhauled all engine parts and accessories must be
overhauled. All engine parts and accessories must conform with the engine and accessory
manufacturer's specifications after overhaul prior to re-installation on the engine. See the
accessory manufacturer's overhaul instructions for accessories supplied by manufacturers
other than Teledyne Continental Motors .

During Major Overhaul of Teledyne Continental Motors aircraft engines, all parts and
components must conform with the manufacturer's new specifications or be replaced. See
Section 6-16, "New Parts," for further information.

6-2 OCTOBER 1998

6-2 Engine Removal Instructions
As each part is disconnected and removed it must be identified. Photographs can be helpful
for orientation of parts and components during engine re-assembly.

NOTE…If the engine is being removed to be placed in storage, prior to engine removal,
accomplish the steps listed in the chapter on "Indefinite Storage," of the appropriate
Maintenance Manual.

1. Insure all electrical switches, circuit breakers, ignition switches and fuel selector valves
are in the OFF position.

2. Remove all cowling and nacelle access panels that obstruct engine removal in
accordance with the airframe manufacturer's instructions.

3. Disconnect battery.

4. Disconnect the starter cable.

5. Remove the oil sump drain plug and washer. See Figures 14-3A, B, C, D, "Oil Sump" as
applicable. Completely drain oil from engine and replace plug and washer.
WARNING
Oil must be caught in an approved container and disposed of properly.
6. Disconnect and tag the engine wiring bundles and other connections from the following
components in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's instructions.

a. Magneto ground terminal leads, sensor unit lead, if equipped

b. Alternator
c. Pneumatic pump
d. Tach drive, if equipped
e. Oil temperature connection
f. Cylinder head temperature connection(s)
g. Exhaust gas temperature connection(s)
h. Remove all wiring bundle attaching clamps and hardware. Route wiring bundle clear
of engine
i. Miscellaneous airframe accessories
7. Disconnect the throttle and mixture control in accordance with the airframe
manufacturer's instructions.
8. Remove manifold pressure gauge line, and airframe fuel supply hoses in accordance with
the airframe manufacturer's instructions. Properly cap off lines and connections to
prevent fuel spillage and the admittance of debris.
9. Removal of the exhaust system may be necessary prior to engine removal. See the
applicable airframe manufacturer's instructions .

CAUTION…Place a suitable stand under the aircraft tail at the proper load bearing area before
removing the engine to prevent airframe damage due to the aircraft tail dropping.

10. Attach an engine hoist to the engine. The engine hoist must be attached to the engine
lifting eyes only. Extend the hoist relieving engine weight from the engine mounts.

OCTOBER 2000 6-3

 11. Remove engine mount to airframe attaching hardware in accordance with the airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE…Hoist the engine slowly making sure all wiring, lines, hoses and connections have been
properly disconnected. Do not bump or drop engine.

12. Install the engine on an engine stand, transportation dolly or engine shipping container
base as applicable. Install protective covers over all open lines and fittings. Do not use
tape or plugs inside the lines or fittings.
6-3 PRELIMINARY CLEANING
Clean engine exterior by spraying or brushing with a solvent used for general cleaning of
engine parts. Remove caked dirt on bolt heads and nuts. At the same time remove the oil
sump drain plugs and drain any remaining oil.

CAUTION…Do not use any alkaline cleaning solutions for external engine pre-cleaning,
these solutions will remove the "alodized" finish of aluminum parts.
6-4 EXTENT OF DISASSEMBLY
Exploded parts illustrations used in the engine system chapters are similar to those used in
the parts catalog. Use the illustrations along with the written procedures to disassemble the
engine, systems and components. Disassemble the engine systems and components to the
extent specified in the written procedure of the applicable engine system chapter.
WARNING
Do not attempt to identify components using the illustrations in this manual.
Component identification must be accomplished using the nomenclature and
part numbers in the related parts catalog.

6-5 PARTS TO BE DISCARDED

Discard all parts listed in Section 6-6, "100% Replacement Parts" in such a manner they will
not be used again inadvertently.
Care must be taken in removing gaskets from aluminum parts. Such removal should be
delayed until the part is to be cleaned.

6-6 100 PERCENT(%) REPLACEMENT PARTS.

At assembly, during maintenance, preventive maintenance and engine or component
overhaul replace all gaskets, seals, packings, hoses, "O" rings, cotter pins, retaining rings
(snap rings), safety wire, self locking fasteners (including exhaust manifold nuts) and lock
washers with new parts .

6-4 MAY 1998

 Engine mounted accessories not manufactured by TCM must be overhauled at engine
overhaul and maintained in accordance with the instructions provided by the manufacturer.
Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn, deformed, or are designed to be used only once.
Do not replate any cadmium plated fasteners or washers. If the cadmium plating has been
removed discard the item and replace it with a new part.
At engine overhaul in addition to the previously listed items, the parts listed below must be
discarded and replaced with new parts.
NOTE…If for any reasons hydraulic valve tappets are removed for inspection before the overhaul
period has been reached, they must be placed back in the same location from which they were
removed.
1. Hydraulic valve lifters (tappets)
2. Bearings: connecting rod, crankshaft main and thrust, needle, ball, and roller
3. Bushings: rocker arm, connecting rod, counter weight and crankshaft counter- weight
blade
4. Counterweight pins, retaining plates and snap rings
5. Camshaft gear bolts
6. Crankshaft gear bolts
7. Woodruff keys
8. Crankshaft alternator face gear bolts and lock plates
9. Connecting rod bolts and nuts
10. Magneto drive rubber bushings
11. Exhaust valves
12. Roto-coils, exhaust valves
13. Intake and exhaust valve keepers
14. Inner and outer valve springs
15. Piston pins
16. Piston rings
17. Pistons
18. Rocker shafts
19. Rockers shaft thrust washers
20. Crankcase Through Bolts
21. Cylinder deck stud nuts and through bolt nuts
22. Ignition system wiring harness
23. Spark plugs
24. Alternator and air conditioning drive belts

MAY 1998 6-5

6-7 GENERAL CLEANING
NOTE…Parts listed in Section 6-6, "100% Replacement Parts," must be replaced and
therefore do not require cleaning.
WARNING
During any cleaning process always follow the cleaning material manufacturer's
instructions for use, and Material Safety Data Sheets for safety precautions and
disposal information.
Engine components must be thoroughly cleaned so they can be properly inspected. All
surfaces must be protected from corrosion after cleaning by rinsing with a petroleum base
solvent and applying a coat of clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.
CAUTION…Cleaning methods other than the following may be destructive to engine parts
and must not be used.
Aluminum Alloy Parts: Degrease aluminum alloy components by spraying or brushing with
any fortified mineral spirit solvent. Heavy grease or dirt deposits can be cleaned effectively
by allowing parts to soak in this solvent for a short period of time. Carbon deposits and gum
(oil varnish) may be removed easily by immersing the part in a hot bath of an inhibited, mild
alkaline cleaning solution. Immersion time should be only as long as necessary to remove
the deposit. Give special attention to cleaning studs, tapped holes and drilled holes. Caution
must be exercised when cleaning aluminum alloy parts using any alkaline cleaning solutions.
Immediately after removing soaked parts from inhibited, mild alkaline bath or hot soapy
water, remove all traces of the alkaline by spraying the parts with a jet of steam, or brushing
vigorously with a mineral spirit solvent. Cleaned parts may be dried by a jet of dry,
compressed air to remove all solvent liquids.
CAUTION…When using alkaline cleaning solutions, the cleaning solution manufacturer's
usage, safety data and disposal information must be strictly followed. Alkaline etching
solutions must not be used.
CAUTION…All alkaline residues must be removed from crevices, recesses and holes to
prevent the formation of a foaming emulsion in the engine lubrication oil after reassembly. If
Accelagold surface was removed by the cleaning process it must be re-applied in
accordance with the procedure in section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold." [Accelagold is
manufactured by Turco® Products Inc.]
CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely
removed.
Carbon solvent should be employed only when carbon deposits are too hard or thick for
removal by other solvents.

No polishing compound, abrasive paste or powder is needed for cleaning engine parts. Do
not scrape parts or use wire brushes, sandpaper, abrasive cloth or abrasive wheels.
Scratches resulting from such methods allow concentrated stress at the scratch and may
cause fatigue failure.

Blasting techniques can be employed to remove hard carbon deposits if suitable equipment
is available. Suitable types of grit for dry blasting are plastic pellets and processed natural
materials such as wheat grains and crushed fruit pits or shells. Air pressure must be adjusted
to the lowest setting that will produce the desired cleaning action. Small holes and machine
finished surfaces must be protected from the blast by seals and covers.

6-6 MAY 1998

 WARNING
All cleaning material must be removed from parts and components after cleaning.
CAUTION…Do not use sand, metal grit or glass beads for any type of cleaning. If water
mixed degreasing solutions containing caustic compounds or soap are used to clean
aluminum alloy components they must be thoroughly and completely rinsed with clear boiling
water or steam to prevent corrosion.
CASTINGS: Gasket surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned with a suitable hydrocarbon
solvent such as acetone, naphtha, or methyl ethyl keytone (MEK) to remove dirt, oil and
grease. Surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all old gasket material before applying new
gaskets.
SMALL STEEL PARTS: Degrease steel parts by spraying or brushing with mineral spirit
solvent. Heavy grease or dirt deposits can be cleaned effectively by allowing the part to soak
in this solvent for a short period of time.
NOTE…See Chapters 7 through 17 for specific individual system component and part
cleaning instructions.
6-8 VISUAL INSPECTION
All engine parts except those to be replaced 100% must be inspected visually with at least a
10 X (power) magnifying glass under good light for surface damage such as nicks, dents,
deep scratches, visible cracks, distortion, burned areas, pitting, transfer of metal, corrosion,
erosion and removal of enamel coating. Visual inspection should also determine the need for
further cleaning of obscure areas. Inspect all studs for bending, looseness or partial removal.
Inspect all threaded parts for nicks and other damage to the screw threads. After visual
inspection place the engine parts in three groups: apparently serviceable parts, repairable
parts and parts to be discarded.

NOTE...See Chapters 7 through 17 for specific individual system components and part visual
inspection instructions.
6-9 MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION
CAUTION…Before magnetic particle inspection of any part, it must be completely cleaned
and free of dirt, carbon, varnish, gum and paint. Plug small holes leading to obscure cavities
with tight-fitting wood plugs or with a hard grease which is soluble in lubricating oil. This will
prevent particles from lodging in places where they would be difficult to remove and places
not subject to visual inspection. After magnetic particle inspection remove all such plugs and
clean the part thoroughly in solvent. Dry the part with compressed air. Check for complete
demagnetization.
Magnetic particle inspection must be conducted on all ferrous parts.

Where magnetic particle inspection is required use fluorescent method wet continuous
procedure. Refer to the latest revision of ASTM E 1444 for specific methods and procedures
based on the type of inspection being performed.
ACCEPT / REJECT CRITERIA
Rejectable discontinuities are any of the following: fatigue cracks, forming cracks, grinding
and heat treat cracks, embrittlement cracks, seams, laps, burst.
Parts which contain linear indications which cannot be reworked or indications which break
into comers, edges, holes, thread roots, fillets, gear tooth roots or keyways must be rejected.
The particular magnetic particle manufacturer's information regarding use, safety data and
disposal must be followed carefully.
OCTOBER 2000 6-7
6-10 CRANKSHAFT ULTRASONIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE
The crankshaft must be ultrasonic inspected by individuals certificated to perform this
detailed inspection. For approved inspection locations contact TCM at: (334) 438-3411.
6-11 CYLINDER BARREL ULTRASONIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cylinders must be ultrasonic inspected by individuals certificated to perform this detailed
inspection. For approved inspection locations contact TCM at: (334) 438-3411.
6-12 FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
Inspection by the fluorescent penetrant method must be conducted on all non-ferrous metal
parts.
Where fluorescent penetrant inspection is required, it must be performed in accordance with
ASTM E 1417. Specific process procedures are referenced in ASTM E 1208, E 1209, or E
1219. The penetrant method used must be Type I (fluorescent), Method A, B, C or D.
ACCEPT / REJECT CRITERIA
Rejectable discontinuities are any of the following: fatigue cracks, forming cracks, grinding
and heat treat cracks, embrittlement cracks, seams, laps, burst.
Parts which contain linear indications which cannot be reworked or indications which break
into comers, edges, holes, thread roots, fillets, gear tooth roots or keyways must be rejected.
NOTE…See Chapters 7 through 17 for specific individual system components and part
fluorescent penetrant inspection instructions.
The particular fluorescent penetrant manufacturer's information regarding use, safety data
and disposal must be followed carefully.
6-13 DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
Inspect for manufacturer specified fit with mating parts by comparative linear measurements
and alignment measurement using standard precision measuring instruments.
6-14 DIMENSIONAL LIMITS
After comparative measurement of mating parts and determination of running clearance refer
to the limits section related to the part. Limits under the column heading New Parts are
manufacturing limits. Clearances in the New Parts column apply to mating parts. Example:
Check inside and outside diameters of mating part surfaces. Take the recorded dimensions
and subtract the smaller from the larger. If the remainder falls within the New Parts minimum
and maximum clearance the part may be re-used during overhaul provided it conforms with
all other inspection requirements. Oversize parts are supplied in some instances to permit
conformity to this requirement. See individual component or system sections as applicable
for limits and fits.
6-15 ORIGINAL DIMENSIONS
Although comparative measurements of mating parts will determine the serviceability of the
fit it may be difficult to determine which part has worn. In some instances (e.g., main journals
in new bearing inserts) accurate dimensional measurements of fit are not always possible.
While no limits of wear on critical dimensions have been assigned to specific parts it is
helpful in determining wear to know the original dimensions. Therefore, consult the

6-8 MAY 1998

 manufacturing limits, " New Parts Dimensions," in each individual system chapter when the
serviceability of a specific part is in doubt.
6-16 PARTS LIMITS
TCM provides parts dimensions and assembly clearances in its publications which are
considered essential to perform an overhaul of its engines. These values are termed "New
Parts Limits." Values are taken from production drawings in effect at the time of publication.
TCM also provides a list of items that must be replaced at overhaul. See section 6-6, "100%
Replacement Parts."
WARNING
Service limits must not be used when performing major overhaul of the engine.
6-17 AUTHORIZED OVERSIZE AND AUTHORIZED UNDERSIZE PARTS
Replacement authorized oversize (AO) or authorized undersize (AU) parts must be used with
the proper AO and AU mating parts. Example: Use .015 oversize piston and piston rings with
.015 oversize cylinder assembly.
6-18 PROTECTIVE COATING
The manufacturer protects all aluminum alloy castings, sheet metal and tubing from
corrosion by treating all surfaces of the parts with Accelagold aluminum conversion coating.
[Accelagold is manufactured by Turco Products, Inc.] For sales and service contact Elf
Atochem N.A. Turco® Products Div., P.O. Box 195, State Route 95, West Marion Ohio,
43302; (215) 419-5376.
6-19 APPLICATION OF ACCELAGOLD
After any machining or repair operation aluminum surfaces must be treated with an
aluminum conversion coating. If the original aluminum conversion coating has been removed
or deteriorated, it must be re-applied. The application of Accelagold solution must be
performed in accordance with the manufacturer's Technical Data Bulletin Number 108-31
TURCOAT®) ACCELAGOLD ALUMINUM CONVERSION COATING.
Wrought or die cast smooth surface parts such as valve rocker covers and intake tubes are
"tumble blasted" prior to machining to roughen surfaces before treatment. Tumble Blasting
must not be applied at overhaul on parts with machined surfaces.
CAUTION…Do not use enamel paint or primer for Internal parts. The paint or primer may
flake or break off during engine run and contaminate lubricating oil.
6-20 ENAMEL COATINGS
Ferrous parts when painted with gold enamel must be baked with infra-red equipment for 15
minutes at 275-300°F following the application of each coat.
NOTE…If a part which was originally alodized is to be refinished with enamel it is not
necessary to apply zinc chromate primer unless surface areas have been completely
stripped of Accelagold.

CAUTION…Before application of primer and enamel to a part carefully mask all connection
joints and mating surfaces. No primer or enamel is permissible on interior surfaces of any
parts contacted by engine lubricating oil after assembly.

OCTOBER 1998 6-9

6-21 HELICAL COIL INSERT REPLACEMENT
Helical coil inserts are installed at the factory in various tapped holes of some engine
components. Stainless steel helical coil inserts of special design are installed in all spark
plug holes. Any of these inserts may be replaced if damaged. Tools, inserts and information
are available through HeliCoil®, Emhart Fastening Teknologies. Contact HeliCoil®
Applications Engineering or customer service at: (203) 924-4737 for local distributor
information. The manufacturer's Bulletins 959A, 995, 943, T4000 and 1000 latest revisions
list manual and power-driven installing tools, tang break-off tools, special taps, plug gauges
and tap/drill information. Helical coil inserts are available in both National Course and
National Fine series in lengths equal to 1, 1 -1 /2 and 2 times nominal diameter and in pipe
thread sizes. They are made of either carbon steel, phosphor bronze or stainless steel, as
specified by part number. They are supplied with or without a notch above the driving tang.
The notch is provided to facilitate breaking off the tang in open holes.
Helical coil inserts are helical coils of wire with a diamond-shaped cross section forming both
a male and female thread. When compressed into a special tapped hole at the widest part of
the wire, between male and female threads, the diameter of the insert is equal to the nominal
screw size. The special finishing taps size the casting hole so the pitch diameter of the
female thread of the installed insert conforms to Class 3 fit with standard bolt threads or class
4 (tight) fit with standard-size studs. The difference in fit is due to a difference in pitch
diameters of bolts and studs. Only one set of helical coil special taps is required for
installation of these inserts in both bolt holes and stud holes. Tap drilling depths and tapping
depth for helical coil inserts to be installed in blind holes should conform to the
recommendations relative to inserts of length equal to 2 times nominal diameter, as tabulated
in the manufacturer's Bulletin Numbers 1000 and T4000 latest revision. Helical coil tap drills
and special taps must be run in perpendicular to the machined surface of the casting. Drilling
must be done in a drill press after the casting is firmly supported, clamped and alignment
checked. The tap will tend to follow the drilled hole. For drilling and tapping aluminum alloy
castings use a commercial grade cutting lubrication oil to prevent overheating of the metal
and tearing of the thread.

FIGURE 6-1. INSTALLATION TYPICAL HELICAL COIL INSERT

6-10 MAY 1998

6-21 HELICAL COIL INSERT REPLACEMENT (cont’d)
To remove a damaged helical coil insert use the proper size of extracting tool for the nominal
thread size. Tap it into the insert so the sharp edges get a good bite, then turn the tool to the
left, and back out the helical coil until it is free. To install new insert in a properly tapped hole,
after blowing out all liquid and chips, slide it over the slotted end of the driving mandrel of the
proper size installing tool, and engage the driving tang (bent end) of the helical coil in the
mandrel slot; then, wind the insert slowly into the tapped hole. See Figure 6-1, "Installing
Typical Helical Insert." The outer end of the insert must lie within the first full thread of the
hole. Break off the driving tang of a notched helical coil by bending back and forth across the
hole with long-nose pliers, or with a special tang break-off tool.
After helical coil replacement the remaining wall thickness (edge distance) must not be less
than one half the helical coil diameter or .08 minimum whichever is greater.

WARNING
The 2 and 4 o'clock cylinder deck stud positions must not be repaired by
helical coil insert installation.

6-22 STUD REPLACEMENT

Remove damaged whole studs with a stud remover turning slowly to avoid heating the
casting. Remove broken studs which cannot be gripped with a standard stud extractor by
drilling on center to the correct diameter and unscrewing with a splined stud extractor.
Splined extractors and drills are usually sold in sets. Examine the course thread end of the
damaged stud before discarding it to determine its size. Standard studs have no marking.
For oversize stud identification, see Figure 6-2, "Standard And Oversize Stud Identification."
Clean the casting tapped hole with solvent and blow dry with compressed air. Then examine
the thread. If it is not torn install the next larger oversize stud. If the old stud was of the
maximum oversize or if the thread is damaged the hole may be tapped and a helical coil
insert installed for a standard-size stud provided sufficient stock is available.
NOTE…Cylinder rocker shaft retaining bolt positions are eligible for repair by helical insert
provided that a minimum wall thickness of greater than 1/2 times thread diameter remains
after tapping for helical coil insert. See Chapter 16 for specifications.

FIGURE 6-2. STANDARD AND OVERSIZE STUD IDENTIFICATION

MAY 1998 6-11
 Coat the new stud's course thread with High Strength Adhesive P/N 646941 if the hole is
blind or if the hole goes through to a cavity subject to leakage. Drive the new stud with a tee
handle stud driver. Turn it slowly and compare the torque values listed in the Table 6-1A,
"General Use Torques" Drive the stud in until it projects a distance equal to the specified
setting height. See stud setting heights in the applicable component or system section.
6-23 CYLINDER EXHAUST PORT ®ROSAN STUD REPLACEMENT
®Rosan ring locked studs are installed in the cylinder exhaust ports. These studs are either
"size on size" or "step type." Certain precautions must be taken during the removal of these
studs to prevent damage to the cylinder.
REMOVAL OF "SIZE ON SIZE STUDS."
The "size on size" captive lock ring studs utilize a small external diameter lock ring for usage
in locations where edge distance is of concern. The lock ring is so small in diameter that the
use of a typical ®Rosan "SM" or "BT" series milling tool is impractical and could cause
unwanted removal of cylinder head material in the lock ring area. Therefore, the following
removal method must be used.
1. Using caution, cut the stud off as close as possible to flush with the cylinder head. Do not
come in contact with or mark the cylinder head.
2. Center punch the remaining portion of the stud.
3. Locate the proper size primary removal drill directly over the center of the stud and drill to
the specified depth.
NOTE…The primary removal drill size and specified depths are noted below.
4. Center the secondary removal drill over the small hole and drill to the specified depth.
NOTE…The secondary removal drill size and specified depths are noted below. This should cut
the engagement between the stud serrations and the internal serrations of the lock ring.
5. The remaining lock ring will have a very thin wall. A sharp punch will easily break it away
from the cylinder head.
6. Drive an "Ezy Out" into the small hole in the stud and apply removal torque.
7. After the stud has been removed, clean the hole .
Cylinder Exhaust Port Stud Primary Removal Drill Secondary Removal Drill
Basic Stud Number Diameter Minimum Depth Diameter (+.015) Depth
(.164 dia.) SFC164 1/16(.062) .250 3/16(.188) .080
(.190 dia.) SFC190 1/16(.062) .250 7/32(.219) .090
(.250 dia.) SFC250 3/32(.093) .250 19/64(.29i) .105
(.312 dia.) SFC312 1/8(.125) .312 R(.339) .120
(.375 dia.) SFC375 1/8(.125) .375 13/32(.406) .120

FIGURE 6-3. REMOVAL TOOL

6-12 OCTOBER 2000

 REMOVAL OF "STEP" TYPE STUDS.
The "step" type captive lock ring studs have a larger lock ring than the "size on size" type
and therefore can be removed any one of two ways.
Method 1: Using the appropriate ®Rosan removal tool as shown in Figure 6-3. "Removal
Tool," mill the lock ring away to the appropriate depth. See Figure 6-4, "Stud Removal."
Using the best suitable means, apply removal torque to the stud. The remaining portion of
the lock ring should lift out as the stud is being removed. If not the remaining portion can be
broken away from the cylinder head using a sharp punch.

FIGURE 6-4. STUD REMOVAL

Method 2: Using the same procedure as the "size on size" type stud removal, select the
appropriate removal drill sizes with regard to the stud end dimension. Example: To remove a
"step" type stud with a .250 inch diameter nut end and a .312 inch diameter stud end, use the
appropriate removal drills for a .312 inch diameter "size on size" stud.
STUD REINSTALLATION.
1. With the appropriate wrench, install the new stud to the depth specified in Figure 6-5.”
Stud Installation Dimensions."
NOTE…Location of the flange is important in preventing the lock ring drive tool from making
contact with surface "A" in Figure 6-5. "Stud Installation Dimensions." Any impact or pressure on
this surface may cause damage to the threads in the cylinder head resulting in a loose fit .

FIGURE 6-5. STUD INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

MAY 1998 6-13

 Using the appropriate drive tool, install the new lock ring to the specified depth shown in
Figure 6-5. "Stud Installation Dimensions."

NOTE…All special tools for installation and removal of ®Rosan lock ring studs including tool
kits and prices can be obtained from: ®Rosan, Inc., 3130 West Harvard, Santa Ana,
California 92704. Telephone (714/641-8800) for distributor information.

6-24 NEW PARTS

Parts which require protection from atmospheric dust and moisture are wrapped or boxed
individually. These parts must not be unpacked until they are to be installed. This includes
precision bearing inserts and anti-friction bearings. Check new parts on receipt for transit
damage. All parts must be clean and lubricated as specified prior to installation. Refer to
Form X30687A, Equipment Kit Catalog, for part numbers of the major overhaul kits (for
example, Top, Gasket, Lower End and Overhaul Hardware Kits.) Refer to Chapter 3, "Tools,
Equipment, Sealants And Lubricants," for approved products, all of which must be on hand
when work is started. Use only new shakeproof or split lock washers, tab washers, elastic
stop nuts, cotter pins and corrosion-resistant lockwire. Refer to Section 6-6, "100%
Replacement Parts," before assembly. Measure clearances of running parts as they are
assembled and compare with clearances listed in the applicable component or system
chapter. During major engine overhaul use only NEW PARTS LIMITS. See Section 6-16,
"Parts Limits."
The engine overhaul must be performed in a clean dust free environment, and engine sub-
assemblies must be covered whenever they are not in the process of cleaning, inspection,
repair or assembly.
6-25 TORQUE APPLICATIONS
Prior to torquing any hardware apply the specified lubricants in accordance with Chapter 3.
The accuracy of any torque indicating wrench depends on a smooth application of force and
current calibration traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. If a nut slot cannot be
aligned with a cotter pin hole within the specified limits, substitute another serviceable nut. If
the cotter pin hole in stud lies beyond the nut slots, when the nut has been torqued properly
check stud for proper installation or backing out. Check part to see if it has been reduced in
thickness. Check to insure nut and washer are correct parts for that location. The situation
must be corrected by whatever replacement is indicated by inspection.
NOTE…See Tables 6-1 through 6-5 on the following pages for, Bolt, Nut and Screw
Torques, Driving Stud Torques, Pipe Plug Torques, Torque Specifications for Fittings, Hose
Fittings and Specific Torques.

6-14 OCTOBER 2000

 GENERAL USE TORQUES

TABLE 6-1. Bolt, Nut and Screw Torques TABLE 6-1.A DRIVING STUD TORQUES
SIZE INCH POUNDS FOOT
SIZE INCH POUNDS FOOT
POUNDS
POUNDS
1/4-20 50-70 4.2-5.8
8-32 17.5-22.5 1.5-1.9 5/16-18 100-150 8.3-12.5
10-24 21.0-25.0 1.7-2.0 3/8-16 200-275 16.7-22.9
10-32 36.0-50.0 3.0-4.2 7/16-14 300-425 25.0-35.4
1/4-20 75.0-85.0 6.3-7.1
1/4-28 90.0-110 7.5-9.2 NOTE…Stud driving torques apply when studs
5/16-18 155-175 12.9-14.6 are coated with lubricant or sealer as specified
5/16-24 180-220 15.0-18.3 in chapter 3.
3/8-16 220-260 18.3-21.7
3/8-24 275-325 22.9-27.1 TABLE 6-2. PIPE PLUG TORQUES
7/16-14 − − SIZE INCH POUNDS FOOT POUNDS
7/16-20 400-450 33.3-37.5 1 /8-27 60-80 5.0-6.7
1/2-20 550-600 45.8-50.0 1/4-18 130-150 10.8-12.5
3/8-18 185-215 15.4-18.0
1/2-14 255-285 21.3-23.8
NOTE…Torque loads listed are for use with oil 3/4-14 310-350 25.8-29.2
on threads as specified in chapter 3.

TABLE 6-3. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FITTINGS

SIZE FITTING AND MATERIAL TUBE O.D. INCH POUNDS
5/16-24 #2 (Brass/Aluminum) .125 15-30
5/16-24 #2 (Steel) .125 15-50
3/8-24 #3 (Brass/Aluminum) .188 40-65
3/8-24 #3 (Steel) .188 50-90
7/16-20 #4 (Brass/Aluminum) .250 60-80
7/16-20 (Steel) .250 70-120
7/16-24 #4 (Steel) .190 60-80
9/16-18 #6 (Brass/Aluminum) .375 75-125
9/16-18 #6 (Steel) .375 90-150
3/4-16 #8 (Brass/Aluminum) .500 150-250
3/4-16 #8 (Steel) .500 135-250
7/8-14 #10 (Brass/Aluminum) .625 200-350
7/8-14 #10 (Steel) .625 300-400

 Hardware requiring torque, not listed in Table Of Specific Torques, must be torqued in accordance
with Bolt, Nut and Screw Torques, Driving Stud Torques, Pipe Plug Torques, Torque Specifications
for Fittings, Hose Fittings and Specific Torques as applicable .

MAY 1998 6-15

 TABLE 6-4. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HOSE FITTINGS

HOSE SIZE THREAD SIZE FITTING MATERIAL INCH POUNDS

#2 (5/16-24) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 50-80

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 75-120

#3 (3/8-24) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 70-105

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 95-140

#4 (7/16-20) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 100-140

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 135-190

#5 (1/2-20) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 130-180

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 170-240

#6 (9/16-18) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 150-195

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 215-280

#8 (3/4-16) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 270-350

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 470-550

# 10 (7/8-14) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 360-430

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 620-745

# 12 (1-1/16-12) Hose End Fitting To Brass/Allum. Fitting 460-550

Hose End Fitting To Steel Fitting 855-1055

WARNING
Failure to lubricate threads, apply the specific torque and follow the specific
torquing procedure may result in damage and subsequent engine malfunction or
failure.

6-16 MAY 1998

 TABLE 6-5. SPECIFIC TORQUES
Thread  Torque
Location and hardware Model Qty.
size In. Lbs. Ft. Lbs.
Cover tach drive to oil pump Nut All .25-28 2 90-110 7.5-9.2
Cover to tach drive Nut IO-550- .25-28 4 75-85 6.3-7.1
A,B,C
Screw IO-550- 10- 4 21-25 1.7-2.0
A,B,C 24x.50
 Cover to tach drive Cover IO-550- ‘1.375- 1 250-350 20.8-29.2
G,N,P,R 16
Oil pressure relief valve Housing All 1.12-18 1 240-260 20.0-21.7
Starter adapter to crankcase Nut All .31-24 2 180-220 15-18.3
Starter motor to starter adapter Nut All .375-24 2 200-220 16.7-18.3
Starter gear to clutch spring Screw All .25-20x 1 75-85 6.3-7.1
.41
Cover to starter adapter Nut IO-550- .375-16 3 200-220 16.7-18.3
A,C,G
Cover to starter adapter Nut IO-550-B .31-24 3 180-220 15.0-18.3
Scavenge pump cover to scavenge
pump housing Nut IO-550-B .31-24 4 180-220 15.0-18.3
Sheave to starter shaftgear Nut, 12 point self
locking IO-550-B .5625-18 1 450-500 37.5-41.6
Alternator drive gear to crankshaft Bolt All .31 -24 4 140-150 11.7-12.5
Collar assembly governor oil transfer Nut All .25-28 2 75-85 6.3-7.1
Accessory drive gear to crankshaft Bolt (Hardness All .31-24 6 380-420 31.7-35.0
c
R 38-42)
Connecting rod Nut
6 Point Hex All .44-20 2 550-600 45.8-50.0
Connecting rod Nut
12 Point All .44-20 2 690-710 57.5-59.2
Camshaft Plug(s) All .25-18 1 130-150 10.8-12.5
Gear to camshaft Bolt All .31 -24 4 240-260 20.0-21.7
Oil filler/breather to crankcase Bolt All .31-18 2 155-175 12.9-14.6
Engine mount bracket to crankcase Nut All .375-24 12 275-325 22.9-27.1
Lever to throttle or mixture shaft Nut All .31-24 1 100-120 8.3-10.0
Throttle lever screw Nut All 8-32 1 17.5-22.5 1.5-1.9
’Through bolt at cylinder flange Nut (12 point) All .50-20 12 790-810 65.8-67.5
Cylinder to crankcase Nut All .44-20 36 490-510 40.8-42.5
Cylinder to crankcase 7th stud Nut All .44-20 6 490-510 40.8-42.5
Bolt at lower camshaft boss Nut All .31 -24 4 180-220 15.0.18.3
Through bolt at cad plated washer Nut All .50-20 4 615-635 51.2-52.9
Through bolt above & below
crankshaft at crankcase nose Nut All .44-20 4 440-460 36.7-38.3
R/H side crankcase below crankshaft Bolt All .31-18 2 155-175 12.9-14.6
Crankcase flange (backbone) Nut All with
plain nut
.31 -24 12 180-220 15.0-18.3
Nut Stainless
Steel Nuts .31 -24 12 240-280 20-23.3
Through Bolt Crankcase Upper Rear Nut All .38-24 2 275-325 22.9-27.1
Tie Bolt Crankcase Rear Bolt All .31-18 3 155-175 12.9-14.6
Through stud at oil cooler Nut All .31-24 1 180-220 15.0-18.3
Spine below camshaft Nut All .25-28 5 90-110 7.5-9.2
Idler gear support pin Nut All .25-28 2 90-110 7.5-9.2

OCTOBER 2000 6-17

 Thread  Torque
Location and hardware Model Qty.
size In. Lbs Ft. Lbs.
Camshaft cover Nut All .25-28 2 90-110 7.5-9.2
Oil pump Housing Nut All .25-28 2 90-110 7.5-9.2
Oil filter adapter Nut All .375-24 3 275-325 22.9-27.1
Oil suction tube to oil pump Plug All .625-18 1 190-210 15.8-17.5
Oil suction tube to crankcase Nut All .25-28 1 90-110 7.5-9.2
Oil filter All .75-16 1 192-216 16-18
Alternator drive gear & hub to Nut All .625-32 1 300-450 25.0-37.5
alternator
Alternator to crankcase Nut All .31-24 4 180-220 15.0-18.3
Oil cooler to crankcase Nut (upper) All .375-24 4 275-325 22.9-27.1
Nut (lower) .31-24 1 180-220 15.0-18.3
Oil temperature control valve ---- All 1”- 1 440-460 36.7-38.3
4NS3A
Oil cooler bottom Plug IO-550- .125-27 1 60-80 5.0-6.7
Plug C,G,N,P,R .375-18 185-215 15.4-18.0
Accessory drive adapter to crankcase Nut All .31-24 6 180-220 15.0-18.3
Nut .375-24 2 275-325 22.9-27.1
‘ Rocker shaft hold down Bolt IO-550- .25-20 12 90-100 7.5-8.3
A,B,C
Rocker shaft hold down Bolt IO-550- .31-18 24 190-210 15.8-17.5
G,N,P,R
Rocker cover to cylinder Screw IO-550- .25-20 48 55-65 4.6-5.4
A,B,C
Rocker cover to cylinder Screw IO-550- .25-20 60 55-65 4.6-5.4
G,N,P,R
Oil Sump to crankcase Bolt All .31 -18 32 155-175 12.9-14.6
Oil sump drain Plug All .625-18 1 190-210 15.8-17.5
Exhaust pipe flange to cylinder Nut All .25-28 24 100-110 8.3-9.2
Support bracket to throttle Nut IO-550-A .25-28 1 90-110 7.5-9.2
Throttle support bracket to sump Bolt IO-550-A .31-18 2 155-175 12.9-14.6
Fuel control to throttle Bolt IO-550-A .25-20 3 75-85 6.3-7.1
Throttle to sump Bolt IO-550-B .31-18 2 155-175 12.9-14.6
Fuel control to throttle Bolt IO-550-B .25-20 3 75-85 6.3-7.1
Shroud to fuel control Nut IO-550-B .25-28 3 90-110 7.5-9.2
Lower support bracket to throttle Nut IO-550-C .25-28 1 90-110 7.5-9.2
Lower throttle support bracket to tach
drive Nut IO-550-C .25-28 1 90-110 7.5-9.2
Upper throttle support brackets Nut IO-550-C .25-28 1 90-110 7.5-9.2
together
Fuel control to throttle Bolt IO-550-C .25-20 3 75-85 6.3-7.1
Shroud to fuel control Nut IO-550-C .25-28 2 90-110 7.5-9.2
Throttle to intake manifold Bolt IO-550- .25-20 4 75-85 6.3-7.1
G,N,P,R
Intake tube flange to cylinder Bolt IO-550- .25-20 24 85-110 7.0-9.2
A,B,C
Intake tube flange to cylinder Nut IO-550- .25-28 18 90-110 7.5-9.2
G,N,P,R
Fuel pump to crankcase Nut All .31 -24 2 180-220 15-18.3
Fuel nozzle to cylinder Nozzle IO-550- .125-27 6 55-65 4.6-5.4
A,B,C (dry
seal)

6-18 OCTOBER 2000

 Thread  Torque
Location and hardware Model Qty.
size In. Lbs. Ft. Lbs.
Fuel nozzle to cylinder Nozzle IO-550- .31-24 6 55-65 4.6-5.4
G,N,P,R
Bracket to fuel manifold valve Screw IO-550-A 10-24 2 21-25 1.7-2.0
Cover and bracket to fuel manifold Screw IO-550- 8-32 4 17.5-22.5 1.5-1.9
valve B,C,G,N,P,R
Fuel manifold valve and bracket to IO-550-
intake manifold Bolt G,N,P,R .31-18 2 155-175 12.9-14.6
Harness plate to magneto Screw Slick 10-32 6 20-22 1.7-1.8
Lead to spark plug `'B” nut All .75-20 12 110-120 9.2-10.0
Spark plug All 18mm 12 300-360 25.0-30.0
Fuel injection line to fuel nozzles “B” Nut All .31-32 6 40-45 3.3-3.8
Fuel injection line to manifold valve Nut, union All .375-24 6 55-60 4.6-5.0
Cover to magneto accessory drive Nut All .25-28 8 90-110 7.5-9.2
Cover or prop governor to crankcase Nut All .31-24 4 180-220 15.0-18.3
Magneto to crankcase Nut All .31 4 100-120 8.3-10
Harness plate to magneto Screw S20,S200 10-32 4 25-35 2.1-2.9
Series
Harness plate to magneto Nut S1200 10-32 4 17-19 1.4-1.6
Series

➀ Torque loads listed are for use with oil on threads. If cotter pin holes must be aligned set torque
wrench at low limit and torque nut to first hole beyond this torque. Stud driving torques apply
when studs are coated with lubricant or sealer. Do not exceed the high limit torque.
➁ Housing utilizes left hand threads. When installing apply antiseize lubricant.
‘ Must be reworked to through bolt rocker shaft configuration in accordance with Service Bulletin
M92-6 or current revision as applicable.
’ (6 Point) nuts used at cylinder through bolt positions must be torqued to 690 – 710 inch pounds
torque.
WARNING
Failure to lubricate threads, apply the specific torque and follow the specific torquing
procedure may result in damage and subsequent engine malfunction or failure .

OCTOBER 2000 6-19

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

6-20 MAY 1998

 CHAPTER 7

EXHAUST SYSTEM

7-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM

This chapter is reserved for engines utilizing an exhaust system and components supplied on
some engine models by Teledyne Continental Motors. For I0-550-A,B,C,G,N,P & R exhaust
system overhaul information see the airframe manufacturer's instructions.

OCTOBER 2000 7-1

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

7-2
 CHAPTER 8
IGNITION SYSTEM AND
MAGNETO ACCESSORY DRIVES

SECTION PAGE
8-1A Through 8-1G
Ignition System Disassembly.............................................. 8-2
8-2A and 8-2B
Magneto Accessory Drive Removal.................................... 8-14
8-3 Magneto Accessory Drive Disassembly ............................. 8-16
8-4 Cleaning ............................................................................. 8-16
8-5 Magneto Drive Gear Inspection .......................................... 8-16
8-6 Magneto and Accessory Drive Adapter Assembly Repair .. 8-20
8-7 Sub-Assembly .................................................................... 8-21

FIGURE PAGE
8-1A Ignition System for I0-550-A Specifications ........................ 8-3
8-1B Ignition System for I0-550-B & C Specifications ................. 8-5
8-1C Ignition System for I0-550-B & C Specifications ................. 8-7
8-1D Ignition System for I0-550-A, B & C Specifications ............ 8-9
8-1E Ignition System for I0-550-G, N, P & R Specifications........ 8-11
8-1F Ignition System for I0-550-G & N Specifications ................ 8-13
8-2A Magneto and Accessory Drive Adapter for I0-550
A, B, C, G, G1B, G2B, G4B, N, N1B, P1B, R1B................. 8-14
8-2A Magneto and Accessory Drive Adapter for I0-550
G5B & N2B ......................................................................... 8-15
8-3 Gear Tooth Inspection ........................................................ 8-17
8-4 Accessory Drive Adapter Stud Setting Heights .................. 8-18
8-5 Magneto Drive Adapter Fits And Limits .............................. 8-19

OCTOBER 2000 8-1

8-1A IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1A)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (6). Remove all cable ties (27).
b. On each magneto, remove four screws (20) and lock washers (19) from cable outlet
plate. Remove plates from magnetos (2).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.

2. Disconnect ground terminal and retard terminal kits (28, 29) from magnetos (2) in
accordance with airframe manufacturer's instructions.
3. Remove nuts (5), lock washers (4), and magneto holding washers (3) from each
magneto.
4. Remove both magnetos (2) from the engine. Discard cable ties (27) and lock washers (4,
19).

CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2A .

5. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's

instructions. see TCM ignition systems Master Service Manual, Form No. X40000. See
Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1A.

1. Gasket 11. Lead, #3B 21. Clamp

2. Magneto 12. Lead, #3T 22. Clamp
3. Washer, Holding 13. Lead, #4B 23. Nut
4. Washer, Lock 14. Lead, #4T 24. Clamp
5. Nut 15. Lead, #5B 25. Screw
6. Sparkplug 16. Lead, #5T 26. Bracket
7. Lead, #1B 17. Lead, #6B 27. Tie, Cable
8. Lead, #1T 18. Lead, #6T 28. Kit, Ground Terminal
9. Lead, #2B 19. Washer, Lock 29. Kit, Retard Terminal (Left Magneto)
10. Lead, #2T 20. Screw

8-2 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 8-1A. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-A, A2B, A3B, A4B, A5B, A6B

MAY 1998 8-3

8-1B IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1B)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (8). Remove all cable ties (27).
b. On each magneto, remove four lock washers (6) and four nuts (7) from cable outlet
plate. Remove plates from magnetos (2).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.
2. Remove nuts (5), lock washers (4), and magneto holding washers (3) from each
magneto.
3. Remove both magnetos (2) from the engine. Discard cable ties (27) and lock washers (4,
6).

CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2A .

4. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's

instructions. see TCM ignition systems Master Service Manual, Form No. X40000. See
Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1B.

1. Gasket 11. Lead, #2B 21. Clamp

2. Magneto 12. Lead, #2T 22. Clamp
3. Washer, Holding 13. Lead, #3B 23. Nut, Speed
4. Washer, Lock 14. Lead, #3T 24. Clamp
5. Nut 15. Lead, #4B 25. Screw
6. Washer, Lock 16. Lead, #4T 26. Bracket
7. Nut 17. Lead, #5B 27. Tie, Cable
8. Sparkplug 18. Lead, #5T
9. Lead, #1B 19. Lead, #6B
10. Lead, #1T 20. Lead, #6T

8-4 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 8-1B. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-A7B, I0-550-B, B1F,
B2F, B3F, B4F, B9B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B26B, B30B, B31B, B33B,
B34B, B36B, I0-550-C, C3F, C16B, C18B, C26B, C28B, C27B,C29B

MAY 1998 8-5

8-1C IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1C)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (6). Remove all cable ties (26).
b. On each magneto, remove three screws (19) from cable outlet plate. Remove plates
from magnetos (2).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.
2. Disconnect ground terminal kit from magnetos (2) in accordance with airframe
manufacturer's instructions.
3. Remove nuts (5), lock washers (4), and magneto holding washers (3) from each
magneto.
4. Remove both magnetos (2) from the engine. Discard cable ties (26) and lock washers
(4).

CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2A.

5. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's

instructions. see Slick Ignition Systems Master Service Manual, Index and Order Form
Number F-1100. See Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1C.

1. Gasket 14. Lead, #4T

2. Magneto 15. Lead, #5B
3. Washer, Holding 16. Lead, #5T
4. Washer, Lock 17. Lead, #6B
5. Nut 18. Lead, #6T
6. Sparkplug 19. Screw
7. Lead, #1B 20. Clamp
8. Lead, #1T 21. Clamp
9. Lead, #2B 22. Nut, Speed
10. Lead, #2T 23. Clamp
11. Lead, #3B 24. Screw
12. Lead, #3T 25. Bracket
13. Lead, #4B 26. Tie, Cable

8-6 MAY 1998

FIGURE 8-1C. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-B15B, B16B,
B17B, B18B, B19B, B25B, B32B, B37B, I0-550-C12B,
C13B, C15B, C22B, C27B, C30B

MAY 1998 8-7

8-1D IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1D)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (7). Remove all cable ties (12).
b. On each magneto, remove three screws from cable outlet plate. Remove plates from
magnetos (1).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.
2. Remove nuts (4), lock washers (5), and magneto holding washers (6) from each
magneto.
3. Remove both magnetos (1) from the engine. Discard cable ties (12) and lock washers
(5).

CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2A.

4. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's

instructions. see Slick Ignition Systems Master Service Manual, Index and Order Form
Number F-1100. See Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1D.

1. Magneto 7. Sparkplug
2. Harness, Ignition 8. Clamp
3. Gasket 9. Bracket
4. Nut 10. Screw
5. Washer, Lock 11. Nut, Speed
6. Washer, Holding 12. Tie, Cable

8-8 MAY 1998

FIGURE 8-1D. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-B6A, B6F, B11B, B12B,
B13B, B14B, B23B, B24B, B28B, B29B, B35B, I0-550-C6A,
C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B, C17B, C19B, C21B, C25B

MAY 1998 8-9

8-1E IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1E)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (6). Remove all cable ties (27).
b. On each magneto, remove four screws (20) and lock washers (19) from cable outlet
plate. Remove plates from magnetos (2).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.
2. Disconnect ground terminal kit from magnetos (2) in accordance with airframe
manufacturer's instructions.
3. Remove nuts (5), lock washers (4), and magneto holding washers (3) from each
magneto.
4. Remove both magnetos (2) from the engine. Discard cable ties (27) and lock washers (4,
19).
CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2A.
5. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's
instructions. see TCM ignition systems Master Service Manual, Form No. X40000. See
Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1E.

1. Gasket 11. Lead, #3B 21. Clamp

2. Magneto 12. Lead, #3T 22. Clamp
3. Washer, Holding 13. Lead, #4B 23. Nut
4. Washer, Lock 14. Lead, #4T 24. Clamp
5. Nut 15. Lead, #5B 25. Screw
6. Sparkplug 16. Lead, #5T 26. Bracket
7. Lead, #1B 17. Lead, #6B 27. Tie, Cable
8. Lead, #1T 18. Lead, #6T 28. Kit, Ground Terminal
9. Lead, #2B 19. Washer, Lock
10. Lead, #2T 20. Screw

8-10 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 8-1E. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B, I0-550-N,
N1B, N7B, I0-550-P1B, I0-550-R1B

OCTOBER 2000 8-11

8-1F IGNITION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 8-1F)

1. Remove ignition harness assembly

a. Remove ignition lead from each spark plug (6). Remove all cable ties (27).
b. On each magneto, remove four screws (20) and lock washers(19) from cable outlet
plate. Remove plates from magnetos (2).
c. Remove ignition harness assembly from engine and discard.
2. Disconnect magneto sensor unit (29) from airframe connector in accordance with the
airframe manufacturer’s instructions. Disconnect ground terminal kit (28) from magnetos
(2) in accordance with airframe manufacturer's instructions.
3. Remove nuts (5), lock washers (4), and magneto holding washers (3) from each
magneto.
4. Remove both magnetos (2) from the engine. Discard cable ties (27) and lock washers (4,
19).
CAUTION…Use care to avoid dropping magneto drive bushings and retainers into the engine.
See Figure 8-2B.
5. Magneto assemblies must be overhauled in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's
instructions. see TCM ignition systems Master Service Manual, Form No. X40000. See
Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-1F.

1. Gasket 11. Lead, #3B 21. Clamp

2. Magneto 12. Lead, #3T 22. Clamp
3. Washer, Holding 13. Lead, #4B 23. Nut
4. Washer, Lock 14. Lead, #4T 24. Clamp
5. Nut 15. Lead, #5B 25. Screw
6. Sparkplug 16. Lead, #5T 26. Bracket
7. Lead, #1B 17. Lead, #6B 27. Tie, Cable
8. Lead, #1T 18. Lead, #6T 28. Kit, Ground Terminal
9. Lead, #2B 19. Washer, Lock 29. Mag. Sensor Unit
10. Lead, #2T 20. Screw

8-12 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 8-1F. IGNITION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-G5B, G6B, I0-550-N2B, N6B, N8B

OCTOBER 2000 8-13

8-2A ACCESSORY DRIVE PAD REMOVAL (See Figure 8-2A)

1. Remove both magneto accessory drive assemblies:

a. Carefully slide each magneto drive gear assembly (12 through 15) out of accessory
drive adapter.

2. Remove attaching hardware (6 through 11) and remove accessory drive assemblies from
rear of crankcase.
3. Place the accessory drive components in a clean, protected area until they are to be
overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-2A.

1. Gasket 8. Washer, Lock 15. Bushing

2. Adapter, Assembly 9. Washer, Lock 16. Gasket
3. Bushing 10. Nut 17. Cover
4. Seal, Oil 11. Nut 18. Washer, Plain
5. Stud 12. Gear, Assembly 19. Washer, Lock
6. Washer, Plain 13. Sleeve 20. Nut
7. Washer, Plain 14. Retainer

FIGURE 8-2A. MAGNETO AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ASSEMBLY

I0-550-A, B, C, G, G1B, G2B, G4B, G6B, I0-550-N, I0-550-P & I0-550-R

8-14 OCTOBER 2000

8-2B ACCESSORY DRIVE PAD REMOVAL (See Figure 8-2B)

1. Remove both magneto accessory drive assemblies:

a. Carefully slide each magneto drive gear assembly (16 through 19) out of accessory
drive adapter.

2. Remove attaching hardware (10 through 15) and remove accessory drive assemblies
from rear of crankcase.
3. Place the accessory drive components in a clean, protected area until they are to be
overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 8-2B.

1. Gasket 8. Seal, Oil 15. Nut 22. Washer, Plain
2. Adapter, Assembly 9. Helical, Coil 16. Gear, Assembly 23. Washer, Lock
3. Bushing 10. Washer, Plain 17. Sleeve 24. Nut
4. Seal, Oil 11. Washer, Plain 18. Retainer 25. Screw
5. Stud 12. Washer, Lock 19. Bushing
6. Adapter, Assembly 13. Washer, Lock 20. Gasket
7. Bushing 14. Nut 21. Cover

FIGURE 8-2B. MAGNETO AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ASSEMBLY I0-550-G5B

MAY 1998 8-15

8-3A MAGNETO ACCESSORY DRIVE DISASSEMBLY
1. See Figure 8-2A. Remove attaching hardware (18, 19, 20) and remove covers, gaskets
(16, 17) from accessory drive adapters. Discard gaskets (1, 16) and lock washers (8, 9,
19).
2. Separate rubber drive bushings (15), retainers (14), and drive gear assemblies (12).
Discard rubber drive bushings (15).
8-3B MAGNETO ACCESSORY DRIVE DISASSEMBLY
3. See Figure 8-2B. Remove attaching hardware (22, 23, 24) and remove covers, gaskets
(1, 20) from accessory drive adapters. Discard gaskets (1, 20) and lock washers (12, 13,
23).
4. Separate rubber drive bushings (19), retainers (18), and drive gear assemblies (16).
Discard rubber drive bushings (19).
8-4 CLEANING.

1. Discard all magneto accessory drive parts listed in section 6-6, "100% Replacement
Parts."

2. Clean the magneto drive gear assemblies and adapters using mineral spirit solvent or by
immersion in an alkaline stripping bath if mineral spirits solvent is not effective. After
cleaning with alkaline solution, the parts must be sprayed with steam to remove all traces
of alkaline. After steam rinsing, the parts must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirits
solvent. Insure that the magneto drive adapter lubrication holes are clear and
unobstructed.

CAUTION...Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion on metals if not completely removed.
WARNING
Do not pressure blast gears with an abrasive media. Blasting will remove surface
hardening.

8-5 MAGNETO DRIVE GEAR INSPECTION

1. Inspect the magneto drive gear teeth for signs of overheating and excessive wear.
Normal wear produces a fine polish on the tooth thrust faces. Gears that have alteration
of the tooth profiles, score marks, burning, pitting, nicks, burrs or corrosion must be
discarded. See Figure 8-3, “Gear Tooth Inspection,” for acceptable and unacceptable gear
tooth wear.

2. Using a flashlight visually inspect the magneto adapter oil seal and bushing bores for
damage resulting from bushing and oil seal removal process. Inspect the adapter
housing for cracks Magneto adapter housings with damaged oil seal bores, bushing
bores, or that exhibit cracks must be discarded. Inspect all oil passages for restrictions.
Magneto adapters with oil passages that cannot be cleared of obstructions must be
discarded.

8-16 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 8-3. GEAR TOOTH INSPECTION

MAY 1998 8-17

 Inspect all studs for looseness and distorted or stripped threads. Inspect studs for corrosion
pitting, incomplete threads and looseness. Replace studs with any of these indications.
Check studs with tool makers square for alignment. The magneto adapter studs must have their
setting heights checked for indications of backing out. See Figure 8-4 for drive adapter stud
setting heights.

ITEM NO. LOCATION THREAD SETTING QUANTITY

SIZE HEIGHT
1 Accessory to 1/4-20 X 1/4-28 .87-.90 4
Adapter

FIGURE 8-4. ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTER STUD SETTING HEIGHTS

FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION

Aluminum alloy components such as the magneto accessory drive adapters must be fluorescent
penetrant inspected by a certified technician in accordance with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant
Inspection." Adapters exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION

Magneto drive gears and drive bushing retainers must be inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Magneto drive gears and retainers that
exhibit cracks must be discarded.

8-18 MAY 1998

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

New Parts
Ref. Description
No. Min. Max.
1. Bushing in magneto and accessory drive adapter ...........Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0040T
2. Magneto and assy. drive gear in adapter bushing ...........Diameter: 0.0015L 0.0035L
3. Oil seal in adapter ............................................................Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0070T
4. Sleeve in magneto and accessory drive gear ..................Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0040T
5. Magneto coupling retainer on magneto and
accessory drive gear sleeve .............................................Diameter: 0.0250L 0.040L
6. Magneto and accessory drive gear ....................... End Clearance: 0.0110L 0.0770L
7. Magneto coupling retainer in magneto
drive gear slot ........................................................ Side Clearance: 0.0020T 0.0280L
8. Magneto coupling rubber bushings
on magneto drive lugs ............................................ Side Clearance: 0.014L 0.052T
9. Magneto pilot in crankcase ...............................................Diameter: 0.001L 0.005L

FIGURE 8-5. MAGNETO DRIVE ADAPTER FITS AND LIMITS

MAY 1998 8-19

8-6 MAGNETO AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY REPAIR
1. Remove the drive adapter bushings for inspection and replacement. Turn down the
bushing flange to the body diameter of 0.939 of an inch and bore out the bushing to a
thin shell that can be collapsed and removed. All boring operations must be on center.
Take care to prevent cutting into the end of the adapter boss or marking the adapter
bore.
2. The old magneto adapter oil seals must be removed by driving out with a 1/8 inch
diameter pin punch inserted through the four oblique oil holes in the bushing boss
alternately. if the seal is too tight for that method drill and tap two opposite machine
screw holes in the exposed flange of the seal case that will match two screw clearance
holes in a pressure plate. Do not allow drill to pass through the seal case into the
adapter. Lay pressure plate on the adapter studs. Run nuts on two long machine screws;
then insert the screws through the pressure plate holes and screw them into the holes
tapped in the seal. To avoid unnecessary stoning of the seal bore tighten the nuts against
the plate and pull the seal squarely from its recess.
3. After bushing removal clean the adapters using mineral spirit solvent. Insure that all
lubrication passages are clear and unobstructed.
4. Bushings and oil seals must be installed in the magneto drive adapters using the
following procedure and special tools:
a. Arbor Press.
b. Heavy Duty Drill Press.
c. Size Range (25132-27132) Adjustable Blade Reamer Adjusted to .8150 Diameter.
d. Large Spot facer
e. 90° Countersink Bit
MAGNETO ADAPTER BUSHING INSTALLATION
CAUTION…Before reaming a new bushing, plug the oil holes with beeswax to exclude chips
from the adapter groove. Be sure to remove the wax completely after the operation.
1. Install the magneto drive adapter on an arbor press. The rear flange of the adapter rather
than the studs must be supported on a parallel and flat block.
2. Press a new bushing into each magneto adapter after dipping in clean aviation lubricating
oil.
3. Bore the bushing to 0.8145-0.8155 diameter using the specified reamer and heavy duty
drill press.
4. If necessary, face the bushing flange until it projects forward 1.454-1.458 inch from the
adapter parting surface.
5. If necessary, chamfer the bore at the flange end 1/16 inch deep on a 45° angle, and
slightly break sharp edges at both ends. The bushing hole must be concentric with the
adapter pilot shoulder within 0.002 inch per inch of length. Its flange thrust face must be
parallel to the parting surface within 0.002 inch (full indicator reading).
6. Using the above procedure install new bushing in remaining magneto adapter. Smooth
any scores in the adapter oil seal counterbore. Clean the magneto adapters removing all
debris from boring process.

8-20 MAY 1998

 MAGNETO ADAPTER OIL SEAL INSTALLATION
1. Re-install the magneto drive adapter on the arbor press. The front face of the adapter
bushing must be supported on a parallel and flat block.
2. Coat the periphery of new oil seal with a thin translucent coat of TCM gasket maker P/N
646942.
3. Press the new oil seal into the magneto adapter using a flat end block of 1-3/8 inch
diameter by 1/4 inch length. The oil seal is pressed in until it bottoms out. Do not crush
the oil seal case.
4. Using the above procedure install a new oil seal in the remaining adapter.
STUDS, HELICAL COILS AND PROTECTIVE COATING

1. Replace any damaged or loose studs in accordance with the procedure in section 6-22,
"Stud Replacement."
2. Replace any damaged or loose helical coils in accordance with the procedure in section
6-21, "Helical Coil Insert Replacement."
3. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.
8-7 SUB-ASSEMBLY.
1. Magneto assemblies must be sub-assembled in accordance with the magneto
manufacturer's instructions. See Slick Ignition Systems Master Service Manual, Index
and Order Form Number F-1100. See Section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering
information.
2. The magneto drive gear and adapter assemblies and magnetos will be installed on the
engine during final engine assembly. Store all components in a clean protected area until
final engine assembly.

OCTOBER 2000 8-21

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

8-22 MAY 1998

 CHAPTER 9

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SECTION PAGE
9-1A Fuel Injection System Disassembly (I0-550-A)............................... 9-2
9-1B Fuel Injection System Disassembly (I0-550-B)............................... 9-4
9-1C Fuel Injection System Disassembly (I0-550-C) .............................. 9-6
9-1D Fuel Injection System Disassembly (I0-550-G, N, P, R)................. 9-8
9-2 Fuel Injection System Component Disassembly ............................ 9-10
Fuel Manifold Valve ........................................................................ 9-10
Fuel Pump ...................................................................................... 9-13
Fuel Control .................................................................................... 9-17
Throttle and Fuel Metering Unit ...................................................... 9-18
9-3 Fuel Injection System Cleaning ...................................................... 9-20
9-4 Fuel Injection System Inspection.................................................... 9-20
9-5 Fuel Injection System Repair and Replacement ............................ 9-21
9-6 Fuel Injection System Sub-Assembly ............................................. 9-22

FIGURE PAGE
9-1A Fuel Injection System (I0-550-A) .................................................... 9-3
9-1B Fuel Injection System (I0-550-B) .................................................... 9-5
9-1C Fuel Injection System (I0-550-C).................................................... 9-7
9-1D Fuel Injection System (I0-550-G & N)............................................. 9-9
9-2A Fuel Manifold Valve Fitting Orientation (I0-550-A) ........................ 9-10
9-2B Fuel Manifold Valve Fitting Orientation (I0-550-B & C) .................. 9-11
9-2C Fuel Manifold Valve Fitting Orientation (I0-550-G, N, P, R) ........... 9-12
9-3A Fuel Pump Fitting Orientation (I0-550-A & C except I0-550-C30B,
C31B and C32B)............................................................................. 9-13
9-3B Fuel Pump Fitting Orientation (I0-550-B except I0-550-B37B,
B39B, B38B, B40B, B41B, B42B, B43B, B45B, B46B, B48B, B49B,
B51B, B52B) .................................................................................. 9-13
9-3C Fuel Pump Fitting Orientation (I0-550-B37B, B39B, B38B, B40B,
B41B, B42B, B43B, B45B, B46B, B48B, B49B, B51B, B52B,
I0-550-C30B, C31B and C32B) ....................................................... 9-14
9-3D Fuel Pump Fitting Orientation (I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B,
I0-550-N, N1B, N2B, I0-550-P & I0-550-R) .................................... 9-15
9-3E Fuel Pump Fitting Orientation (I0-550-G5B, G6B).......................... 9-16
9-4 Fuel Control Fitting Orientation ..................................................... 9-17
9-5 Fuel Metering Unit Fitting Orientation ............................................ 9-18
9-6A Fuel Nozzle I0-550-A, B & C .......................................................... 9-19
9-6B Fuel Nozzle I0-550-G, N, P, R........................................................ 9-19
9-7 Fuel Pump Drive Coupling Fits & Limits ........................................ 9-21
9-8 General Lever Bushing Replacement ............................................ 9-22
9-9 General F/l Sealant Application ..................................................... 9-23

OCTOBER 2000 9-1

9-1A FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 9-1A)
1. Mark each fuel injection line (19) through (24) with its cylinder number to facilitate re-
installation.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. Discard and replace bent,
chafed or deformed fuel injection lines.
2. Fuel injection line removal:

a. Disconnect fuel lines (19 through 24) from fuel nozzles (25).
b. Disconnect other end of fuel lines from fuel manifold valve assembly (18) and remove
fuel lines from engine.

3. Fuel Nozzle Removal:

a. Remove fuel nozzles (25) from each cylinder.

4. Remove fuel hoses (35, 36) from fuel control unit and fuel pump. Remove fuel hose (35)
from fuel control unit and manifold valve. Discard fuel hoses (35, 36).
5. Remove the throttle and fuel control unit in accordance with the airframe/STC holders
instructions. Place the throttle and fuel control unit in a clean, protected area until it is to
be overhauled.
6. Remove the crankcase backbone hardware that secures the fuel manifold valve to the
engine and remove fuel manifold valve (18). Place the fuel manifold valve in a clean,
protected area until it is to be overhauled.
7. Remove nuts (34), lock washers (33) and hold down washers (32). Remove fuel pump
assembly (3) and gasket (2A). Reach into crankcase fuel pump cavity and remove drive
coupling (2). Discard fuel pump gasket (2A) and lock washers (33). Place the fuel pump
in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.
Nomenclature for Figure 9-1A
1. Fuel Injection System 12. Spring 25. Nozzle, Fuel
2. Coupling 13. Rod End 26. Shield
2A. Gasket 14. Nut, Self Locking 27. Screen
3. Fuel Pump 14A. Pin 28. Jet
4. Throttle Assembly 15. Washer, Wave 29. Nozzle
4A. Throttle And Control Unit 16. Washer 30. Clamp
5. Fuel Control Unit 17. Pin, Cotter 31. Bracket
6. Lever 18. Fuel Manifold Valve 32. Washer, Hold Down
7. Bushing 19. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 6 33. Washer, Lock
8. Washer, Tab 20. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 4 34. Nut
9. Screw 21. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 2 35. Hose
10. Rod And Link 22. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 5 36. Hose
10A. Rod And Link Assembly 23. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 3
11. Nut, Plain 24. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 1

9-2 MAY 1998

FIGURE 9-1A. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-A

OCTOBER 2000 9-3

9-1B FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 9-1B)
1. Mark each fuel injection line (30, 45, 46, 47) with its cylinder number to facilitate re-
installation.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. Discard and replace bent,
chafed or deformed fuel injection lines.
2. Fuel injection line removal:

a. Disconnect fuel lines (30, 45, 46, 47) from fuel nozzles (31).
b. Disconnect other end of fuel lines from fuel manifold valve assembly (27). Compress
spring legs of each clamp (33) and remove fuel lines from engine.

3. Fuel Nozzle Removal:

a. Remove fuel nozzles (31) from each cylinder.

4. Remove attaching hardware (14B, 40, 41, 42). Loosen and remove hose (29) from
manifold valve (27) and fuel control (5). Loosen and remove hose assemblies (28) from
fuel pump (3) and fuel control (5).
5. Remove bolts (13) and washers (12). Remove throttle and fuel control, as an assembly,
from the engine oil sump. Remove cotter pins (15), linkage (14A, 14B, 16, 17, 18), spring
(22) and wave washers (19) from throttle (4A) and fuel control (5).
6. Remove nuts (26), lock washers (25), washers (24) and shroud (23) from fuel control.
Discard lock washers (25). Bend tab washers down and remove standoff bolts (11).
Separate fuel control unit (5) from throttle (4A). Discard tab washers (10). Place the
throttle and fuel control unit in a clean, protected area until they are to be overhauled.
7. Remove the crankcase backbone hardware that secures the fuel manifold valve to the
engine and remove fuel manifold valve (27). Place the fuel manifold valve in a clean,
protected area until it is to be overhauled.
8. Remove nuts (36), lock washers (35) and hold down washers (34). Remove fuel pump
assembly (3) and gasket (3A). Reach into crankcase fuel pump cavity and remove drive
coupling (2). Discard fuel pump gasket (3A) and lock washers (35). Place the fuel pump
in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.
Nomenclature for Figure 9-1B
1. Fuel Injection System 13. Screw 25. Washer, Lock 38. Clamp
2. Coupling 14. Rod And Link Assy. 26. Nut 39. Clamp
3. Fuel Pump A. Rod And Link 27. Fuel Manifold Valve 40. Screw
3A. Gasket 14B. Nut 28. Hose 41. Washer
4. Throttle Assembly 15. Pin, Cotter 29. Hose 42. Washer, Lock
4A. Throttle And Control Unit 16. Spring 30. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 1&6 43. Shroud
5. Fuel Control Unit 17. Rod End 31. Nozzle, Fuel 44. Grommet
6. Shield 18. Nut, Self Locking 32. Bracket 45. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 2
7. Screen 19. Washer, Wave A. Bracket 46. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 5
8. Jet 20. Washer 33. Clamp 47. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 3&4
9. Nozzle 21. Pin 34. Washer, Hold Down
10. Washer, Tab 22. Spring 35. Washer, Lock
11. Screw 23. Shroud 36. Nut, Plain
12. Washer 24. Washer 37. Bracket

9-4 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 9-1B. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-B

MAY 1998 9-5

9-1C FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 9-1C)

1. Mark each fuel injection line (26, 35, 36, 37) with its cylinder number to facilitate re-
installation.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. Discard and replace bent,
chafed or deformed fuel injection lines.

2. Fuel injection line removal:

a. Disconnect fuel lines (26, 35, 36, 37) from fuel nozzles (27).
b. Disconnect other end of fuel lines from fuel manifold valve assembly (23) and remove
fuel lines from engine.

3. Fuel Nozzle Removal:

a. Remove fuel nozzles (27) from each cylinder.

4. Remove fuel hoses (24) from fuel control unit and fuel pump. Remove fuel hose (25) from
fuel control unit and manifold valve. Discard fuel hoses (24, 25).
5. Remove attaching hardware (20, 21, 22) and fuel control shroud (19). Remove cotter pins
(17) and washers (15, 16). Remove link rod assembly (10 through 14) and spring (18).
Bend tabs of tab washers (7) down. Remove bolts (9), standoff bolts (8) and tab washers
(7). Separate fuel control (5) from throttle body (4). Discard tab washers(7), lock washers
(21), self locking nut (14), springs (12, 18), cotter pins (17) and wave washers (15).
Loosen and remove nut, bolt (49, 50), brackets (47, 48), bushings (45) sleeve (46) from
bracket (42). The hardware that attaches bracket (42) to engine was removed during
magneto and accessory drive adapter disassembly. Remove bracket (42). Discard self
locking nut (50). Remove nuts (22) and bracket (51). Remove throttle (4) from engine.
Discard gasket (53). Place the throttle and fuel control unit in a clean, protected area until
it is to be overhauled.
6. Remove the crankcase backbone hardware that secures the fuel manifold valve to the
engine and remove fuel manifold valve (23). Place the fuel manifold valve in a clean,
protected area until it is to be overhauled.
7. Remove nuts (32), lock washers (31) and hold down washers (30). Remove fuel pump
assembly (3) and gasket (3A). Reach into crankcase fuel pump cavity and remove drive
coupling (2). Discard fuel pump gasket (3A) and lock washers (31). Place the fuel pump
in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled .

9-6 MAY 1998

 FIGURE 9-1C. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-C

1. Fuel Injection System 12. Spring 26. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 1&6 41. Nozzle
2. Coupling 13. Rod End 27. Nozzle, Fuel 42. Bracket
3. Fuel Pump A. Pin 28. Bracket 43. Spacer
3A. Gasket 14. Nut, Self Locking 29. Clamp 44. Washer
4. Throttle Assembly 15. Washer, Wave 30. Washer, Hold Down 45. Bushing
4A. Throttle And Control Unit 16. Washer 31. Washer, Lock 46. Sleeve
5. Fuel Control Unit 17. Pin, Cotter 32. Nut 47. Bracket
6. Lever 18. Spring 33. Shroud 48. Bracket
6A. Bushing 19. Shroud 34. Grommet 49. Bolt
7. Washer, Tab 20. Washer 35. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 2 50. Nut, Self Locking
8. Screw 21. Washer, Lock 36. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 5 51. Bracket
9. Screw 22. Nut 37. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 3&4 52. Spacer
10. Rod And Link 23. Fuel Manifold Valve 38. Shield 53. Gasket
10A. Rod And Link Assembly 24. Hose 39. Screen
11. Nut, Plain 25. Hose 40. Jet

OCTOBER 2000 9-7

9-1D FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 9-1D)

1. Mark each fuel injection line (19) through (24) with its cylinder number to facilitate re-
installation.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. Discard and replace bent,
chafed or deformed fuel injection lines.
2. Fuel injection line removal:

a. Disconnect fuel lines (19 through 24) from fuel nozzles (28).
b. Disconnect other end of fuel lines from fuel manifold valve assembly (12). Compress
spring legs of each clamp (27) and remove fuel lines from engine.

3. Fuel Nozzle Removal:

a. Remove fuel nozzles (28) from each cylinder.

4. Remove fuel hose (37) from fuel metering unit and fuel pump. Discard fuel hose (37).
5. See Figure 10-1D. Remove four bolts (19), lock washers (14), and washers (15). Remove
throttle and metering unit. Remove and discard gasket (1). Discard lock washers (14).
Place the throttle and fuel metering unit in a clean, protected area until it is to be
overhauled.
6. See Figure 9-1D. Remove bolts (18), washers (17), spacers (16) and remove fuel
manifold valve from the induction air manifold. Place the fuel manifold valve in a clean,
protected area until it is to be overhauled.
7. Remove nuts (6), lock washers (5) and hold down washers (4). Remove fuel pump
assembly (3) and gasket (2A). Reach into crankcase fuel pump cavity and remove drive
coupling (2). Discard fuel pump gasket (2A) and lock washers (5). Place the fuel pump in
a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 9-1D

1. Fuel Injection System 11. Elbow 22. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 3 35. Washer
2. Coupling 12. Fuel Manifold Valve 23. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 2 36. Washer, Copper
2A. Gasket 13. Bracket 24. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 1 37. Hose
3. Fuel Pump 3A. Bracket 25. Bracket 38. Elbow
4. Washer, Hold Down 3B. Bumper, Rubber 26. Bracket 39. Adapter
5. Washer, Lock 14. Washer 27. Clamp 40. Tube
6. Nut 15. Screw 28. Nozzle 40A. Sleeve
7. Protector 16. Spacer 29. Jet 41. Cap
8. Throttle And Met. Unit 17. Washer 30. Nozzle, Fuel 42. Tee
8A. Lever 18. Bolt 31. O-Ring
8B. Bushing 19. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 6 32. Screen
9. Elbow 20. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 5 33. Shield
10. Cap 21. Tube, Fuel, Cyl. 4 34. Washer

9-8 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 9-1D. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-G, N, P, R

OCTOBER 2000 9-9

9-2 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY

FUEL MANIFOLD VALVE

1. See Figures 9-2A, 2B & 2C as applicable. Remove fittings "A" through "C."

The fuel manifold valve must be overhauled in accordance with TCM Fuel Injection Systems
Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A or replaced with a serviceable unit. See
section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information. Teledyne Continental Motors
offers factory rebuilt fuel injection system components at exchange prices as an alternative to
field overhaul of these units.

FIGURE 9-2A. MANIFOLD VALVE FITTING ORIENTATION I0-550-A

ENGINE Fitting Fitting Fitting

MODEL "A" "B" "C"
Metered Fuel FUEL INLET Manifold
Press. Conn. Vent
I0-550-A Connector 90° Elbow @ (90°) 45° Elbow @ (270°)

9-10 MAY 1998

 FIGURE 9-2B. MANIFOLD VALVE FITTING ORIENTATION I0-550-B&C

ENGINE Fitting Fitting Fitting

MODEL "A" "B" "C"
Metered Fuel FUEL INLET Manifold
Press. Conn. Vent
I0-550-B Plug 45° Elbow @ (270°) 45° Elbow @ (135°)
I0-550-C Plug 45° Elbow @ (270°) 45° Elbow @ (225°)

MAY 1998 9-11

 FIGURE 9-2C. MANIFOLD VALVE FITTING ORIENTATION I0-550-G, N, P, R

ENGINE Fitting Fitting Fitting

MODEL "A" "B" "C"
FUEL INLET Metered Fuel Manifold
Press. Conn. Vent
I0-550-G, N, P & R Adapter 45° Elbow @ (0°) 45° Elbow @ (135°)
90° Elbow @ (285°)

9-12 OCTOBER 2000

 FUEL PUMP
1. See Figures 9-3A, B & C as applicable. Remove fittings "A" through "E."
The fuel pump must be overhauled in accordance with TCM Fuel Injection Systems
Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A or replaced with a serviceable unit. See
section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information. Teledyne Continental Motors
offers factory rebuilt fuel injection system components at exchange prices as an alternative to
field overhaul of these units.

FIGURE 9-3A. FUEL PUMP FITTING OREINTATION I0-550-A & C

except I0-550-C30B, C31B, C32B
FITTING FITTING FITTING “C” FITTING “D”
MODEL FITTING “E”
“A” “B” MIXTURE VAPOR
ENGINE SEAL DRAIN
INLET OUTLET RETURN RETURN
I0-550-A 90°ELBOW @ 90° 90°ELBOW @ 180° 45° FITTING
45°ELBOW @ 180° 90°ELBOW @ 90° 45°ELBOW @ 250° 90°ELBOW @ 270° HOSE @ 240°
I0-550-C 90°ELBOW @ 93°
45°ELBOW @ 340° 90°ELBOW @ 180° 45°ELBOW @ 225° Straight Fitting 45° FITTING
Straight Fitting 90°ELBOW @ 90° HOSE @ 330°

FIGURE 9-3B. FUEL PUMP FITTING OREINTATION I0-550-B except I0-550-B37B, B38B,
B39B, B40B, B41B, B42B, B43B, B45B, B46B, B48B, B49B, B51B, B52B
FITTING FITTING FITTING “C” FITTING “D”
MODEL FITTING “E”
“A” “B” MIXTURE VAPOR
ENGINE SEAL DRAIN
INLET OUTLET RETURN RETURN
90°ELBOW @ 90° 90°ELBOW @ 170° 90°ELBOW @ 45° 45° FITTING
I0-550-B 45°ELBOW @ 330° 45°ELBOW @ 125° 45°ELBOW @ 270° 45°ELBOW @ 270° HOSE @ 45°

OCTOBER 2000 9-13

FIGURE 9-3C. FUEL PUMP FITTING ORIENTATION FOR I0-550-B37B, B39B, B38B, B40B, B41B,
B42B, B43B, B45B, B46B, B48B, B49B, B51B, B52B, I0-550-C30B, C31B and C32B

FITTING “C” FITTING “D”

PUMP FITTING FITTING “A” FITTING “B” FITTING “E”
MIXTURE VAPOR
ORIENTATION INLET OUTLET DRAIN
RETURN RETURN
642027-26  90°ELBOW @ 90° 90°ELBOW @ 170° 90°ELBOW @ 270° 45°ELBOW @ 270° 45° HOSE
45°ELBOW @ 225° 45°ELBOW @ 125° 90°ELBOW @ 135° FITTING @ 225°
642027-27  90°ELBOW @ 90° 90°ELBOW @ 180° 45°ELBOW @ 225° STRAIGHT 45° HOSE
45°ELBOW @ 250° 90°ELBOW @ 90° FITTING FITTING @ 225°
STRAIGHT FITTING
642027-28 ‘ 90°ELBOW @ 90° 90°ELBOW @ 170° 90°ELBOW @ 270° STRAIGHT 45° HOSE
45°ELBOW @ 330° 45°ELBOW @ 125° 90°ELBOW @ 45° FITTING FITTING @ 225°

 Use on I0-550-B37B and B39B

 Use on I0-550-C30B, C31B and C32B
‘ Use on I0-550-B38B, B40B, B41B, B42B, B43B, B45B, B46B, B48B, B49B, B51B and B52B

9-14 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 9-3D. FUEL PUMP FITTING OREINTATION I0-550-G, G1B, G2B,
G4B, I0-550-N, N1B, N2B, N6B, N7B, N8B, I0-550-P, I0-550-R

FITTING “A” FITTING “B” FITTING “D” FITTING “E”

INLET OUTLET VAPOR RETURN SEAL DRAIN
90°ELBOW @ 135° Straight
90°ELBOW @ 90° 45°ELBOW 90°ELBOW @ 270° Fitting

OCTOBER 2000 9-15

 FIGURE 9-3E. FUEL PUMP FITTING OREINTATION I0-550-G5B & G6B

FITTING “A” FITTING “B” FITTING “D” FITTING “E”

INLET OUTLET VAPOR RETURN SEAL DRAIN
90°ELBOW @ 135°
90°ELBOW @ 90° 45°ELBOW 90°ELBOW @ 270° Adapter, Elbow

9-16 OCTOBER 2000

 FUEL CONTROL UNIT I0-550-A, B & C
1. See Figure 9-4. Remove fittings "A" through "E."

The fuel control unit must be overhauled in accordance with TCM Fuel Injection Systems
Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A or replaced with a serviceable unit. See
section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information. Teledyne Continental Motors
offers factory rebuilt fuel injection system components at exchange prices as an alternative to
field overhaul of these units.

FIGURE 9-4. FUEL CONTROL UNIT FITTING ORIENTATION

A B C D E
ENGINE TO
FUEL RETURN PRESSURE FUEL INLET TO MANIFOLD
MODEL MANIFOLD
TO TANK TAP VALVE
VALVE
I0-550-A PLUG 90° ELBOW @ 240° 90° ELBOW @ 235° 90° ELBOW @150° 90° ELBOW @ 260°
IO-550-B EXTENSION EXTENSION
PLUG 90° ELBOW @ 165° PLUG 90° ELBOW @ 225° 90° ELBOW @ 315°
90° ELBOW @ 195°
l0-550-C PLUG 90° ELBOW @ 115° PLUG 90° ELBOW @ 240° 90° ELBOW @ 90°

THROTTLE AND FUEL METERING UNIT I0-550-G, N, P & R

MAY 1998 9-17

 1. See Figure 9-5. Remove fittings "2" through "4."

The throttle and fuel metering unit must be overhauled in accordance with TCM Fuel
Injection Systems Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A or replaced with a
serviceable unit. See section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information. Teledyne
Continental Motors offers factory rebuilt fuel injection system components at exchange prices
as an alternative to field overhaul of these units.

FIGURE 9-5. FUEL METERING UNIT FITTING ORIENTATION

ITEM “1” “2” FITTING “3” FITTING “4” FITTING ITEM “5” ITEM “6”
FUEL INLET FUEL INLET FUEL OUTLET
THROTTLE TEE @ 30° CAP 90° ELBOW @ 0° LEVER NUT

9-18 OCTOBER 2000

FUEL NOZZLES
1. The fuel nozzles must be overhauled in accordance with TCM Fuel Injection Systems
Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A or replaced with a serviceable unit.
See section 1-5, "Related Publications," for ordering information. Teledyne Continental
Motors offers factory rebuilt fuel injection system components at exchange prices as an
alternative to field overhaul of these units.
NOTE…Further disassembly of the fuel injection system components is not advised unless the
proper flow test equipment is available.

FIGURE 9-6A. FUEL NOZZLE I0-550-A, B & C

1. Nozzle 3. Shield
2. Screen 4. Jet

FIGURE 9-6B. FUEL NOZZLE I0-550-G, N, P & R

1. Nozzle 3. O-Ring 5. Jet
2. Screen 4. Shield

OCTOBER 2000 9-19

9-3 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM CLEANING
All fuel injection system components and associated hardware must be cleaned in accordance
with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following special instructions:
All gaskets, packings, o-rings, seals, self locking nuts, wave washers, springs, cotter pins and lock
washers removed from the fuel injection system and components must be replaced 100% at
overhaul. Cleaning these parts is not required.
1. The fuel pump, fuel manifold valve, fuel control/metering unit and fuel nozzles must be
cleaned, inspected, overhauled and tested in accordance with the instructions in TCM Fuel
Injection Systems Overhaul and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A, unless factory rebuilt units
are purchased for replacement.
9-4 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM INSPECTION
VISUAL INSPECTION
The visual inspection must be performed in accordance with the instructions in section 6-8,
"Visual Inspection". Special attention must be given to the following components and areas:
1. Visually inspect all fuel injection system plumbing for cracks, dents, chafing, flared ends for
cracks and out of roundness. Inspect fittings for distorted or stripped threads and damaged
wrench flats. Components exhibiting any of the above indications must be discarded.
2. Inspect brackets for cracks, dents and wear. Inspect hardware for distorted, stripped
threads and damaged wrench flats. Components exhibiting any of the above indications
must be discarded.
3. Visually inspect the fuel pump, throttle/metering unit, manifold valve and fuel nozzle outside
areas for evidence of wear, deterioration and leakage. Inspect tapped holes and helical
coils for distorted or stripped threads. Inspect for cracks and dents. Further inspection of the
fuel pump, throttle/metering unit, manifold valve and nozzles must be performed in
accordance with the instructions in TCM Fuel Injection Systems Overhaul and Parts
Catalog, Form X30593A.
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
Fluorescent penetrant inspection must be performed on applicable aluminum alloy fuel injection
system components by a certified technician in accordance with the instructions in section 6-12,
"Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection."
During overhaul of fuel injection system components in accordance with Form X30593A all
aluminum alloy parts such as fuel pump body, vapor separator, manifold valve body, air throttle
adapter body, covers and flanges must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a certified
technician in accordance with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection," of this manual.
Any components exhibiting cracks must be discarded.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION
The fuel pump drive shaft must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with the instructions in section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Any components
exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

9-20 MAY 1998

 DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do
not meet the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

FIGURE 9-7. FUEL PUMP DRIVE COUPLING FITS AND LIMITS

FITS & LIMITS

REF. FUEL PUMP NEW PARTS
NO. MIN. MAX.
1. Fuel pump drive coupling to crankshaft gear .....................clearance: 0.0095L 0.0155L
2. Fuel pump drive coupling to fuel pump ..............................clearance: 0.0030L 0.0090L

9-5 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

Any fuel injection system component worn beyond new parts limits or failing to meet the
inspection criteria in section 9-4 must be replaced unless repair is possible with the following
instructions:

1. Any fuel system brackets, hardware, plumbing or couplings found to have any of the
discrepancies listed in section 9-4 must be replaced.
2. Fuel system component lever bushings must be replaced during engine overhaul. Place the
lever bushing over a ring that will allow the bushing to pass through. Using the correct size
tool and an arbor press, remove the old bushing. Inspect the lever bushing bore for a
diameter of .249 - .251. Discard levers that exceed the specified dimension. Using the
correct size tool and an arbor press, install the new bushing in accordance with the
specifications in Figure 9-8. The lever and bushing must have a press fit of .007T to .013T.

MAY 1998 9-21

 FIGURE 9-8. GENERAL LEVER BUSHING REPLACEMENT

3. Replace all fuel injection system parts listed in section 6-6, "100% Replacement Parts."
4. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.
9-6 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM SUB-ASSEMBLY

NOTE…All fuel injection system components must be overhauled or new, clean and free of
debris before assembly.

1. The fuel pump, fuel control/throttle and metering unit, fuel manifold valve and fuel nozzles
must be new, factory rebuilt or field overhauled and tested in accordance with TCM Form
X30593A Fuel Injection Systems Overhaul and Parts Catalog.

NOTE…Before re-installation of fuel system component fittings insure they are free of any
debris by screwing them into the proper size holes of a softwood block then thoroughly flushing
them with an approved solvent.
WARNING
Never use teflon tape on fuel injection component fittings.
2. See Figures 9-2A through 9-2C. Sparingly apply TCM 646940 F/I sealant on fittings that
have male tapered pipe threads in accordance with Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant
Application." Install fittings “A” through “C” into fuel manifold valve at the proper locations
and correct orientations.
3. See Figures 9-3A through 9-3D. Sparingly apply TCM 646940 F/I sealant on fittings that
have male tapered pipe threads in accordance with Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant
Application." Install fittings “A” through “E” into fuel pump at the proper locations and correct
orientation.
4. See Figure 9-4. Sparingly apply TCM 646940 F/I sealant on fittings that have male tapered
pipe threads in accordance with Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install fittings
“A” through “E” into fuel control unit.

9-22 OCTOBER 2000

5. See Figure 9-5. Sparingly apply TCM 646940 F/I sealant on fittings that have male tapered
pipe threads in accordance with Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install fittings
“2” through “4” into fuel metering unit.

6. See chapter 10 for air throttle and fuel control or air throttle and fuel metering unit assembly.

7. Store all fuel injection components in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

FIGURE 9-9. GENERAL FUEL INJECTION SEALANT APPLICATION

OCTOBER 2000 9-23

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

9-24 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 10

INDUCTION SYSTEM

SECTION PAGE
10-1A Induction System Removal and Disassembly I0-550-A ...........10-2
10-1B Induction System Removal and Disassembly I0-550-B ...........10-3
10-1C Induction System Removal and Disassembly I0-550-C ...........10-4
10-1D Induction System Removal and Disassembly
I0-550-G,N,P,R .........................................................................10-5
10-2 Induction System Component Disassembly ............................10-6
10-3 Induction System Cleaning .....................................................10-9
10-4 Induction System Inspection ...................................................10-9
10-5 Induction System Component Repair And Replacement.........10-11
10-6 Induction System Sub-assembly.............................................10-11

FIGURE PAGE
10-1A Induction System For I0-550-A .................................................10-2
10-1B Induction System For I0-550-B .................................................10-3
10-1C Induction System For I0-550-C.................................................10-4
10-1D Induction System For I0-550-G, N, P & R.................................10-5
10-2A Throttle Assembly I0-550-A & B................................................10-6
10-2B Throttle Assembly I0-550-C ......................................................10-7
10-2C Throttle Assembly I0-550-G, N, P & R......................................10-8
10-3 Throttle Body Fits & Limits ........................................................10-10
10-4 General Lever Bushing Replacement.......................................10-11
10-5 Staking Throttle Plate Screws ................................................10-13
10-6 Staking Tool Specifications ....................................................10-14
10-7 General Link Rod Assembly...................................................10-17

OCTOBER 2000 10-1

10-1A INDUCTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 10-1A)
1. Remove duct (24). Remove nut (23), washer (22), bolts (20), bracket (19) and spacers
(21). Discard duct (24).
2. Loosen clamps (8) and remove elbows (10, 11) and manifold (13). Remove clamps and
hoses (8, 9) from elbows (10, 11).
3. Remove screws that attach balance tube bracket (15) to oil sump and crankcase.
Remove clamp (16) and bracket (15) from balance tube (17). Remove balance tube (17)
from front hoses (9).
4. Remove screws (6), lock washers (5) and washers (4). Discard lock washers (5).
Remove risers (2, 3) from cylinders. Remove hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8) from risers (2,
3). Discard all hoses (9).
5. Place the induction elbows and risers in a clean, protected area until they are ready to be
overhauled.

FIGURE 10-1A. INDUCTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-A

1. Gasket 9. Hose 17. Balance Tube
2. Elbow 10. Tube, Intake 18. Plug
3. Elbow 11. Tube, Intake 19. Bracket
4. Washer 12. Plug 20. Screw
5. Washer, Lock 13. Riser 21. Spacer
6. Screw 14. Stud 22. Washer
7. Clamp 15. Bracket 23. Nut
8. Clamp 16. Clamp 24. Duct

10-2 MAY 1998

10-1B INDUCTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 10-1B)

1. Loosen clamps (7, 16) and remove manifold (10). Remove clamps and hoses (7, 9) from
elbow riser (2).
2. Remove oil sump screws that attach balance tube bracket (12) to oil sump and
crankcase. Remove clamp (13) and bracket (12) from balance tube (14). Loosen clamps
(8). Remove balance tube (14) from front hoses (9).
3. Remove screws (6), lock washers (5) and washers (4). Discard lock washers (5).
Remove risers (2, 3) from cylinders. Remove hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8) from riser
elbows (2, 3). Discard all hoses (9).
4. Place the induction manifold and elbow risers in a clean, protected area until they are
ready to be overhauled.

FIGURE 10-1B. INDUCTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-B

1. Gasket 9. Hose
2. Elbow, Riser 10. Manifold
3. Elbow, Riser 11. Plug
4. Washer 12. Bracket
5. Washer, Lock 13. Clamp
6. Screw 14. Balance Tube
7. Clamp 15. Hose
8. Clamp 16. Clamp

OCTOBER 2000 10-3

10-1C INDUCTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 10-1C)

1. Loosen clamps (7, 8) and remove elbows (10, 11). Remove clamps and hoses (7, 9) from
elbows (10, 11).
2. Remove oil sump screws that attach balance tube bracket (12) to oil sump and
crankcase. Remove clamp (13) and bracket (12) from balance tube (14). Remove
balance tube (14) from front hoses (9).
3. Remove screws (6), lock washers (5) and washers (4). Discard lock washers (5).
Remove risers (2, 3) from cylinders. Remove hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8) from risers (2,
3). Discard all hoses (9).
4. Place the induction manifold and risers in a clean, protected area until they are ready to
be overhauled.

FIGURE 10-1C. INDUCTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-C

1. Gasket 8. Clamp
2. Elbow, Riser 9. Hose
3. Elbow, Riser 10. Tube, Elbow
4. Washer 11. Tube, Elbow
5. Washer, Lock 12. Bracket
6. Screw 13. Clamp
7. Clamp 14. Balance Tube

10-4 OCTOBER 2000

10-1D INDUCTION SYSTEM REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 10-1D)
1. Remove attaching hardware (14, 15, 16) from all cylinders. Lift entire induction and
throttle assembly from engine as a unit. Discard lock washers (15).
2. Loosen clamps (18) and remove induction tubes (6 through 11), hoses (17) and clamps
(18) from balanced manifold (2). Discard all hoses (17).
3. Remove gaskets (12) from all cylinders and discard.
2. See Figure 9-1D. Remove crankcase backbone hardware that secures the air manifold
support bracket to the engine and remove support bracket (13A). Remove and discard
rubber bumpers (13B).

FIGURE 10-1D. INDUCTION SYSTEM FOR I0-550-G, N, P & R

1. Gasket 11. Tube, Intake

2. Manifold 12. Gasket
3. Bumper, Rubber 13. Flange
4. Plug 14. Washer
5. Plug 15. Washer, Lock
6. Tube, Intake 16. Nut, Plain
7. Tube, Intake 17. Hose
8. Tube, Intake 18. Clamp
9. Tube, Intake 19. Screw
10. Tube, Intake

OCTOBER 2000 10-5

10-2 INDUCTION SYSTEM COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY

Throttle Assembly I0-550-A & B

1. Document lever orientation for reinstallation.
2. Drive pins (3) out using a 1/8 inch pin punch. Remove nut (13) and lever (12) as
applicable. Remove collar (2) and washers (4, 5). Loosen nut (10) and remove lever (6).
Remove screws (16) and plate (15). Slide throttle shaft (14) from throttle body. Discard
pins (3), spring (8), screw (16), wave washer (4) and nut (13) if applicable.
NOTE...Airframe supplied parts, such as switch actuating cams, must be removed,
inspected, repaired or replaced and re-installed in accordance with the applicable airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

FIGURE 10-2A. THROTTLE ASSEMBLY I0-550-A & B

1. Bushing 7. Bushing 13. Nut

2. Collar 8. Spring 14. Shaft, Throttle
3. Pin 9. Screw Adjusting 15. Plate, Throttle
4. Washer, Wave 10. Nut 16. Screw
5. Washer, Plain 11. Screw, Set 17. Pin, Stop
6. Lever 12. Lever 18. Bushing, Lever

10-6 OCTOBER 2000

Throttle Assembly I0-550-C
1. Document lever orientation for reinstallation.
2. Drive pins (3) out using a 1/8 inch pin punch. Remove nut (8) and lever (6). Remove
collar (2), plain washer (5) and wave washer (4). Remove nut (13) and set screw (14).
Remove lever (9) and plain washer (5). Remove screws (17) and plate (16). Slide throttle
shaft (15) from throttle body. Discard pins (3), spring (11), screws (17) and wave washer
(4).
NOTE...Airframe supplied parts, such as switch actuating cams, must be removed,
inspected, repaired or replaced and re-installed in accordance with the applicable airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

FIGURE 10-2B. THROTTLE ASSEMBLY I0-550-C

1. Bushing 8. Nut 15. Shaft, Throttle

2. Collar 9. Lever 16. Plate, throttle
3. Pin 10. Bushing 17. Screw
4. Washer, Wave 11. Spring 18. Pin, Throttle Stop
5. Washer, Plain 12. Screw, Adjusting 19. Stud
6. Lever 13. Nut 20. Stud
7. Bushing 14. Screw, Set 21. Plug

MAY 1998 10-7

 Throttle Assembly I0-550-G, N, P & R
1. Document lever orientation for reinstallation.
2. Drive pin (12) out using a 1/8 inch pin punch. Loosen nut (11) and remove lever (8).
Remove screws (16) and cover (15). Remove o-ring (17), spring (18), o-ring (19) and
plug (20). Remove screws (7) and plate (6). Slide throttle shaft (3) from throttle body.
Remove o-rings (4), washer (5) and o-ring (17). Discard pin (12), o-rings (4, 17, 19),
screws (7) and spring (18).
NOTE...Airframe supplied parts, such as switch actuating cams, must be removed,
inspected, repaired or replaced and re-installed in accordance with the applicable airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

FIGURE 10-2C. THROTTLE ASSEMBLY I0-550-G, N, P & R

1. Body, Throttle 10. Screw 19. O-ring

2. Pin, Stop 11. Nut 20. Plug, Fuel Metering
3. Shaft, Throttle 12. Pin 21. Screw, Idle Adjust
4. O-ring 13. Screw, Adjusting 22. O-ring
5. Washer 14. Spring 23. Bushing
6. Plate, Throttle 15. Cover 24. Spring
7. Screw 16. Screw 25. Ring, Retaining
8. Lever 17. O-ring
9. Bushing 18. Spnng

10-8 OCTOBER 2000

10-3 INDUCTION SYSTEM CLEANING.
1. All induction system components and associated hardware must be cleaned in accordance
with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following:
2. All gaskets, hoses, lock washers and self locking nuts removed from the induction system
and components must be replaced 100% at overhaul. Cleaning these parts is not required.

10-4 INDUCTION SYSTEM INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION
1. The visual inspection must be performed in accordance with the instructions in section 6-8,
"Visual Inspection" and the following:
2. Visually inspect induction tubes, risers and intake manifold for cracks, dents and chafing.
Check tube ends and flanges on a surface plate for warpage and out of roundness.
Components exhibiting cracks, dents, chafing, warpage or out of roundness must be
discarded.
3. Inspect tapped holes and helical coils for distorted or stripped threads.
4. Inspect all induction system clamps for cracks, corrosion and damaged screw threads. The
screw mechanism must operate without any binding. Inspect the clamp for broken/loose
rivets or spot welds. Clamps exhibiting any of the above conditions must be discarded.
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
Fluorescent penetrant inspection must be performed on all aluminum alloy induction system
components by a certified technician in accordance with the instructions in section 6-12,
"Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection."

MAY 1998 10-9

 DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do
not meet the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

REF. NEW PARTS

DESCRIPTION
NO. MIN. MAX.
1. Bushing to Throttle Body ......................................................Diameter: 0.0020T 0.0040T
2. Throttle Shaft to Bushing (Installed) .....................................Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0025L
3. Throttle Plate to Shaft .......................................................... Clearance: 0.0010L 0.0060L

FIGURE 10-3. THROTTLE BODY FITS AND LIMITS I0-550-A, B & C

10-10 MAY 1998

10-5 INDUCTION SYSTEM REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
Any induction system component worn beyond new parts limits or failing to meet the inspection
criteria in section 10-4 must be replaced unless repair is possible with the following instructions:
1. Throttle assemblies may be re-bushed providing the throttle body bushing bore is not
damaged during bushing removal. Remove the throttle body bushings using the correct
size tool and an arbor press. Inspect the bushing bore. The bushing bore maximum
diameter must not exceed 0.4385 when old bushing is removed. After new bushing is
installed its inside diameter must be .3745 min. to .3760 max.
2. The throttle lever bushings, as used, must be replaced during engine overhaul. Place the
lever bushing over a ring that will allow the bushing to pass through. Using the correct size
drift and an arbor press, remove the old bushing. Inspect the lever bushing bore for a
diameter of .249 .251. Discard levers that exceed the specified dimension. Using the
correct size drift and an arbor press, install the new bushing in accordance with the
specifications in Figure 10-4. The lever and bushing must have a press fit of .007T to .013T.

FIGURE 10-4. GENERAL LEVER BUSHING REPLACEMENT

3. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.

10-6 INDUCTION SYSTEM SUB-ASSEMBLY (See Figure 10-6).

WARNING
Never use teflon tape on induction system component fittings.
Note...All induction system components must be clean and free of debris before assembly.
The throttle must be assembled using the following procedures and special tool:
1. Staking Tool conforming with the specifications in Figure 10-6 .
See Figure 10-2A, "Throttle Assembly I0-550-A & B." Slide throttle shaft (14) into throttle
body. Using SHELL #5 grease or LUBRIPLATE #630M or equivalent, lubricate shaft at both
bushings. Install plate (15) into shaft. Secure using new screws (16). Snug screws (16) hand
tight using a screwdriver. The throttle plate screws are designed with a hollow end that must
be expanded to safety the throttle plate screws in place. Using a staking tool conforming with
the specifications in Figure 10-6 stake both throttle plate screws in accordance with the
instructions in Figure 10-5. Install new washers (4,5) on the throttle shaft. Install collar (2).

MAY 1998 10-11

 Secure collar with new pin (3). Spread both ends of pin (3) using a pin punch and a ball peen
hammer. Install adjusting screw and spring (8,9) in lever (6). Install new washer (5) and lever
(6) on shaft. Secure lever with new pin (3). Spread both ends of pin (3) using a pin punch
and a ball peen hammer. Adjust set screw (11) to position throttle plate (15) full open when
set screw is contacting stop pin (17). Hold set screw (11) in position using a screw driver and
torque nut (10) to 17.5-22.5 inch pounds. Install lever (12) on throttle shaft and secure using
new nut (13). Adjust lever (12) as required. Torque nut (13) to 100-120 inch pounds torque

See Figure 10-2B, "Throttle Assembly I0-550-C." Slide throttle shaft (15) into throttle body.
Using SHELL #5 grease or LUBRIPLATE #630M or equivalent, lubricate shaft at both
bushings. Install plate (16) into shaft. Secure using new screws (17). Snug screws (17) hand
tight using a screwdriver. The throttle plate screws are designed with a hollow end that must
be expanded to safety the plate screw in place. Using a staking tool conforming with the
specifications in Figure 10-6, stake both throttle plate screws in accordance with the
instructions in Figure 10-5. Install a plain washer (5) and new wave washer (4) on the throttle
shaft. Install collar (2). Secure collar with new pin (3). Spread both ends of pin (3) using a pin
punch and a ball peen hammer. Install adjusting screw and spring (12, 11) in lever (9). Install
new washer (5) and lever (9) on shaft. Secure lever with new pin (3). Spread both ends of pin
(3) using a pin punch and a ball peen hammer. Adjust screw (12) to position throttle plate
(16) full open when set screw is contacting stop pin (18). Hold set screw (14) in position
using a screw driver and torque nut (13) to 17.5-22.5 inch pounds. Install lever (6) on throttle
shaft and secure using new nut (8). Adjust lever (6) as required. Torque nut (8) to 100-120
inch pounds.

See Figure 10-2C, "Throttle Assembly I0-550-G,N,P,R." Install new o-rings (4) and new
washer (5) on shaft assembly (3). Coat o-rings (4) with a small amount of grade 50 MHS 27
oil. Slide throttle shaft assembly (3) into throttle body. Using a few drops of clean 50 wt.
aviation engine oil lubricate shaft at both throttle shaft bosses. Install plate (6) into shaft.
Secure using new screws (7). Snug screws (7) hand tight using a screw driver. The throttle
plate screws are designed with a hollow end that must be expanded to safety the plate screw
in place. Using a staking tool conforming with the specifications in Figure 10-6, stake both
throttle plate screws in accordance with the instructions in Figure 10-5. Install adjusting
screw and spring (13,14) in lever (8). Install lever (8) on shaft. Secure lever with new pin
(12). Spread both ends of pin (12) using a pin punch and a ball peen hammer. Adjust set
screw (10) to position throttle plate (6) full open when set screw is contacting stop pin (2).
Hold set screw (10) in position using a screwdriver and tighten nut (11) with a wrench. Coat
o-rings (17) with Parker "O" Lube. Install o-rings (17) on throttle shaft fuel metering disc and
on fuel metering cover boss. Install spring (24) and bushing (23) in bottom most position of
cover (15). Hold cover (15) with opening upright and install spring (18) into recess at the
bottom of cover. Place o-ring (19) in metering plug (20). Install metering plug (20) into cover
(15) with metering plug pin aligned with mixture adjustment pin opening in cover. Depress
plug assembly in cover to determine proper alignment of plug pin in mixture- adjustment
recess. When assembly is complete, the pin on the metering plug must be positioned
between bushing (23) and mixture adjustment screw (21). Holding parts (15 through 20)

10-12 OCTOBER 2000

 together carefully mate them to the air throttle assembly (1). Install screws (16) securing fuel
metering assembly to throttle body. Tighten screws (16) to 21-25 inch pounds torque. Lock
wire screws (16) in accordance with Chapter 5, "Lockwire Procedure." Install mixture
adjustment screw (21) with a new o-ring (22). After calibration the mixture adjustment screw
must be secured using a new retaining ring (25). After overhaul, this unit must be calibrated
in accordance with the data in Table 10-1 and the Fuel Metering Unit Calibration Instructions
in the TCM Fuel Injection Parts And Overhaul Manual, Form X30593A.

TABLE 10-1. THROTTLE AND FUEL METERING UNIT CALIBRATION

SETTINGS LIMITS
PART THROTTLE INLET PRESSURE FUEL FLOW METERED PRESSURE
NUMBER ANGLE PSI ± .25 LBS./HR. PSI AMBIENT
I0-550-G 0° 15.0 14.0-14.5 0.0
653353-1 9° 15.0 35.5-40.1 0.0
18° 15.0 64.5-68.5 0.0
30° 15.0 102.0-107.0 0.0
47° 15.0 145.8-150.8 0.0
55° 15.0 162.4-166.9 0.0
FULL THROTTLE 15.0 180.0-187.0 0.0

SETTINGS LIMITS
PART THROTTLE INLET PRESSURE FUEL FLOW METERED PRESSURE
NUMBER ANGLE PSI ± .25 LBS./HR. PSI AMBIENT
I0-550-N,P,R 0° 4.4 7.4-7.9 0.0
653353-1 9° 8.5 29.7-33.7 0.0
18° 10.0 51.5-55.5 0.0
30° 9.8 85.0-90.0 0.0
47° 9.5 124.3-129.3 0.0
55° 10.5 148.3-153.3 0.0
FULL THROTTLE 13.2 194.0-202.0 0.0

Store all induction system components in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

FIGURE 10-5. STAKING THROTTLE PLATE SCREWS

OCTOBER 2000 10-13

 FIGURE 10-6. STAKING TOOL SPECIFICATIONS

10-14 OCTOBER 2000

OCTOBER 2000 10-15
 FIGURE 10-6. STAKING TOOL SPECIFICATIONS (continued )

10-16 OCTOBER 2000

Throttle And Fuel Control Unit Assembly
NOTE...TCM requires that the air throttle/fuel control unit be assembled and calibrated by an FAA
approved fuel injection system repair facility. The air throttle/fuel control unit must be assembled and
calibrated, after overhaul, in accordance with the following instructions and the instructions,
specifications and calibration data contained in the Teledyne Continental Fuel Injection System
Overhaul Manual and Parts Catalog, Form X30593A.
WARNING
The improper installation of fuel control to throttle linkage and attaching hardware
will cause excessive wear and eventual failure.
See Figure 9-1A, "Fuel Injection System I0-550-A," as used. Install fuel control unit (5) on throttle
assembly (4). Secure using new tab lock washers (8) and bolts (9). Torque bolts (9) to 75-85 inch
pounds. Bend tab of washer (8) up against bolt hex flat to safety. See section 5-3, "Tab Washer
Procedure." Using SHELL #5 grease or LUBRIPLATE #630M or equivalent, lubricate all lever and
link rod pivot points prior to assembly. Using new wave washers and plain washers (15,16) install
link rod assembly between throttle and fuel control. See Figure (10-7). Secure rod ends using new
cotter pins (17). See section 5-4, "Cotter Pin Procedure."
See Figure 9-1B, "Fuel Injection System I0-550-B," as used. Install fuel control unit (5) on throttle
assembly (4A). Secure using new tab lock washers (10) and stand off bolts (11). Torque bolts (11) to
75-85 inch pounds torque. Bend tab of washers (10) up against bolt hex flat to safety. See section 5-
3, "Tab Washer Procedures." Using SHELL #5 grease or LUBRIPLATE #630M or equivalent,
lubricate all lever and link rod pivot points prior to assembly. Using new wave washers (19) install
link rod assembly between throttle and fuel control. See Figure (10-7). Secure rod ends using new
plain washers (20) and cotter pins (19). See section 5-4, "Cotter Pin Procedure."
See Figure 9-1C, "Fuel Injection System I0-550-C," as used. Install fuel control unit (5) on throttle
assembly (4). Secure using new tab lock washers (7) and bolts (8). Torque bolts (8) to 75-85 inch
pounds torque. Bend tab of washers (7) up against bolt heads to safety. See section 5-3, "Tab
Washer Procedures." Using SHELL #5 grease or LUBRIPLATE #630M or equivalent, lubricate all
lever and link rod pivot points prior to assembly. Using new wave washers and plain washers
(15,16), install link rod assembly between throttle and fuel control. See Figure (10-7). Secure rod
ends using new cotter pins (17). See section 5-4, "Cotter Pin Procedure."
Store the fuel control and throttle assembly in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

FIGURE 10-7. GENERAL LINK ROD ASSEMBLY I0-550-A, B & C

OCTOBER 2000 10-17

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

10-18 MAY 1998

 CHAPTER 11
AIR CONDITIONING

SECTION PAGE
11-1 Air Conditioning System Disassembly .................................. 11-2
11-2 Optional Compressor Mounting Kit Disassembly .................. 11-2
11-3 Compressor Mounting Kit Cleaning....................................... 11-3
11-4 Compressor Mounting Kit Inspection..................................... 11-3
11-5 Compressor Mounting Kit Repair And Replacement............. 11-3
11-6 Compressor Mounting Kit Sub-assembly .............................. 11-3

FIGURE PAGE
11-1 Optional Compressor Mounting Bracket ............................... 11-2

11-1
11-1 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 11-1)
1. Loosen attaching hardware (8,9,13,14,15). Turn tensioning bolt (10) counterclockwise
and relieve belt tension. Remove compressor drive belt (18). Remove attaching hardware
(13,14,15) and separate compressor (not shown) from mounting bracket (1). Further
compressor removal must be performed in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's
instructions.

FIGURE 11-1. OPTIONAL AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR MOUNTING BRACKET

1. Bracket 9. Washer, special 17. Washer

2. Sheave 10. Bolt, Special 18. Belt, Drive
3. Ball Bearing 11. Nut 19. Sheave
4. Retaining Ring 12. Nut, Rectangular 20. Nut, 12 Point Self Locking
5. Bracket, Idler Sheave 13. Nut 21. Shim
6. Sheave Support Bolt 14. Washer, Plain 22. Shim
7. Spacer 15. Bolt
8. Bolt 16. Bolt

11-2 OPTIONAL AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR MOUNTING KIT DISASSEMBLY

1. Remove the through bolt nut and washer (not shown) and attaching hardware (16,17).
Separate bracket assembly from engine. Remove tensioning hardware (10,11,12,14)
from bracket. Remove hardware (1 through 8) and separate idler sheave (2) and block
assembly (5) from bracket. Separate components (2 through 7) and (22). Discard ball
bearing (3), retaining ring (4), drive belt (18) and 12 point self locking nut (20) .

11-2 MAY 1998

11-3 COMPRESSOR MOUNTING KIT CLEANING
1. See section 6-6, "100% Replacement Parts," and discard all compressor mounting kit
components listed. Clean all brackets and attaching hardware in accordance with the
applicable instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning."

11-4 COMPRESSOR MOUNTING KIT INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION—The visual inspection must be performed in accordance with
instructions in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection," and the following special instructions.
1. Mounting Bracket Kit—Visually inspect compressor mounting bracket for cracks and
elongated holes. Inspect idler sheave bracket for wear and cracks. Check mounting
bracket flange for wear. Check mounting bracket on a surface plate for warpage. Inspect
sheave for warpage, wear in belt grooves and bearing seats. Inspect the idler sheave
support bolt for wear on the support shank. Inspect hardware for distorted or stripped
threads.
NOTE...Components exhibiting any of the above listed indications must be discarded.
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION—Inspect all aluminum air conditioning
compressor mounting kit components in accordance with instructions in section 6-12,
"Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Any components exhibiting cracks must be discarded.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION—The idler sheave support bolt (6) must be magnetic
particle inspected in accordance with the instructions in section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle
Inspection." Support bolts exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

11-5 COMPRESSOR MOUNTING KIT REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

1. Replace all compressor mounting kit parts that require 100% replacement at overhaul.
2. Any component failing to meet inspection requirements listed in section 11-4 must be
discarded.
3. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing. "Accelagold," is manufactured by Turco® Products, Inc.

11-6 OPTIONAL COMPRESSOR MOUNTING KIT SUB-ASSEMBLY

NOTE...All parts must be clean and free of debris before assembly.
1. Install a new ball bearing (3) into sheave (2) and secure with new retaining ring (4). Using
bolt (6), shims (22) and spacer (7) install sheave (2) on bracket (5). Do not torque bolt (6)
at this time.
2. Loosely assemble tensioning bolt and hardware (10,11,12,14) on bracket (1). Install
sheave and bracket assembly (2,5) on bracket (1) using attaching hardware
(8,9,13,14,15). Do not torque at this time.
3. Store the compressor mounting bracket and related hardware in a clean protected area
until final engine assembly.

MAY 1998 11-3

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

11-4
 CHAPTER 12

ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM

SECTION PAGE
12-1 Alternator Removal ..............................................................12-2
12-2 Alternator Disassembly........................................................12-3
12-3 Electrical Charging System Component Cleaning................12-3
12-4 Electrical Charging System Component Inspection .............12-3
12-5 Electrical Charging System Component
Repair And Replacement....................................................12-4
12-6 Electrical Charging System Component Sub-Assembly.......12-5

FIGURE PAGE
12-1 Alternator Assembly.............................................................. 12-2
12-2 Cotter Pin Installation........................................................... 12-4

MAY 1998 12-1

12-1 ALTERNATOR REMOVAL

1. Remove four sets of attaching parts (8, 9, 10). Pull alternator (2) from crankcase.
Remove and discard gasket (1).

2. Remove cotter pin (7) and nut (4). Pull hub assembly (5) from alternator shaft. Remove
woodruff key (3). Discard cotter pin (7) and woodruff key (3).

3. Separate thrust washer (6) and gear driven hub assembly (5).

NOTE…Further disassembly of Alternator is not advised unless proper test equipment is

available. For overhaul information, see Teledyne Continental Motors' Alternator Service
Instructions Form, X30531.

FIGURE 12-1. ALTERNATOR ASSEMBLY

1. Gasket 6. Washer Thrust

2. Alternator 7. Pin, Cotter
3. Key, Woodruff 8. Washer, Plain
4. Nut, Slotted 9. Washer, Lock
5. Hub, Drive 10. Nut

12-2 MAY 1998

12-2 ALTERNATOR DISASSEMBLY

1. The alternator assembly must be overhauled in accordance with the alternator

manufacturer's instructions or Alternator Service Instructions X30531-3.

12-3 ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM COMPONENT CLEANING

1. All electrical charging system components and associated hardware must be cleaned in
accordance with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following
special instructions:

2. All gaskets, lock washers, woodruff keys and self-locking nuts removed from the electrical
charging system must be replaced 100% at overhaul. Cleaning these parts is not required.

3. Clean gears that have bushings using mineral spirit solvent and a brass wire brush. Gears
with bushings must not be cleaned using alkaline solutions. Gears that do not have
bushings can be cleaned using mineral spirit solvent or by immersion in an alkaline
stripping bath if mineral spirit solvent is not effective. After cleaning with alkaline solution the
gears must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After steam rinsing, the
gears must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent.

CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely

removed.

WARNING
Do not pressure blast gears with an abrasive media. Blasting will remove surface
hardening.
12-4 ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM COMPONENT INSPECTION
VISUAL INSPECTION
1. The visual inspection must be performed in accordance with the instructions in section 6-8,
"Visual Inspection." Special attention must be given to the following components and areas:
2. Drive Hub
Inspect gear teeth for signs of overheating and excessive wear. Normal wear produces a
fine polish on the tooth thrust faces. Gears that have alteration of the tooth profiles, score
marks, burning or pitting must be discarded. See Figure 8-3. “Gear Tooth Wear,” for
acceptable and unacceptable gear tooth wear.
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
Fluorescent penetrant inspection must be performed by a certified technician on all aluminum
alloy charging system components in accordance with the instructions in section 6-12,
"Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection."
During overhaul of the alternator in accordance with the alternator manufacturer's instructions,
the alternator housings must be fluorescent penetrant inspected in accordance with section 6-
12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection," of this manual. Any components exhibiting cracks must
be discarded .

MAY 1998 12-3

 MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION
The alternator drive hub (gear) assembly must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified
technician in accordance with instructions in section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection."
Alternator drive hubs exhibiting cracks must be discarded.
ALTERNATOR DRIVE HUB SLIPPAGE INSPECTION
1. The torque required to slip the elastomer coupling when new must be 180 inch pounds (15
foot pounds) torque minimum measured after 45° of revolution at a rate of 1 to 2 degrees
per second. Slippage must occur at the outside diameter of elastomer with no damage to
the elastomer. Couplings which have been in service for more than 25 hours slippage
torque must not be less than 140 inch pounds (11.7 foot pounds) torque.

2. Drive hubs that do not conform with the above specifications must be discarded.

12-5 ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM COMPONENT REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

Any electrical charging system component failing to meet the inspection criteria in section 12-4
must be replaced unless repair is possible with the following instructions:

1. Repair and replacement procedures for the alternator assembly must be performed in
accordance with the alternator manufacturer's instructions.

2. Replace all electrical charging system parts listed in section 6-6, "100% Replacement
Parts."

3. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.

FIGURE 12-2. COTTER PIN INSTALLATION

12-4 MAY 1998

12-6 ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM COMPONENT SUB-ASSEMBLY

NOTE…All electrical charging system components must be clean and free of debris before
assembly.

1. See Figure 12-1, "Alternator Assembly." Install new woodruff key (3), coupling assembly (5)
and washer (6). The washer is a special thrust washer and must be installed with the
bearing surface (copper color) toward the alternator. Install nut (4). Place the toothed
portion of drive hub gear in shielded vise jaws and tighten vise only enough to prevent
rotation during torquing of nut. Using a currently calibrated torque wrench, torque nut (4) to
300 inch pounds torque. If slots of nut do not align with cotter pin hole in alternator shaft,
the nut may be torqued further but must not exceed 450 inch pounds. Do not back off nut to
align holes. Install cotter pin as shown in Figure 12-2, "Cotter Pin Installation," to insure
clearance when alternator is installed on engine.
2. If assembling a new TCM alternator remove shipping spacer and washer from the
alternator shaft and discard. Follow the applicable manufacturer's instructions on
alternators other than TCM.

WARNING
Installation of the drive coupling assembly on TCM alternators with the shipping
washer in place will cause interference with the face gear on the crankshaft, and
will result in damage to the engine and alternator.

3. Store the alternator and attaching hardware in a clean protected area until final engine
assembly.

MAY 1998 12-5

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

12-6
 CHAPTER 13

STARTING SYSTEM

SECTION PAGE
13-1A Starter and Adapter Removal ............................................. 13-2
13-1B Starter and Adapter Removal ............................................. 13-4
13-2A Starter and Starter Adapter Disassembly ........................... 13-6
13-2B Starter and Starter Adapter Disassembly ........................... 13-7
13-3 Starter Motor Overhaul ........................................................ 13-7
13-4 Starter Adapter Cleaning ..................................................... 13-7
13-5 Starter and Starter Adapter Inspection................................. 13-8
13-6 Starter and Starter Adapter Repair And Replacement ......... 13-17
13-7A Starter Adapter Assembly.................................................... 13-20
13-7B Starter Adapter Assembly.................................................... 13-21

FIGURE PAGE
13-1A Starter and Starter Adapter for I0-550-A, I0-550-B9A,
B9B, B9F, B14B, B19B, B30B, B35B, B36B, I0-550-C,
I0-550-G, I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R.............................. 13-3
13-1B Starter and Starter Adapter for I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F,
B4F, B5F, B6F, B11F, B12B, B13B, B15B, B16B, B17B,
B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B, B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B,
B28B, B29B, B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B .................. 13-5
13-2 Starter Adapter Disassembly Tool ...................................... 13-6
13-3A Starter and Accessory Drive Adapter ................................. 13-9
13-3B Starter and Accessory Drive Adapter ................................. 13-10
13-4A Starter and Accessory Drive Adapter Fits and Limits ......... 13-13
13-4B Starter and Accessory Drive Adapter Fits and Limits ......... 13-15
13-5A Shaftgear Drum Dimensions .............................................. 13-16
13-5B Worm Wheel Drum Dimensions ......................................... 13-16
13-6 Starter Adapter Needle Bearing Installer............................ 13-18
13-7 Worm Wheel Roller Bearing Installation............................. 13-20
13-8A Threading Diagram For Starter Adapter Cover................... 13-21
13-8B Oil Seal Installation............................................................. 13-22

OCTOBER 2000 13-1

13-1A STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER REMOVAL (See Figure 13-1A)

1. Remove attaching parts (31, 32) and pull starter (30) from starter adapter. Remove and
discard o-ring (29). Place the starter motor in a clean, protected area until it is ready to be
overhauled.

2. Remove four sets of attaching parts (2, 3, 4). (two on outside of crankcase between
cylinder No. 1 and starter, and two on cover assembly.) remove starter adapter assembly
from crankcase. Discard lock washers (3). Place the starter adapter in a clean, protected
area until it is ready to be overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 13-1A

1. Gasket 12. Bearing, Needle 23. Bearing Ball

2. Washer, Plain 13. Shaftgear 24. Ring, Retainer
3. Washer, Lock 14. Spring, Clutch 25. O-Ring
4. Nut 15. Washer, Tab 26. Cover
5. Adapter, Housing 16. Screw, Special 27. Washer, Plain
6. Stud 17. Bearing, Ball 28. Nut
7. Stud 18. Ring, Retainer 29. O-Ring
8. Stud 19. Shaft 30. Motor, Starter
9. Stud 20. Spring 31. Washer
10. Bearing, Needle 21. Key, Woodruff 32. Nut
11. Gear, Worm Wheel 22. Gear, Worm

13-2 MAY 1998

FIGURE 13-1A. STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER FOR I0-550-A, I0-550-B9A,
B9B, B9F, B14B, B19B, B30B, B35B, B36B, I0-550-C, I0-550-G,
I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R

OCTOBER 13-3
2000
13-1B STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER REMOVAL (See Figure 13-1B)

1. Remove attaching parts (49, 50) and pull starter (48) from starter adapter. Remove and
discard o-ring (47). Place the starter motor in a clean, protected area until it is ready to be
overhauled.

2. Remove two sets of attaching parts (2, 3, 4). (on outside of crankcase between cylinder
No. 1 and starter). Remove two sets of attaching parts (28, 29) from cover (27) and
remove starter adapter assembly from crankcase. Discard lock washers (3). Remove and
discard gasket (1). Place the starter adapter in a clean, protected area until it is to be
overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 13-1B

1. Gasket 14. Shaft, Worm 27. Cover 40. Plug

2. Washer 15. Key, Woodruff 28. Washer 41. Bearing, Ball
3. Washer, Lock 16. Bearing, Ball 29. Nut 42. Spacer
4. Nut 17. Ring, Retaining 30. Stud 43. Seal, Oil
5. Housing, Adapter 18. Shaft Gear 31. Stud 44. Sleeve
6. Stud 19. Spring 32. Stud 45. Spacer
7. Stud 20. Gear, Worm Wheel 33. Plug 46. Nut 12Point Self Locking
8. Stud 21. Washer, Tab 34. Gear 47. O-Ring
9. Stud 22. Screw, Special 35. Body 48. Starter
10. Stud 23. Bearing, Roller 36. Washer, Plain 49. Washer
11. Bearing, Needle 24. Bearing, Ball 37. Washer, Lock 50. Nut
12. Gear, Worm 25. Ring, Retaining 38. Nut 51. Clip, Seal Retainer
13. Spring 26. O-Ring 39. Plug

13-4 MAY 1998

FIGURE 13-1B. STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER FOR I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F,
B5F, B6F, B11F, B12B, B13B, B15B, B16B, B17B, B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B,
B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B29B, B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B

MAY 1998 13-5

13-2A STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 13-1A)

1. Place the starter adapter shaftgear in a shielded vise. Remove retaining ring (24), using
snap ring pliers. Insert worm shaft tool into the worm shaft slot and rotate the shaft
counterclockwise to break bearing (23) loose from the housing. Remove bearing (23) and
shaft assembly (19 through 23). Separate worm gear (22), spring (20), woodruff key (21)
and shaft (19). It may be necessary to use an arbor press to remove ball bearing (23)
from shaft (19). Discard retaining ring (24), bearing (23), spring (20) and woodruff key
(21).

2. Remove attaching parts (27, 28) and remove starter adapter cover (26).

3. Clamp starter shaftgear teeth in shielded vise jaws. Remove and discard retaining ring
(18). Use a starter adapter disassembly tool as shown in Figure 13-2. Rotate the worm
wheel gear in counterclockwise direction at the same time pull axially on the worm wheel
and spring to separate it from the starter shaft gear. Remove starter shaft gear (13) from
vise.

4. Clamp worm wheel in shielded vise. Remove clutch spring retaining screw (16) and tab
washer (15). Place a straight slot screw driver through a hole in the worm wheel (11) to
catch the end of spring (14). Rotate spring (14) clockwise to release it from the land in
the worm wheel gear. Separate spring (14) from worm wheel gear (11). Remove roller
bearing (12) from worm wheel gear (11).

5. Use a slide hammer and Borrough’s 8093C or equivalent to remove needle bearing (10)
from adapter housing (5).

FIGURE 13-2. STARTER ADAPTER DISASSEMBLY TOOL

13-6 OCTOBER 2000

13-2B STARTER AND STARTER DRIVE ADAPTER (See Figure 13-1B)
1. Place the starter adapter shaftgear in a shielded vise. Remove retaining ring (17), using
snap ring pliers. Insert worm shaft tool into the worm shaft slot and rotate the shaft
counterclockwise to break bearing (16) loose from the housing. Remove bearing (16) and
shaft assembly (12 through 16). Separate worm gear (12), spring (13), woodruff key (15)
and shaft (14). It may be necessary to use an arbor press to remove ball bearing (16)
from shaft (14). Discard retaining ring (17), bearing (16), spring (13) and woodruff key
(15).
2. Clamp shaft gear (18) in shielded vise jaws and remove 12 point self locking nut (46).
Remove sleeve (44) and spacer (45) or airframe supplied sheave, as used, from shaft.
Remove four sets of attaching parts (36, 37 & 38) and oil seal retainer clip (51). Tap
scavenge pump body (35) using a plastic or rawhide mallet and remove. Remove gear
(34), oil seal (43), ball bearing (41) and spacer (42). Discard 12 point self locking nut
(46), lock washers (37), oil seal (43) and ball bearing (41).
NOTE... Do not clamp adapter housing in vise.
3. Remove three sets of attaching parts (28 & 29). Using an inertia puller or other suitable
tool, detach cover assembly (27) and o-ring (26) from starter adapter. Discard o-ring (26).
4. Clamp starter shaftgear teeth in shielded vise jaws. Remove and discard retaining ring
(25). Use a starter adapter disassembly tool as shown in Figure 13-2. Rotate the worm
wheel gear in counterclockwise direction at the same time pull axially on the worm wheel
and spring to separate it from the starter shaft gear. Remove starter shaft gear (18) from
vise. Separate shaftgear (18) from housing (5).
5. Clamp worm wheel in shielded vise. Remove clutch spring retaining screw (22) and tab
washer (21). Place a straight slot screw driver through a hole in the worm wheel (20) to
catch the end of spring (19). Rotate spring (19) clockwise to release it from the land in
the worm wheel gear. Separate spring (19) from worm wheel gear (20). Remove roller
bearing (23) from worm wheel gear (20).
6. Use a slide hammer and Borrough's 8093C Bearing Puller or equivalent to remove
needle bearing (11) from housing (5).

13-3 STARTER MOTOR OVERHAUL

1. The starter motor assembly must be overhauled in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. See TCM Form X30592 for TCM starters. See section 1-5, "Related
Publications," for ordering information.

13-4 STARTER ADAPTER CLEANING

1. All starter adapter components and associated hardware must be cleaned in accordance
with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following special
instructions:
2. All bushings, bearings, sleeves, spacers, springs, gaskets, o-rings, oil seals, lock washers,
tab lock washers, retainers, self locking nuts, and starter clutch spring removed from the
starter adapter must be replaced 100% at overhaul. Cleaning of these parts is not required.
3. The starter adapter housing and covers (27, 35) cavities and oil passages must be flushed
with mineral spirit solvent.

OCTOBER 2000 13-7

 4. If the starter adapter housing or covers are immersed in an alkaline bath, when removed,
they must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After the housing dries
inspect for any alkaline residues and if necessary re-spray with steam. The housing
exterior, cavities and all oil passages must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent
after any alkaline cleaning process has been used.
CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely
removed.
5. Clean the worm shaft using mineral spirit solvent.
6. Clean gears that have bushings using mineral spirit solvent and a brass wire brush. Gears
with bushings must not be cleaned using alkaline solutions. Gears that do not have
bushings can be cleaned using mineral spirit solvent or by immersion in a alkaline stripping
bath if mineral spirit solvent is not effective. After cleaning with alkaline solution the gears
must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After steam rinsing the gears
must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent.

CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely

removed.
WARNING
Do not pressure blast gears with an abrasive media. Blasting will remove surface
hardening.

13-5 STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION
1. The starter adapter components must be visually inspected in accordance with instructions
in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection." Special attention must be given to the following
components and areas:
2. The starter motor assembly must be overhauled in accordance with the starter
manufacturer's instructions. See TCM Form X30592 for TCM starters. See section 1-5,
"Related Publications," for ordering information.
3. Using a flashlight and a 10X magnifying glass visually inspect the exterior and the cavity of
the starter adapter housing for cracks. Housings exhibiting cracks must be discarded.
Inspect the starter adapter covers for cracks. Adapter covers exhibiting cracks must be
discarded. Inspect all oil passages for restrictions. Starter adapter housing oil passages
must be clear and free flowing. Housings with clogged oil passages that cannot be opened
must be discarded.
4. Inspect the shaft gear, worm wheel gear, worm gear and bevel gear teeth for signs of
overheating and excessive wear. Normal wear produces a fine polish on the tooth thrust
faces. Gears that have alteration of the tooth profiles, score marks, burning or pitting must
be discarded. See Figure 8-3, “Gear Tooth Wear,” for acceptable and unacceptable gear
tooth wear.

13-8 MAY 1998

 5. Inspect the starter adapter housing and accessory drive adapter housing studs for distorted
or stripped threads. Inspect studs for corrosion, pitting, incomplete threads and looseness.
Replace studs with any of these indications. Check studs with a tool makers square for
alignment. The starter adapter housing studs must have their setting heights checked for
indications of backing out. See the following for stud setting heights.

ITEM LOCATION THREAD SIZE SETTING QTY.

NO. HEIGHT
1. Stud, Starter Adapter to Crankcase 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.32 1
2. Stud, Starter Adapter to Crankcase 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.00 1
3. Stud, Cover to Adapter 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 .72 3
4. Stud, Cover to Adapter 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.32 1
5. Stud, Starter Motor to Adapter 3/8-16 X 3/8-24 1.00 2

FIGURE 13-3A. STARTER AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTER

STUD SETTING HEIGHTS FOR I0-550-A, I0-550-B9A, B9B, B9F,
B14B, B19B, B30B, B35B, B36B, I0-550-C, I0-550-G,
I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R

OCTOBER 2000 13-9

 FIGURE 13-3B. STARTER AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTER STUD SETTING
HEIGHTS FOR I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F,B6F, B11F, B12B, B13B,
B15B, B16B, B17B, B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B, B24B, B25B,
B26B, B27B, B28B, B29B, B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B

ITEM LOCATION THREAD SIZE SETTING QTY.

NO. HEIGHT
1. Stud, Starter Adapter to Crankcase 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.32 1
2. Stud, Starter Adapter to Crankcase 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.09 1
3. Stud, Cover to Adapter 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 .67 3
4. Stud, Cover & Scavenge Body to Adapter 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 2.13 1
5. Stud, Starter Motor to Adapter 3/8-16 X 3/8-24 1.00 2
6. Stud, Cover to Scavenge Body 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 2.25 1
7. Stud, Cover to Scavenge Body 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.25 2
8. Stud, Cover to Scavenge Body 5/16-18 X 5/16-24 1.55 1

13-10 MAY 1998

FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
Aluminum alloy components such as the starter adapter housing, scavenge pump body and
adapter covers must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a certified technician in accordance
with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Housings or covers exhibiting cracks
must be discarded.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION

The shaft gear, worm shaft and worm gear must be inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with the instructions in section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Gears or shafts
exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do
not meet the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

MAY 1998 13-11

 REF. DESCRIPTION NEW PARTS
MIN. MAX.
1. Starter shaftgear needle bearinq hole crankcase ....... Diameter: 0.9995 1.0005
2. Starter shaft gear front (bearinq) journal ..................... Diameter: 0.7495 0.7500
3. Starter shaftgear in clutch drum bearinq ..................... Diameter: .9995 1.0000L
4. Clutch spring sleeve in starter adapter........................ Diameter: 0.0030T 0.0050T
5. Starter shaft gear in ball bearing ................................. Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0005L
6. Bearing in starter adapter cover.................................. Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0010L
7. Worm wheel gear ............................................... End Clearance: 0.0016 0.0166
8. Worm wheel drum ...................................................... Diameter: See Figure 13-5B
9. Starter Shaft gear drum............................................... Diameter: See Figure 13-5A
10.  Clutch spring in clutch sprinq sleeve ......................... Diameter: 0.0310T 0.0380T
11. From center line of worm gearshaft to
starter adapter thrust pads ......................................................... : 0.2460 0.2480
12. Needle bearing hole starter adapter ........................... Diameter: 0.7485 0.7495
13. Ball bearing in starter adapter ..................................... Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0010L
14. Worm gearshaft in needle bearing area...................... Diameter: 0.5615 0.5625
15. Worm gearshaft in ball bearing ................................... Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0007L
16. Starter worm gear on shaft.......................................... Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0025L
17. Starter spring on worm drive shaft .............................. Diameter: 0.0050L 0.0250L
18. Starter pilot to starter drive adapter............................. Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0070L
19. Starter drive tongue to worm shaft drive slot...... Side Clearance: 0.0100L 0.0210L
20. Starter worm wheel gear and worm gear ................... Backlash: 0.0090 0.0130
21. Starter adapter Cover Pilot In Adapter Housing ......... Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0040L
 When sand blasted diameter finish is smoother than 75 RMS, replace sleeve .

13-12 MAY 1998

FIGURE13-4A. STARTER ADAPTER FITS AND LIMITS FOR
I0-550-A, I0-550-B9A, B9B, B9F, B14B, B19B, B30B,
B35B,B36B, I0-550-C, I0-550-G, I0-550-N
I0-550-P, I0-550-R

OCTOBER 13-13
2000
 NEW PARTS
REF. DESCRIPTION
MIN. MAX.
1. Starter shaftgear needle bearing hole crankcase.........Diameter: 0.9995 1.0005
2. Starter shaftgear front (bearing) journal .......................Diameter: 0.7495 0 7500
3. Starter shaftgear in clutch drum bearing area ..............Diameter: .9995 1.0000
4. Clutch spring sleeve in starter adapter .........................Diameter: 0.0030T 0.0050T
5. Starter shaftgear in ball bearing ..................................Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0007L
6. Bearing in starter adapter cover ..................................Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0010L
7. Worm wheel gear ............................................... End Clearance: 0.0020 0.0170
8. Worm wheel drum .......................................................Diameter: See Figure 13-5B
9. Starter Shaftgear Drum ................................................Diameter: See Figure 13-5A
10.  Clutch spring in clutch spring sleeve ......................Diameter: 0.0340T 0.0380T
11. From center line of worm gearshaft to
starter adapter thrust pads ..........................................................: 0.2460 0.2480
12. Needle bearing hole starter adapter ............................Diameter: 0.7485 0.7495
13. Ball bearing in starter adapter .....................................Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0010L
14. Worm gearshaft in needle bearing area ......................Diameter: 0.5615 0.5625
15. Worm gearshaft in ball bearing.....................................Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0007L
16. Starter worm gear on shaft ..........................................Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0025L
17. Starter spring on worm drive shaft ...............................Diameter: 0.0050L 0.0250L
18. Starter pilot to starter drive adapter .............................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0070L
19. Starter drive tongue to worm shaft drive slot .....Side Clearance: 0.0120L 0.0340L
20. Scavenge pump driver gear on starter gear shaft .......Diameter: 0.0001L 0.0018L
21. Scavenge pump driver gear in body ................... End Clearance: 0.0015 0.0040
22. Scavenge pump driver gear in body ............................Diameter: 0.0018L 0.0143L
23. Starter gearshaft in scavenge pump body ...................Diameter: 0.0001T 0.0005L
24. Ball bearinq in scavenge pump body ...........................Diameter: 0.0000T 0.0011L
25. Starter worm wheel gear and worm gear......................Backlash: 0.0090 0.0130

 When sand blasted diameter finish is smoother than 75 RMS, replace sleeve.

13-14 MAY 1998

FIGURE 13-4B. STARTER ADAPTER FITS & LIMITS FOR I0-550-B,
B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F,B6F, B11F, B12B, B13B, B15B,
B16B, B17B, B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B,
B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B29B,
B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B

MAY 1998 13-15

 FIGURE 13-5A. SHAFTGEAR DRUM DIMENSIONS

DESCRIPTION “A” DIAMETER

MIN. MAX.
New Shaftgear Drum 1.931 1.932
0.015 Undersize 1.916 1.917

FIGURE 13-5B. WORM WHEEL DRUM DIMENSIONS

DESCRIPTION “A” DIAMETER “B” DIAMETER

MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
New Wormwheel Drum 1.931 1.932 1.955 1.960
0.015 Undersize 1.916 1.917 1.940 1.945

13-16 MAY 1998

13-6 STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
1. Any starter or starter adapter component found to be worn beyond new parts limits or failing
to meet the inspection criteria in section 13-5 must be replaced unless repair is possible
with the following instructions:

2. The starter motor assembly must be overhauled in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. See TCM Form X30592 for TCM starters. See section 1-5, "Related
Publications," for ordering information.

3. Starter adapter housings, accessory drive adapter housings, adapter covers, shaft gears,
worm wheel gears, worm gears or worm gear shafts exhibiting cracks must be discarded
and replaced. Scavenge pump covers and bushings with any indications of wear must be
discarded and replaced.

4. The starter adapter housing worm shaft needle bearing must be replaced using the
following procedure and special tools:
a. Arbor Press.
b. TCM Starter Adapter Housing Needle Bearing Installer or equivalent.

5. See Figure 13-6,” Starter Adapter Needle Bearing Installer." See Figures 13-1 & 13-2,
“Starter and Starter Adapter.” Using the specified tools install a new needle bearing (10 or
11) as applicable into the starter adapter housing. Press the new bearing in until it is 0.03
thousandths of an inch below inner surface.

6. Any studs found to be damaged or loose must be replaced in accordance with the
instructions in section 6-22. See Figures 13-3A or 13-3B," Starter and Accessory Drive
Adapter Stud Setting Heights," as applicable for proper stud setting heights.

7. Section 6-19," Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.

MAY 1998 13-17

 FIGURE 13-6. STARTER ADAPTER NEEDLE BEARING INSTALLER

13-18 MAY 1998

FIGURE 13-6. STARTER ADAPTER NEEDLE BEARING INSTALLER (continued)

MAY 1998 13-19

 FIGURE 13-7. WORM WHEEL GEAR
ROLLER BEARING INSTALLATION

13-7A STARTER ADAPTER ASSEMBLY (See Figure 13-1A)

1. Press new bearing (23) onto worm shaft (19). Press bearing until seated against flange.
Assemble shaft (19), new woodruff key (21), new spring (20) and worm gear (22). Coat the
worm gear teeth with clean molyshield grease. Insert assembly into adapter housing and
install new retaining ring (24). Insure that retaining ring (24) is properly seated.
2. Using an arbor press and an installation tool conforming with the specifications in Figure
13-7," remove roller bearing (12) from worm wheel (11) and discard. Install a new roller
bearing (12) in worm wheel (11) to the required specifications. Install new clutch spring (14)
on worm wheel (11). Turn spring so it tends to unwind until offset end drops into the worm
wheel gear land. Position spring on gear so screw notch is aligned with screw hole in gear
web. Install new tab washer (15) and screw (16). Torque screw (16) to 75.0-85.0 inch
pounds torque, and bend tab up against screw head.
3. Lubricate spring and shaft gear liberally with clean 50 weight. aviation engine oil. Press
worm wheel and spring assembly onto shaft gear (13). Install new ball bearing (17) on
shaftgear (13) and secure with new retaining ring (18). Make sure retaining ring seats
properly in it’s groove. Insert shaft gear and worm wheel assembly into adapter. Make sure
worm wheel and worm gear teeth are aligned.

13-20 MAY 1998

 4. Install new o-ring (25) on cover (26). Install cover (26) on starter adapter housing (5).
Secure using three sets of attaching hardware (27, 28). Torque nuts (28) to 180-220 inch
pounds.
5. Test adapter assembly for slippage by installing adapter in fixture and apply torque to input
shaft. Minimum allowable non slippage torque is 300 inch pounds.
6. Store the starter and starter adapter in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

13-7B STARTER ADAPTER ASSEMBLY (See Figure 13-1B)

1. Press new bearing (16) onto worm shaft (14). Press bearing until seated against flange.
Assemble shaft (14), new woodruff key (15), new spring (13) and worm gear (12). Coat the
worm gear teeth with clean molyshield grease. Insert assembly into adapter housing and
install new retaining ring (17). Insure that retaining ring (17) is properly seated.
2. Using an arbor press and an installation tool conforming with the specifications in Figure
13-7," remove roller bearing (23) from worm wheel (20) and discard. Install a new roller
bearing (23) in worm wheel (20) to the required specifications. Install new clutch spring (19)
on worm wheel (20). Turn spring so it tends to unwind until offset end drops into the worm
wheel gear land. Position spring on gear so screw notch is aligned with screw hole in gear
web. Install new tab washer (21) and screw (22). Torque screw (22) to 75.0-85.0 inch
pounds torque, and bend tab up against screw head.

FIGURE 13-8A. THREADING DIAGRAM FOR STARTER ADAPTER COVER

OCTOBER 13-21
2000
 3. Lubricate spring and shaft gear liberally with clean 50 weight. aviation engine oil. Press
worm wheel and spring assembly onto shaft gear (18). Install new ball bearing (24) on
shaftgear (18) and secure with new retaining ring (25). Make sure retaining ring seats
properly in it’s groove. Insert shaft gear and worm wheel assembly into adapter. Make sure
worm wheel and worm gear teeth are aligned.

4. Install new o-ring (26) on cover (27). Install cover (27) on starter adapter housing (5).
Secure using three sets of attaching hardware (28, 29). Torque nuts (29) to 180-220 inch
pounds. Install scavenge pump gear (34) and spacer (42) on shaftgear.

5. Install a new ball bearing (41) and new oil seal (43) into body (35). The thrust side of
bearing (41) must be facing forward toward the propeller. Care must be taken to insure that
oil seal (43) is inserted into the body housing to a depth of .0 to .03" below the casting
surface.

6. See Figure 13-8A. Apply permatex to cover (27) flange and apply silk thread to flange.
Position thread as shown in Figure 13-8A. Install body (35) and secure with three sets of
attaching hardware (37,38). See Figure 13-8B. On the attaching stud adjacent to the oil
seal bore, install retainer (51), washer (37), and nut (38). Torque nuts (38) to 180 - 220 inch
pounds torque. See Figure 13-8B, "Oil Seal Installation."

7. Install sleeve (44), spacer or sheave (45), as used, and new nut (46). Torque nut (46) to
450-500 inch pounds. Check shaft gear for freedom of rotation. Install adapter in fixture and
apply torque to starter shaft gear.

8. Test adapter assembly for slippage by installing adapter in fixture and apply torque to input
shaft. Minimum allowable non slippage torque is 300 inch pounds.

9. Store the starter and starter adapter in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

FIGURE 13-8B. OIL SEAL INSTALLATION

13-22 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 14

LUBRICATION SYSTEM
SECTION PAGE
14-1A Oil Pump Removal.............................................................. 14-2
14-1B Oil Pump Removal.............................................................. 14-4
14-1C Oil Pump Removal.............................................................. 14-6
14-2A Oil Cooler Removal ............................................................ 14-8
14-2B Oil Cooler Removal ............................................................ 14-9
14-2C Oil Cooler Removal ............................................................ 14-10
14-3A Oil Sump and Suction Tube Removal................................. 14-11
14-3B Oil Sump and Suction Tube Removal................................. 14-12
14-3C Oil Sump and Suction Tube Removal................................. 14-13
14-3D Oil Sump and Suction Tube Removal................................. 14-14
14-4 Lubrication System Component Cleaning .......................... 14-15
14-5 Lubrication System Inspection............................................ 14-16
14-6 Lubrication System Component Repair & Replacement .... 14-21
14-7 Lubrication System Sub-Assembly ..................................... 14-23

FIGURE PAGE
14-1A Oil Pump Assembly FOR I0-550-A, A2B, A3B,
I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F, B9B, B11B,
B14B, B15B, B16B, B19B, B21B, B23B, B29B,
B30B, B32B, B35B, B37B, I0-550-C, C1F, C2F,
C2U, C3F, C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B, C12B, C13B,
C15B, C18B,C19B, C25B, C26B, C27B, C28B,
C29B, C30B ....................................................................... 14-3
14-1B Oil Pump Assembly For I0-550-A4B, A5B, A6B, A7B
I0-550-B5F, B12F, B13F, B17B, B18B, B20B, B22B, B24B,
B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B31B, B34B, B36B, I0-550-C16B,
C17B, |C21B, C22B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B,
I0550-N, N1B, I0-550-P, I0-550-R ...................................... 14-5
14-1C Oil Pump Assembly For I0-550-G5B, G6B,
I0550-N2B .......................................................................... 14-7
14-2A Oil Cooler Assembly For I0-550-A,
I0-550-B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B ................................. 14-8
14-2B Oil Cooler Assembly For I0-550-C ..................................... 14-9
14-2C Oil Cooler Assembly For I0-550-G5B, G6B,
I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R ............................................. 14-10
14-3A Oil Sump I0-550-A & C ....................................................... 14-11
14-3B Oil Sump I0-550-B, I0-550-R .............................................. 14-12
14-3C Oil Sump I0-550-G & N....................................................... 14-13
14-3D Oil Sump I0-550-P .............................................................. 14-14
14-4 Oil Pump, Oil Filter Adapter And Electrical Tach Drive
Housing Stud Setting Heights............................................. 14-17
14-5 Oil Sump Stud Setting Heights I0-550-B ............................ 14-18
14-6 Oil Pump and Tach Drive Fits and Limits ........................... 14-20
14-7 Stud Identification ............................................................... 14-22
14-8 Oil Filter Adapter Stud Replacement .................................. 14-22
14-9 Oil Pump Housing Threading Diagram ............................... 14-25

OCTOBER 2000 14-1

14-1A OIL PUMP REMOVAL (See Figure 14-1A)

1. Cut lockwire and remove oil filter (35). Remove attaching parts (37, 38, 39). Separate
adapter (36) and gasket (34) from oil pump housing (2). Discard lock washers (38) and
gasket (34).

2. Remove attaching hardware (22, 23, 24) and tach drive assembly (18). Discard lock
washers (23).

3. Remove shaftgear (15) and bevel gear (17). Remove driven gear assembly (4, 5) from oil
pump housing.

4. Remove oil pressure relief valve (6 through 14) from oil pump housing (2). Discard spring
(7), gasket (10) and self locking nut (14).

5. Remove plug (42) and gasket (41). Discard gasket (41). Remove remaining attaching
parts (22, 23, 24) and remove oil pump housing (2) from crankcase studs. Remove and
discard gasket (20).
6. Place the oil pump components in a clean, protected area until they are to be overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 14-1A

1. Oil Pump Assembly 12. Helical Coil 23. Washer, Lock 34. Gasket
2. Housing, Oil Pump 13. Washer, Copper 24. Nut 35. Filter, Oil
3. Stud 14. Nut Self Locking 25. Gear, Bevel 36. Adapter, Oil Filter
4. Gear, Bushing 15. Gear 26. Gasket 37. Washer
5. Bushing 16. Pin 27. Cover 38. Washer, Lock
6. Plunger 17. Gear, Bevel 28. Washer 39. Nut
7. Spring 18. Housing, Tach Drive 29. Washer, Lock 40. Stud
8. Seat 19. Seal, Oil 30. Screw 41. Plug
9. Screw 20. Gasket 31. Gasket 42. Gasket
10. Gasket 21. Stud 32. Cover 43. Thread, Silk
11. Housing 22. Washer 33. Washer 44. Wire, Lock

14-2 MAY 1998

FIGURE 14-1A. OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-A, A2B, A3B, I0-550-B, B1F,
B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F, B9B, B11B, B14B, B15B, B16B, B19B, B21B,
B23B, B29B, B30B, B32B, B35B, B37B, I0-550-C, C1F, C2F, C2U,
C3F, C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B, C12B, C13B, C15B, C18B,
C19B, C25B, C26B, C27B, C28B, C29B, C30B

MAY 1998 14-3

14-1B OIL PUMP REMOVAL (See Figure 14-1B)

1. Cut lockwire and remove oil filter (28). Remove attaching parts (30, 31, 32). Separate
adapter (29) and gasket (27) from oil pump housing (2). Discard lock washers (31) and
gasket (27).

2. Remove attaching hardware (22, 23) and tach drive assembly (18). Discard lock washers
(22).

3. Remove shaftgear (15) and bevel gear (17). Remove driven gear assembly (4, 5) from oil
pump housing.

4. Remove oil pressure relief valve (6 through 14) from oil pump housing (2). Discard spring
(7), gasket (10) and self locking nut (14).

5. Remove plug (34) and gasket (33). Discard gasket (33). Remove remaining attaching
parts (21, 22, 23) and remove oil pump housing (2) from crankcase studs. Remove and
discard gasket (20).
6. Place the oil pump components in a clean, protected area until they are to be overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 14-1B

1. Oil Pump Assembly 11. Housing 21. Washer 31. Washer, Lock
2. Housing, Oil Pump 12. Helical Coil 22. Washer, Lock 32. Nut
3. Stud 13. Washer, Copper 23. Nut 33. Gasket
4. Gear, Bushing 14. Nut Self Locking 24. Shaft 34. Plug
5. Bushing 15. Gear 25. Gasket 35. Stud
6. Plunger 16. Pin 26. Housing 36. Thread, Silk
7. Spring 17. Gear, Bevel 27. Gasket 37. Wire, Lock
8. Seat 18. Housing, Tach Drive 28. Filter, Oil
9. Screw 19. Seal, Oil 29. Adapter, Oil Filter
10. Gasket 20. Gasket 30. Washer

14-4 MAY 1998

FIGURE 14-1B. OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-A4B, A5B, A6B, A7B I0-550-B5F,
B12F, B13F, B17B, B18B, B20B, B22B, B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B,
B31B, B34B, B36B, I0-550-C16B, C17B, |C21B, C22B,
I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B, I0550-N, N1B,
I0-550-P, I0-550-R

OCTOBER 2000 14-5

14-1C OIL PUMP REMOVAL (See Figure 14-1C)

1. Cut lockwire and remove oil filter (22). Remove attaching parts (24, 25, 26). Separate
adapter (23) and gasket (21) from oil pump housing (2). Discard lock washers (25 and
gasket (21).

2. Remove attaching hardware (18, 20) and cover (16).

3. Remove shaftgear (15) and driven gear assembly (4, 5) from oil pump housing.

4. Remove oil pressure relief valve (6 through 14) from oil pump housing (2). Discard spring
(7), gasket (10) and self locking nut (14).

5. Remove plug (28) and gasket (27). Discard gasket (27). Remove remaining attaching
parts (18, 19, 20) and remove oil pump housing (2) from crankcase studs. Remove and
discard gasket (17).
6. Place the oil pump components in a clean, protected area until they are to be overhauled.

Nomenclature for Figure 14-1C

1. Oil Pump Assembly 12. Helical Coil 23. Adapter, Oil Filter
2. Housing, Oil Pump 13. Washer, Copper 24. Washer
3. Stud 14. Nut Self Locking 25. Washer, Lock
4. Gear 15. Gear 26. Nut
5. Bushing 16. Cover 27. Gasket
6. Plunger 17. Gasket 28. Plug
7. Spring 18. Washer 29. Stud
8. Seat 19. Washer, Lock 30. Thread, Silk
9. Screw 20. Nut 31. Wire, Lock
10. Gasket 21. Gasket
11. Housing 22. Filter, Oil

14-6 MAY 1998

FIGURE 14-1C. OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-G5B, G6B, I0550-N2B

MAY 1998 14-7

14-2A OIL COOLER REMOVAL (See Figure 14-2A)

1. Remove attaching hardware (5 through 11). Remove cooler (3) from crankcase studs
Remove and discard gaskets (1, 2).

2. Place the oil cooler in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.

FIGURE 14-2A. OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-A,

I0-550-B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B

1. Gasket 9. Washer
2. Gasket 10. Washer, Lock
3. Oil Cooler 11. Nut, Plain
4. Baffle 12. Elbow
5. Washer 13. Plug
6. Washer, Lock 14. Plug
7. Nut, Plain 15. Oil Temp. Control Valve
(Vernatherm)
8. Nut, Plain 16. Gasket

14-8 OCTOBER
14-2B OIL COOLER REMOVAL (See Figure 14-2B)

1. See Figure 16-3A. Remove attaching hardware (8, 9, 10, 11) from lower oil cooler mount
flange and engine mount studs. See Figure 14-2B. Remove attaching hardware (5, 6,
7). Remove oil cooler (3) from crankcase studs. Remove and discard gaskets (1, 2) and
lock washers (6).

2. Place the oil cooler in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.

FIGURE 14-2B. OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-C

1. Gasket 7. Nut, Plain

2. Gasket, O-ring 8. Plug
3. Oil Cooler 9. Plug
4. Baffle 10. Gasket
5. Washer 11. Oil Temp. Control Valve
(Vernatherm)
6. Washer, Lock

MAY 1998 14-9

14-2C OIL COOLER REMOVAL (See Figure 14-2C)

1. Remove attaching hardware (5 through 11). Remove cooler (3) from crankcase studs
Remove and discard gaskets (1, 2).

2. Place the oil cooler in a clean, protected area until it is to be overhauled.

FIGURE 14-2C. OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-G5B, G6B, I0-550-N

I0-550-P, I0-550-R

1. Gasket 9. Washer
2. Gasket 10. Washer, Lock
3. Oil Cooler 11. Nut, Plain
4. Baffle 12. Plug
5. Washer 13. Plug
6. Washer, Lock 14. Oil Temp. Control Valve
7. Nut, Plain (Vernatherm)
8. Nut, Plain 15. Gasket

14-10 OCTOBER 2000

14-3A OIL SUMP AND SUCTION TUBE REMOVAL (See Figure 14-3A)

1. Remove attaching hardware (11, 12, 13).

2. Lightly bump oil sump (10) using a soft mallet and remove from crankcase.

3. Remove gasket (9) from crankcase/oil sump and discard.

4. Remove nut (5), washers (2, 4) and bolt (3).

5. Remove oil suction tube assembly from crankcase. Remove gasket (6) from oil suction
tube and discard.

FIGURE 14-3A. OIL SUMP FOR I0-550-A & C

1. Oil Suction Tube 8. Plug

2. Washer 9. Gasket
3. Bolt 10. Oil Sump
4. Washer 11. Washer
5. Nut 12. Washer, Lock
6. Gasket, Copper 13. Screw
7. Gasket, Copper 14. Gasket, Copper

MAY 1998 14-11

14-3B OIL SUMP AND SUCTION TUBE REMOVAL (See Figure 14-3B)

1. Remove attaching hardware (10, 11, 12).

2. Lightly bump oil sump (7) using a soft mallet and remove from crankcase.
3. Remove gasket (6) from crankcase/oil sump and discard.
4. Cut and remove lock wire from bolts (2). Remove bolts (2).
5. Remove oil suction tube assembly from crankcase. Remove gasket (3) from oil suction
tube and discard.

FIGURE 14-3B. OIL SUMP FOR I0-550-B, I0-550-R

1. Oil Suction Tube 10. Washer
2. Bolt 11. Washer, Lock
3. Gasket, Copper 12. Screw
4. Plug 13. Felt
5. Gasket, Copper 14. Bracket
6. Gasket 15. Washer
7. Oil Sump 16. Nut
8. Stud 17. Wire, Lock
9. Gasket, Copper

14-12 OCTOBER 2000

14-3C OIL SUMP AND SUCTION TUBE REMOVAL (See Figure 14-3C)

1. Remove attaching hardware (11, 12, 13).

2. Lightly bump oil sump (10) using a soft mallet and remove from crankcase.
3. Remove gasket (9) from crankcase/oil sump and discard.
4. Remove nut (5), washers (3, 4) and bolt (2).
5. Remove oil suction tube assembly from crankcase. Remove gasket (6) from oil suction
tube and discard.

FIGURE 14-3C. OIL SUMP FOR I0-550-G, I0-550-N

1. Oil Suction Tube 8. Plug

2. Bolt 9. Gasket
3. Washer 10. Oil Sump
4. Washer 11. Washer
5. Nut 12. Washer, Lock
6. Gasket, Copper 13. Screw
7. Gasket, Copper 14. Gasket, Copper

MAY 1998 14-13

14-3D OIL SUMP AND SUCTION TUBE REMOVAL (See Figure 14-3D)

1. Remove attaching hardware (11, 12, 13).

2. Lightly bump oil sump (10) using a soft mallet and remove from crankcase.
3. Remove gasket (9) from crankcase/oil sump and discard.
4. Remove nut (5), washers (2, 4) and bolt (3).
5. Remove oil suction tube assembly from crankcase. Remove gasket (6) from oil suction
tube and discard.

FIGURE 14-3D. OIL SUMP FOR I0-550-P

1. Oil Suction Tube 8. Plug

2. Washer 9. Gasket
3. Bolt 10. Oil Sump
4. Washer 11. Washer
5. Nut 12. Washer, Lock
6. Gasket, Copper 13. Screw
7. Gasket, Copper 14. Gasket, Copper

14-14 OCTOBER 2000

14-4 LUBRICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT CLEANING
1. All lubrication system components and associated hardware must be cleaned in
accordance with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following
special instructions:

2. All oil pressure springs, gaskets, packings, o-rings, seals, lock washers, and self- locking
nuts removed from the lubrication system components must be replaced 100% at overhaul.
Cleaning these parts is not required.

3. Internal cleaning, flushing and pressure testing of the oil cooler requires special adapters,
gauges, tanks and circulating pump. Oil cooler overhaul must be accomplished by
adequately equipped and qualified cooler repair facilities.

4. Clean the oil sump assembly using mineral spirit solvent.

5. If the oil sump is immersed in an alkaline bath, when removed, it must be sprayed with
steam removing all traces of alkaline. After the sump dries, inspect it for any alkaline
residue and if necessary re-spray with steam to remove. The sump exterior, cavities and all
oil passages must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent after any alkaline
cleaning process has been used.

CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely removed.

6. Clean the oil pump housing, oil filter adapter or tach drive adapter using mineral spirit
solvent. All oil passages must be clear and free flowing.

7. If the oil pump housing, oil filter adapter or tach drive adapter are immersed in an alkaline
bath, when removed, they must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After
the parts dry, inspect them for any alkaline residues and if necessary re-spray with steam to
remove. The oil pump housing, oil filter adapter and oil cooler adapter exterior, cavities and
all oil passages must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent after any alkaline
cleaning process has been used.

8. Clean the oil suction tube assembly using mineral spirit solvent. All oil passages must be
clear and free flowing.

9. Clean gears that have bushings using mineral spirit solvent and a brass wire brush. Gears
with bushings must not be cleaned using alkaline solutions. Gears that do not have
bushings can be cleaned using mineral spirit solvent or by immersion in a alkaline stripping
bath if mineral spirit solvent is not effective. After cleaning with alkaline solution the gears
must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After steam rinsing the gears
must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent.

MAY 1998 14-15

 CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely
removed.

WARNING
Do not pressure blast gears with an abrasive media. Blasting will remove surface
hardening.

14-5 LUBRICATION SYSTEM INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION
The lubrication system components must be visually inspected in accordance with instructions
in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection." Special attention must be given to the following components
and areas:

1. Using a flashlight and a 10X (power) magnifying glass, visually inspect the exterior and the
cavity of the oil pump, oil pump cover and tach drive housing for cracks and indications of
cracks. Inspect for scratches on machined surfaces. Housings exhibiting any of the above
indications must be discarded. Inspect the oil pump housing, cover and tach drive housing
flanges for warpage. Oil pump housings, covers or tach drive housings exhibiting warpage
must be discarded. Inspect all oil passages for restrictions. Oil pump housings or tach drive
housings with restricted oil passages that cannot be cleared by solvent action must be
discarded. Inspect the oil pump housing gear shaft for security and scoring. Housings with
loose or scored gear shafts must be discarded. Inspect the oil pressure relief valve plunger
for scoring, nicks and the face for roughness. Any oil pressure relief valve with scoring,
nicks or roughened face must be discarded.

2. Inspect oil pump gear teeth for signs of overheating and excessive wear. Normal wear
produces a fine polish on the tooth thrust faces. Gears that have alteration of the tooth
profiles, score marks, burning or pitting must be discarded. See Figure 8-3. “Gear Tooth
Wear,” for acceptable and unacceptable gear tooth wear.
Check the oil pump drive gear shaft and shaft splines for wear and damage. Discard drive
gears with any of these indications.
3. Using a flashlight and a 10X magnifying glass inspect all areas of the oil filter adapter for
cracks and indications of cracks. Discard any oil filter adapter with cracks or crack
indications. Inspect the oil filter adapter flanges for warpage. Adapters exhibiting warpage
must be discarded.

4. Visually inspect the oil sump bolt holes for cracks. Inspect mounting surface for scratches,
warpage and cracks. Warped, cracked or leaking oil sumps must be discarded. Inspect the
oil drain plug boss and drain plug for damaged threads. Inspect the drain plug for damaged
wrench flats. Discard oil drain plugs if damaged.

5. Visually inspect the oil suction tube assembly for dents, cracks and distorted or restricted
openings. Oil suction tubes exhibiting dents, cracks or distorted openings must be
discarded.

6. Using an 8048 Oil Pressure Relief Spot Facer reface the pressure relief valve seat in the oil
pump housing. See section 2-3, "Tools." Do not exceed the specified limit, Item 2, in Figure
14-6.

14-16 OCTOBER 2000

 CAUTION…Reface pressure relief valve seat using light finger pressure when turning refacing
tool.

CAUTION…Thoroughly clean oil pressure relief valve cavity after refacing procedure.

7. Inspect oil pump housing, oil filter adapter and tach drive housing studs for distorted or
stripped threads. Inspect studs for corrosion, pitting, incomplete threads and looseness.
Replace studs with any of these indications. Check studs with a tool makers square for
alignment. Oil pump housing, oil filter adapters and tach drive housings must have their
setting heights checked for indications of backing out. See the following for stud setting
heights.

ITEM LOCATION THREAD SETTING QTY.

NO. SIZE HEIGHT
1. Stud, Cover to Housing 1/4 - 20 X 1/4 - 28 .65 2
2. Stud, Oil Filter To Adapter 3/4-16X 13/16-16 .500-.700 1
3. Stud, Throttle Support 1/4 - 20 X 1/4 - 28 .44 1
4. Stud, Cover to Housing 1/4 - 20 X 1/4 - 28 .75 4

FIGURE 14-4. OIL PUMP, OIL FILTER ADAPTER AND ELECTRICAL TACH DRIVE
HOUSING STUD SETTING HEIGHTS

MAY 1998 14-17

 8. Inspect IO-550-B and IO-550-R oil sump studs for distorted or stripped threads. Inspect
studs for corrosion, pitting, incomplete threads and looseness. Replace studs with any of
these indications. Check studs with a tool makers square for alignment. The oil sump must
have it’s setting heights checked for indications of backing out. See the following for stud
setting heights.

ITEM LOCATION THREAD SETTING QTY.

NO. SIZE HEIGHT
1. Stud, Engine Mount to Oil Sump 3/8 - 16 X 1.56 .97 12

FIGURE 14-5. OIL SUMP STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-B, IO-550-R

FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION

Aluminum alloy components such as the oil pump housing, oil pump cover, oil filter adapter, tach drive
housing and oil sump must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a certified technician in accordance
with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Pump housings, adapters, tach drive housings
or sumps exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION

Oil pump gears, bevel gears and tach drive shafts must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified
technician in accordance with instructions in section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Gears or
shafts exhibiting cracks must be discarded.

14-18 OCTOBER 2000

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

REF. DESCRIPTION NEW PARTS

NO. MIN. MAX.
OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
1. Oil pressure relief valve adjusting screw in plunger ..............Diameter: 0.0030 0.0070
2. Oil pressure relief valve seat in housing................................Depth:  1.060
OIL PRESSURE PUMP ASSEMBLY
3. Oil pump driver gear in pump housing ..................................Diameter: 0.0040L 0.0060L
4. Oil pump driver gear shaft in pump housing .........................Diameter: 0.0015L 0.0030L
5. Oil pump driven gear to driven gear shaft .............................Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0025L
6. Oil pump driver gear in pump housing .........................End Clearance: 0.0016 0.0041
7. Oil pump driven gear in pump housing ........................End Clearance: 0.0016 0.0041
8. Oil pump driver gear shaft in tach drive housing ...................Diameter: 0.0015L 0.0030L
9. Oil pump driver gear shaft pin in bevel gear..........................Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0025L
10. Oil pump driven gear in housing ............................................Diameter: 0.0040L 0.0060L
11. Tach drive shaft in tach drive housing ...................................Diameter: 0.0015L 0.0030L
12. Oil seal in tach drive housing.................................................Diameter: 0.000 0.003L
13. Oil seal in tach drive housing.................................................Diameter: 0.0015T 0.0065T
GEAR BACKLASH
14. Oil pump driver and driven gears...........................................Backlash: 0.0090 0.0130
15. Tach drive and driven bevel gears.........................................Backlash: 0.0040 0.0080
SPRING TEST DATA
Oil pressure relief valve spring compressed
16.
to 1.25 inch length........................................................................ Load: 32 lbs. 37 lbs.
Oil temperature control valve 0.090
17.
inches minimum travel at ...........................................Oil Temperature: 120° 170°
Oil temperature control valve 0.090
inches minimum travel at ...........................................Oil Temperature: 168° 172°

OCTOBER 2000 14-19

 FIGURE 14-6. OIL PUMP AND TACH DRIVE FITS AND LIMITS
New Parts Dimensions
14-20 OCTOBER 1998
 PARTS NAME FEATURE NEW DIMENSION (INCH)
Oil Pump Housing and Shaft Driven Gear Shaft Diameter 0.5640-0.5650
Assembly Driver Gear Shaft Hole Diameter 0.5620-0.5630
Gear Chamber Depth 1.9985-2.0000
Oil Pump Driver Gear Shaft Diameter 0.5600-0.5605
Oil Pump Driven Gear Bushing Inside Diameter (installed) 0.5655-0.5665

14-6 LUBRICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

Any lubrication system component worn beyond new parts limits or failing to meet the
inspection criteria in section 14-5 must be replaced unless repair is possible with the following
instructions:

1. Oil pump housings with gear shafts that exceed the specifications in section 14-5 must be
discarded. The oil pump housing driven gear shaft is pressed into the pump housing and is
not field replaceable.
2. Oil pump housings that are cracked must be discarded. Oil pump housings with enlarged or
scored gear chambers must be discarded.
3. Oil pump covers with scored gear contact surfaces must be discarded, unless the parting
surface can be lapped smooth and made perfectly flat.
4. Oil pump covers, tach drive housings and oil filter adapters exhibiting cracks must be
discarded.
5. Oil pump drive gears worn beyond specifications must be discarded. Oil pump driven gears
with bushings that are worn beyond specifications must be discarded. See section 14-5
"New Parts Dimensions."
6. Oil sumps that leak or that are cracked must be discarded. IO-550-B, IO-550-R oil sump
studs that are damaged or loose must be replaced in accordance with section 6-22. Studs
must be installed to the setting height specified in Figure 14-5.
7. Section 6-19, "Application of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing.
8. Oil pump and tach drive housing studs that are damaged or loose must be replaced in
accordance with instructions in section 6-22. Studs must be installed to the specified height
in Figure 14-4.
9. A new oil filter adapter stud P/N 653490 must be installed if the old stud is a plain steel
color with a length of 1.440" inch, if it is found to be loose or it is installed beyond the stud
setting height specified in Figure 14-8, "Oil Filter Adapter Stud Replacement." If required,
install new stud in accordance with the following procedure:
a. Remove old stud and inspect the threads in the adapter housing for damage. Replace
the adapter housing if any thread damage is evident.

OCTOBER 2000 14-21

 FIGURE 14-7. STUD IDENTIFICATION
NOTE…Oil filter adapters that incorporate this modification can be determined by the letter “S”
stamped into the adapter housing see Figure 14-7, “Stud Identification.”
b. Clean the adapter housing threads thoroughly to remove any remaining thread
adhesive and oil.
c. Install the applicable new stud (P/N 653490) and confirm that the incomplete thread on
the stud stops at the first thread in the adapter housing and does not continue into the
housing below the minimum 0.500 inch extension. See Figure 14-8, "Oil Filter Adapter
Stud Replacement." Replace the adapter housing if the extension is less than the
specified 0.500 inch minimum.
d. After extension height inspection, remove the stud from the adapter. Clean the threads
of the adapter housing and stud with Loctite "Primer T" (TCM P/N 646944) and allow to
dry.

FIGURE 14-8. OIL FILTER ADAPTER STUD REPLACEMENT

e. Apply a line of Loctite 271 (TCM P/N 646941) along the large threads (.8125-16 end) of
the stud and install into the adapter finger tight to 30 inch pounds torque. Check for
proper stud extension height in accordance with Figure 14-8. (continued )

f. Allow the parts to cure a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installation of the oil filter.
14-22 OCTOBER 1998
 CAUTION…Curing times may vary depending on ambient temperature. Consult Loctite
instructions.
g. After installation of a new oil filter adapter stud, stamp a 0.125 inch high letter “S” in the
location shown in Figure 14-7, “Stud Identification.”
14-7 LUBRICATION SYSTEM SUB-ASSEMBLY
NOTE…All lubrication system components must be clean and free of debris before assembly.
NOTE…Before assembly insure all parts listed in section 6-6, "100% Replacement Parts," have
been replaced.
OIL PUMP FOR I0-550-A, A2B, A3B, I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F,
B9B, B11B, B14B, B15B, B16B, B19B, B21B, B23B, B29B, B30B, B32B, B35B,
B37B, I0-550-C, C1F, C2F, C2U, C3F, C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B, C12B, C13B, C15B,
C18B, C19B, C25B, C26B, C27B, C28B, C29B, C30B
1. See Figure 14-1A. “Oil Pump.” Install oil pump housing (2) in a suitable fixture. Lubricate
cavity, gear contact areas and oil pump gears (4, 15) with clean Molyshield grease. Install
oil pump drive and driven gears in oil pump housing. Using a new pin (16) install bevel gear
(17) on oil pump drive gear (15).
2. Assemble pressure relief valve housing (11) and adjusting screw (9). Turn adjusting screw
into housing about halfway. Secure adjusting screw using new copper washer(13) and new
nut (14). Assemble plunger (6), new spring (7), new washer (8) and slide into relief valve
opening in oil pump housing. Install new gasket (10) on pressure relief valve housing (11).
Coat housing threads with TCM P/N 646943 Anti-Seize Lubricant. Insure that adjusting
screw aligns with plunger, spring and washer. Screw relief valve housing into oil pump
housing. Torque housing to 240-260 inch pounds. Safety wire housing (11) in accordance
with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
3. To assemble the electrical tach drive housing to the oil pump housing, press a new oil seal
(19) into electrical tach drive housing until it bottoms out using an arbor press and proper
driving tool. Coat the inside diameter of oil seal (19) with with clean Molyshield grease.
Make sure oil seal is squarely seated before pressing. Coat tach drive shaft gear (25) with
with clean Molyshield grease. Install tach drive shaft gear (25) into tach drive housing
through end opposite of oil seal.
4. Coat oil pump gear cavity flange with #3 aviation permatex. Apply silk thread to oil pump
housing flange as shown in Figure 14-9. Apply TCM gasket maker to the portion of the tach
drive housing that will mate with the oil pump housing where the Permatex and silk thread
is applied. Install electrical tach drive housing on oil pump making sure tach gear shaft and
bevel gear properly mesh. As tach drive housing is being installed, make sure silk thread is
not displaced. Secure using washers (22), new lock washers (23) & nuts (24). Torque nuts
(24) to 90-110 inch pounds.
5. Using new gaskets (26, 31) install covers (27, 32), secure with washers (28, 33), new lock
washers (24, 29) & nuts (23), screws (30). Torque nuts (23) to 75-85 inch pounds torque.
Torque screws (30) to 21-25 inch pounds torque.
6. Oil pump, filter adapter and oil filter assembly will be installed during final engine assembly.
Cover components and store in a clean protected area until final assembly.

MAY 1998 14-23

 0IL PUMP FOR I0-550-A4B, A5B, A6B, A7B I0-550-B5F, B12F, B13F, B17B,
B18B, B20B, B22B, B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B31B, B34B, B36B, I0-550-
C16B, C17B, C21B, C22B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B, I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R
1. See Figure 14-1B. “Oil Pump.” Install oil pump housing (2) in a suitable fixture. Lubricate
cavity, gear contact areas and oil pump gears (4, 15) with clean Molyshield grease. Install
oil pump drive and driven gears in oil pump housing. Using a new pin (16) install bevel gear
(17) on oil pump drive gear (15).
2. Assemble pressure relief valve housing (11) and adjusting screw (9). Turn adjusting screw
into housing about halfway. Secure adjusting screw using new copper washer (13) and new
nut (14). Assemble plunger (6), new spring (7), new washer (8) and slide into relief valve
opening in oil pump housing. Install new gasket (10) on pressure relief valve housing (11).
Coat housing threads with TCM P/N 646943 Anti-Seize Lubricant. Insure that adjusting
screw aligns with plunger, spring and washer. Screw relief valve housing into oil pump
housing. Torque housing to 240-260 inch pounds. Safety wire housing (11) in accordance
with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
3. To assemble the mechanical tach drive housing to the oil pump housing, lightly coat new oil
seal (19) outside diameter with TCM Gasket maker P/N 646942 and install using an arbor
press and correct size driving tool. Press seal in flush. Make sure new oil seal is squarely
seated before pressing. Coat the inside diameter of oil seal (19) with with clean Molyshield
grease.
4. Coat oil pump gear cavity flange with #3 aviation permatex. Apply silk thread to oil pump
housing flange as shown in Figure 14-9. Apply TCM gasket maker to the portion of the tach
drive housing that will mate with the oil pump housing where the Permatex and silk thread
is applied. Coat tach drive shaft gear (24) with with clean Molyshield grease. Place shaft
(24) into mechanical tach drive housing (18) and install on oil pump housing (2). Shaft gear
may have to be turned slightly to insure proper meshing with bevel gear (17). As tach drive
housing is being installed, make sure silk thread is not displaced. Secure with washers (22)
and nuts (23). Torque nuts (23) 90-110 inch pounds.
5. Coat cover (26) threads with Loctite Pipe Sealant with Teflon and TCM P/N 646943 Anti-
Seize Lubricant. Place a new gasket (25) on mechanical tach drive cover (26). Turning
counterclockwise, install left hand threaded cover (26). Torque cover (26) to 250 - 350 inch
pounds. Safety wire cover (26) in accordance with Section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
6. Oil pump, filter adapter and oil filter assembly will be installed during final engine assembly.
Cover components and store in a clean protected area until final assembly.

OIL PUMP I0-550-G5B, G6B AND I0-550-N2B

1. See Figure 14-1C. “Oil Pump.” Install oil pump housing (2) in a suitable fixture. Lubricate
cavity, gear contact areas and oil pump gears (4, 15) with clean Molyshield grease. Install
oil pump drive and driven gears in oil pump housing.

14-24 OCTOBER 2000

2. Assemble pressure relief valve housing (11) and adjusting screw (9). Turn adjusting screw
into housing about halfway. Secure adjusting screw using new copper washer(13) and new
nut (14). Assemble plunger (6), new spring (7), new washer (8) and slide into relief valve
opening in oil pump housing. Install new gasket (10) on pressure relief valve housing (11).
Coat housing threads with TCM P/N 646943 Anti-Seize Lubricant. Insure that adjusting
screw aligns with plunger, spring and washer. Screw relief valve housing into oil pump
housing. Torque housing to 240-260 inch pounds. Safety wire housing (11) in accordance
with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
3. Coat oil pump gear cavity flange with #3 aviation permatex. Apply silk thread to oil pump
housing flange as shown in Figure 14-9. Apply TCM gasket maker to the portion of the tach
drive housing that will mate with the oil pump housing where the Permatex and silk thread
is applied. As the oil pump cover is being installed, make sure silk thread is not displaced.
Secure with two sets of attaching hardware (18, 20). Torque nuts (20) to 90-110 inch
pounds.
4. Oil pump, filter adapter and oil filter assembly will be installed during final engine assembly.
Cover components and store in a clean protected area until final assembly.

FIGURE 14-9. OIL PUMP HOUSING THREADING DIAGRAM

MAY 1998 14-25

 Oil Cooler I0-550-A, I0-550-B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B & G4B (See Figure 14-2A)
NOTE...Before installing fittings in oil cooler, insure they are free of any debris by thoroughly
flushing them with an approved solvent.
WARNING
Never use teflon tape on lubrication system fittings.
1. Install fitting (12), plugs (13 & 14), new gasket (16) and new oil temperature control valve
(15) into oil cooler (3). Torque plugs (13,14) in accordance with Table 6-2, "Pipe Plug
Torques." Torque fitting (12) in accordance with Table 6-3, "Torque Specifications for
Fittings." Torque oil temperature control valve to 440-460 inch pounds. Safety wire oil
temperature control valve in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
2. The oil cooler will be installed on the engine during final engine assembly. Cover oil cooler
and store in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.
Oil Cooler I0-550-C (See Figure 14-2B)
NOTE...Before installing fittings in oil cooler, insure they are free of any debris by thoroughly
flushing them with an approved solvent.
WARNING
Never use teflon tape on lubrication system fittings.
1. Install plugs (8 & 9). Install new gasket (10) and new oil temperature control valve (11) into
oil cooler (3). Torque plugs (8, 9) in accordance with Table 6-2, "Pipe Plug Torques."
Torque oil temperature control valve (11) to 440-460 inch pounds. Safety wire oil
temperature control valve in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
2. The oil cooler will be installed on the engine during final engine assembly. Cover oil cooler
and store in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.
Oil Cooler I0-550-G5B, G6B, I0-550-N, I0-550-P, I0-550-R (See Figure 14-2C)
NOTE...Before installing fittings in oil cooler, insure they are free of any debris by thoroughly
flushing them with an approved solvent.
WARNING
Never use teflon tape on lubrication system fittings.
1. Install plugs (12, 13). Install new gasket (15) and new oil temperature control valve (14) into
oil cooler (3). Torque plugs (12, 13) in accordance with Table 6-2, "Pipe Plug Torques."
Torque oil temperature control valve (14) to 440-460 inch pounds. Safety wire oil
temperature control valve in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."
2. The oil cooler will be installed on the engine during final engine assembly. Cover oil cooler
and store in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

Oil Sump I0-550-B, I0-550-R (See Figure 14-3B)

1. Install the four engine mount legs (14) and secure with four sets of attaching hardware (15,
16). Torque nuts (16) to 275-325 inch pounds torque.
2. The oil sump will be installed on engine during final engine assembly. Cover sump
assembly and store in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

14-26 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 15

CYLINDERS AND PISTONS

SECTION PAGE
15-1A Cylinder Assembly Removal ........................................ 15-2
15-1B Cylinder Assembly Removal ........................................ 15-4
15-2 Cylinder and Associated Parts Disassembly ............... 15-6
15-3 Precleaning Inspection ................................................. 15-6
15-4 Cylinder and Associated Parts Cleaning...................... 15-7
15-5 Cylinder and Associated Parts Inspection.................... 15-8
15-6 Cylinder Assembly Repair and Replacement .............. 15-24
15-7 Cylinder and Piston Sub-Assembly.............................. 15-43

FIGURE PAGE
15-1A Cylinder and Piston Assembly for IO-550-A, B & C ..... 15-3
15-1A1 Connecting Rod Support .............................................. 15-3
15-1B Cylinder and Piston Assembly for IO-550-G,N,P,R ..... 15-5
15-2 Cylinder Inspection ....................................................... 15-10
15-3 Cylinder Stud Setting Heights ...................................... 15-11
15-4A Cylinder Fits and Limits for IO-550-A, B & C................ 15-16
15-4A1 Cylinder Dimensions for IO-550-A, B & C .................... 15-17
15-4B Cylinder Fits and Limits for IO-550-G,N,P,R ................ 15-21
15-4B1 Cylinder Dimensions for IO-550-G,N,P,R .................... 15-22
15-5A Intake Valve Seat Refacing .......................................... 15-29
15-5B Exhaust Valve Seat Refacing....................................... 15-29

15-6A Removing Spark Plug Hole Helical Insert .................... 15-32

15-6B Installing Spark Plug Hole Helical Insert ...................... 15-32
15-6C Expanding Spark Plug Hole Helical Insert ................... 15-32
15-6D Rocker Shaft Retention Improvement .......................... 15-34
15-6E Cylinder Identification ................................................... 15-34
15-7A Old Style Rocker Arm Bushing Replacement .............. 15-35
15-7B New Style Rocker Arm Bushing Replacement
IO-550-A, B & C............................................................ 15-37
15-7C New Style Rocker Arm Bushing Replacement
IO-550-G,N,P,R ............................................................ 15-38
15-8 Rocker Arm To Rotocoil Clearance.............................. 15-39
15-9 Intake Valve Refacing................................................... 15-40
15-10 Valve Gauge Line Inspection Fixture ........................... 15-42
15-11 Cylinder and Piston Position Number .......................... 15-43
15-12 Valve and Spring Installation........................................ 15-43
15-13A Installing Baffle ............................................................. 15-44
15-13B Securing Baffle ............................................................. 15-44
15-14 Valve Guide Seal Installation ....................................... 15-48

OCTOBER 2000 15-1

 15-1A CYLINDER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL (See Figure 15-1A)
1. Remove attaching hardware (30, 31, 32) and remove rocker covers (29) from all
cylinders. Remove and discard gaskets (28).

2. Position the crankshaft so the piston is at top dead center and both intake and exhaust
valves of cylinder to be removed are closed. Remove screws (20) and washers (19).
Slide the rocker shafts (18) out far enough to remove the rocker arms (21, 24) and thrust
washers (27). Repeat for all six cylinders.

3. Rotate the engine stand placing the engine in the inverted position. Withdraw pushrods
(39) from housings. Grasp pushrod housing (35) and push inward toward the crankcase
while lifting the cylinder end to remove. Remove all pushrod housings (35). Remove
springs (38), washers (36) and packings (37). Discard all packings (37) and springs (38).

4. Rotate the engine stand placing the engine in the upright position. Make sure piston in
cylinder being removed is at the top dead center position. Using the specified wrenches
remove flange nuts (40, 41, 44) from cylinder base flange and seventh stud locations.
Cradle cylinder in arm and withdraw it straight outward. Catch the piston with free hand
as it clears the cylinder to prevent damage to the crankcase. Remove the cylinder base
packing (25).

5. Remove piston pin (53) and piston (48) from connecting rod. Install the cylinder base
packing in a figure "8" pattern around the cylinder deck studs and connecting rod for
support. See Figure 15-1A1, "Connecting Rod Support." Remove all of the cylinders and
pistons using the above instructions.

6. Place cylinders upright on a workbench. Remove rocker shafts (18) from cylinders and
discard. Discard thrust washers (27). Discard all piston pins (53), pistons (48) and piston
rings (49 through 52).

Using a retrieval magnet, remove all of the hydraulic tappets (45, 46) from the crankcase
tappet bores. Discard hydraulic tappets (45, 46).
Nomenclature for Figure 15-1A
1. Cylinder, Assembly 15. Seal 29. Cover, Valve Rocker 43. Bracket, 7th Stud
2. Cylinder 16. Roto Coil 30. Washer 44. Nut, Flanged
3. Insert, Spark Plug 17. Key, Retainer 31. Washer, Lock 45. Tappet, Hyd. Exh.
4. Guide Intake 18. Shaft, Valve Rocker 32. Screw 46. Tappet, Hyd. Int.
5. Guide, Valve Exhaust 19. Washer, Plain 33. Gasket, Exh. Flange 47. Insert, Helical Coil
6. Stud 20. Screw, Hex Head 34. Nut 48. Piston
7. Insert, Intake Flange 21. Rocker 35. Housing, Push Rod 49. Ring, Comp.
8. Insert, Intake Valve 22. Bushing, Valve Rocker 36. Washer 50. Ring, Comp.
9. Insert, Exhaust Valve 23. Screw, Drive 37. Packing 51. Ring, Oil Control
10. Valve, Intake 24. Rocker 38. Spring 52. Ring, Scraper
11. Valve, Exhaust 25. O-Ring, Cylinder Base 39. Push Rod 53. Pin, Piston
12. Spring, Inner 26. Retainer, Intake Valve 40. Nut, Flanged
13. Spring, Outer 27. Washer, Thrust 41. Nut, Flanged
14. Retainer, Lower 28. Gasket, Rocker Cov. 42. Bracket, 7th Stud

15-2 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 15-1A. CYLINDER AND PISTON ASSEMBLY FOR IO-550-A, B, C

FIGURE 15-1A1. CONNECTING ROD SUPPORT

MAY 1998 15-3

15-1B CYLINDER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL (See Figure 15-1B)
1. Loosen and remove cylinder drain tubes (45). Remove and discard drain tube seals (46).
Remove drain tube fittings (16).
2. Remove attaching hardware (30, 31, 32) and remove rocker covers (29) from all
cylinders. Remove and discard gaskets (28).
3. Position the crankshaft so the piston is at top dead center and both intake and exhaust
valves of cylinder to be removed are closed. Bend tab of washers (26) down and remove
screws (27), tab washers (26) and retainers (25). Remove rocker arms (20), shafts (24) and
thrust washers (23) from cylinder studs. Discard tab washers (26), rocker shafts (24), thrust
washers (23) and retainers (25). Withdraw pushrods (40) from housings. Repeat for all six
cylinders.
4. Rotate the engine stand placing the engine in the inverted position. Remove all pushrod
housings (35) by pushing in toward the crankcase while lifting the cylinder end. Remove
springs (39), washers (36), seals (37) and packings (38). Discard all seals (37), packings
(38) and springs (39).
5. Rotate the engine stand placing the engine in the upright position. Make sure piston in
cylinder being removed is at the top dead center position. Using the specified wrenches
remove flange nuts (41, 42, 49) from cylinder base flange and seventh stud locations.
Remove brackets (47, 48). Cradle cylinder in arm and withdraw it straight outward. Catch
the piston with free hand as it clears the cylinder to prevent damage to the crankcase.
Remove the cylinder base packing (52).
6. Remove piston pin (60) and piston (55) from connecting rod. Install the cylinder base
packing in a figure "8" pattern around the cylinder deck studs and connecting rod for
support. See Figure 15-1A1, "Connecting Rod Support." Remove all of the cylinders and
pistons using the above instructions.
7. Place cylinders upright on a workbench. Discard all piston pins (60), pistons (55) and
piston rings (56 through 59).
8. Using a retrieval magnet, remove all of the hydraulic tappets (53, 54) from the crankcase
tappet bores. Discard hydraulic tappets (53, 54).
Nomenclature for Figure 15-1B
1. Cylinder, Assembly 18. Key, Retainer 35. Housing, Push Rod 52. O-Ring, Cyl. Base
2. Cylinder 19. Roto Coil 36. Washer 53. Tappet, Hyd. Int.
3. Insert, Spark Plug 20. Rocker 37. Seal, O-Ring 54. Tappet, Hyd. Exh.
4. Guide Intake 21. Bushing, Valve Rocker 38. Packing 55. Piston
5. Guide, Valve Exhaust 22. Screw, Drive 39. Spring 56. Ring, Comp.
6. Stud 23. Washer, Thrust 40. Push Rod 57. Ring, Comp.
7. Stud 24. Shaft, Valve Rocker 41. Nut, Flanged 58. Ring, Oil Control
8. Stud 25. Retainer 42. Nut, Flanged 59. Ring, Scraper
9. Insert, Helical Coil 26. Washer, Tab 43. Baffle 60. Pin, Piston
10. Insert, Intake Valve 27. Screw 44. Spring 61. Bolt
11. Insert, Exhaust Valve 28. Gasket, Rocker Cover 45. Tube, Drain 62. Washer
12. Valve, Intake 29. Cover, Valve Rocker 46. Seal 63. Support
13. Valve, Exhaust 30. Washer 47. Bracket, 7th Stud 64. Screw
14. Spring, Inner 31. Washer, Lock 48. Bracket, 7th Stud 65. Washer
15. Spring, Outer 32. Screw 49. Nut, Flanged 66. Baffle
16. Sleeve 33. Gasket, Exh. Flange 50. Seal 67. Baffle
17. Retainer, Lower 34. Nut 51. Retainer 68. Spring

15-4 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 15-1B. CYLINDER AND PISTON ASSEMBLY FOR I0-550-G, N, P, R

OCTOBER 2000 15-5

15-2 CYLINDER AND ASSOCIATED PARTS DISASSEMBLY

1. See Figures 15-1A & 15-1B, "Cylinder And Piston Assembly." Place the cylinder to be
disassembled on a cylindrical block of wood anchored to a work bench.

2. See Figure 15-1A as applicable. Using a valve spring compression tool, carefully compress
valve springs (do not cock the rotocoil or retainer and score the valve stem.) Remove
retaining keys (17) with a retrieval magnet and discard. Remove and discard rotocoil (16).
Remove steel retainer (26), outer springs (13) and inner springs (12). Remove inner
retainers (14). Remove and discard intake valve guide seal (15). Hold the valve stems while
lifting the cylinder from its support and place the cylinder on its side. Remove any nicks on
the valve stems using an emery stone or cloth before removing valves. Discard exhaust
valves (11).
See Figure 15-1B as applicable. Using a valve spring compression tool, carefully compress
valve springs (do not cock the rotocoil or retainer and score the valve stem.) Remove
retaining keys (18) with a retrieval magnet and discard. Remove and discard rotocoil (19).
Remove retainer (51), outer springs (15) and inner springs (14). Remove inner retainers
(17). Remove and discard intake valve guide seal (50). Hold the valve stems while lifting
the cylinder from its support and place the cylinder on its side. Remove any nicks on the
valve stems using an emery stone or cloth before removing valves. Discard exhaust valves
(13).
3. Remove the cylinder exhaust flange studs in accordance with section 6-23, “Cylinder
Exhaust Port Stud Replacement.” Discard studs.

4. Support the rocker arm on a ring that will allow the old bushings to pass through. Press the
worn bushings out using the proper size tool. Discard the bushings.

5. Disassemble the remaining cylinders and rocker arms using the above procedure.

15-3 PRECLEANING INSPECTION

1. Prior to cleaning the cylinder assemblies, inspect them for any signs of head to barrel
leakage, leaking oil, fuel, exhaust or combustion residue and any condition that could
indicate loss of integrity of the cylinder assembly or the cylinder head to barrel junction.
Inspect the cylinder barrel fins and fin tips for rust pitting and damage in the power stroke
stress areas. Discard any cylinder with the above described conditions. Inspect the
remainder of the cylinder barrel, barrel fins, fin tips and cylinder base flange for rust pitting
and damage that cannot be repaired in accordance with the instructions in section 15-6.
Discard all cylinders which cannot be repaired.
2. Discolored or burnt paint may indicate piston and piston pin scoring of the cylinder bore
caused by overheating. Scored cylinder barrel bores and barrel bores that have been
overheated must be discarded and replaced. Do not attempt to remove overheating
damage by grinding cylinder bore to the next allowable oversize. Cylinder barrel
overheating can destroy the strength of the material.

15-6 OCTOBER 1998

 3. If the cylinder deck stud nuts have been properly torqued during operation, when the
cylinder is removed, a contact pattern can be observed around the stud holes and between
the stud holes of the cylinder contact flange. If the engine has operated with loose cylinder
deck studs fretting and galling will be present in this area. Inspect the cylinder to crankcase
mating flange for fretting and galling indicating cylinder movement. If movement has
occurred, replace all cylinder deck studs on the corresponding cylinder deck of the
crankcase.

15-4 CYLINDER AND ASSOCIATED PARTS CLEANING

WARNING
Do not use sand, glass shot or metal grit for cleaning.

1. Clean cylinder assemblies and associated parts in accordance with the instructions in
section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following special instructions:
2. Precautions applicable to both aluminum and steel must be exercised in cleaning the
cylinder assembly. Remove oil and loose material with a mild alkaline cleaner by spraying
or brushing. Remove all traces of the alkaline by spraying with steam. After the cylinder
dries, inspect it for any alkaline residues and, if necessary, respray with steam to remove.
CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will corrode metals if not completely removed.
3. Remove all paint, varnish and carbon from the cylinder assembly to allow complete
inspection. The cylinder assembly may be dry blasted. Use blasting techniques to remove
hard carbon deposits with the lowest air pressure that will produce the desired results. All
machine surfaces, the cylinder mount flange nut seats, cylinder barrel wall, small holes and
finished surfaces must be protected from the blast by seals and covers. Suitable types of
materials for dry blasting are plastic pellets and processed natural materials such as wheat
grains and crushed fruit pits or shells.

4. After any blasting process, blow off all dust with dry compressed air and insure that no
blasting material has lodged in crevices, recesses or holes. Clean the cylinder with hot,
soapy water and a stiff bristled scrub brush to remove all blasting material from the cylinder.
After washing, remove all soap residue by thoroughly rinsing with hot water. Dry the
cylinder completely and coat all bare steel surfaces thoroughly with clean 50 weight aviation
engine oil. Failure to clean and protect the cylinder in this manner could result in cylinder
bore damage from rust and contamination.

5. Degrease the intake valves with mineral spirits. Remove all carbon, varnish and gum from
the intake valves using a carbon solvent or by dry blasting.

Use blasting techniques to remove hard carbon deposits with the lowest air pressure that
will produce the desired results. Suitable types of materials for dry blasting are plastic
pellets and processed natural materials such as wheat grains and crushed fruit pits or
shells.
After dry blasting, clean with mineral spirits and air dry.

Clean all pushrods and rocker arms using mineral spirits. Using a small squirt bottle, insure
all pushrod and rocker arm oil passages are open by flushing with mineral spirits. Discard

MAY 1998 15-7

 any pushrod or rocker arm that has obstructed oil passages that cannot be cleared by
solvent action. DO NOT CLEAN PUSHRODS AND ROCKER ARMS BY BLASTING.
Dry all components completely and thoroughly coat with clean 50 weight aviation engine
oil.
6. Clean all cylinder baffles and associated hardware using mineral spirits.

15-5 CYLINDER AND ASSOCIATED PARTS INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION
Visually inspect the cylinder assembly and associated components in accordance with the
instructions in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection," and the following special instructions:
CYLINDER BARREL
1. Power Stroke Stress Area of the cylinder barrel- Visual inspection must include a detailed
external inspection of the areas of the cylinder barrel which experience the highest
operational stresses from the piston power stroke. These areas are the 12 o'clock area of
the first six fins below the head on one side of the engine, and the 6 o'clock area on the
other side as described in Figure 15-2.
2. Power Stroke Stress Area of the cylinder barrel- Inspect the cylinder barrel areas including
the cylinder barrel fins and the areas between and adjacent to the fins for cracks, sharp
indentations, rust, pitting, broken or bent fins, (including bent fins that have been
straightened) and chafing damage that alter the original barrel surface contour, fin tip
contour or reduce the thickness of the barrel fins. Cylinder barrels with any of the above
conditions must be discarded.
3. Remaining Cylinder Barrel Areas - Thoroughly inspect the remaining cylinder barrel areas
including the cylinder barrel fins and the areas between and adjacent to the fins for cracks,
sharp indentations, chafing damage, rust and pitting. Inspect the cylinder barrel flange and
flange radius for rust and pitting. Cylinder barrels with bent fins in this area may continue in
use, provided that the fin is not bent more than one-half of the distance to the next fin, that
no attempt is made to straighten the bent fin and there are no cracks or evidence of cracks.
Minor fin tip damage repair may be accomplished on fin tips in this area as described in
section 15-6. OTHERWISE CYLINDER REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED.

WARNING
Corrosion pits reduce wall thickness and will cause stress concentrations and
subsequent fracture. Damage or removal of external barrel material that results
in a reduction of the barrel wall thickness is strictly prohibited regardless of
location and requires cylinder replacement.

4. Inspect the entire cylinder barrel for electrical arc pitting or weld repairs. Electrical arc pitting
or weld repairs of any surface on the cylinder barrel is strictly prohibited. if such conditions
are present discard cylinder.

5. Inspect the cylinder bore for overheating or high temperature operation, detonation, piston
scoring, or piston pin damage to the cylinder bore. Discard all such cylinders.

15-8 OCTOBER 2000

CYLINDER HEAD
1. Inspect the external surfaces of the cylinder head including the exhaust port cylinder head
fins, in between the fins, exhaust ports, top and bottom spark plug bosses and fuel nozzle
boss for cracks or indications of cracks. Discard any cylinder with cracks or indications of
cracks.
2. Minor cooling fin cracks that do not extend into the cylinder head structure may be repaired
in accordance with section 15-6.
3. Heat checks in the exhaust port that are 1/8” inch in length or less may continue in service.
WARNING
Welding of the cylinder head structure can destroy the assembly preloads and
casting strength resulting in cylinder assembly failure.
4. Inspect the intake flange studs for damaged, distorted or stripped threads. Inspect studs for
corrosion, rusting, pitting, incomplete threads and security. Replace studs with any of these
indications.
5. Inspect the cylinder exhaust flange studs and rocker shaft hold down stud holes for
distorted and stripped threads. Repair damaged, distorted and stripped threads in
accordance with section 6-21.
6. Check all studs with a tool maker's square for perpendicularity. Check all studs for security
and correct setting height. See Figure 15-3 for stud setting heights.
7. Damage to threaded bores - Inspect rocker cover flange screw holes for complete threads.
Inspect all helical coils for damage. The spark plug helical coil outer ends must lie in the
first full thread of the tapped holes in which they are installed. The helical coil teeth at the
outer end of the helical coil must not be visible. Repair threaded bores in accordance with
section 6-21 and Figure 15-3.
INTAKE VALVES
Visually inspect the intake valves using a 10X magnifying glass. Inspect the intake valve stems
for scoring, damage in valve retainer grooves and spalling on stem tips. Place the valve head
on a one inch wide precision parallel bar and inspect for distortion with a .001" feeler stock.
Discard valves that are damaged, distorted, cracked, burned, pitted or rusted. Valve faces may
be machined to the dimensions specified in Figure 15-9, "Intake Valve Refacing."
ROCKER ARMS
Visually inspect all rocker arm foot contact areas for wear, galling, spalling, scoring or grooves.
Inspect rocker arm ball seats for smoothness. Discard rocker arms with any signs of wear,
galling, spalling, scoring or grooves. Inspect the thrust surfaces of the rocker shaft bore for
displaced metal, galling and spalling. Discard all rocker arms with these conditions. Inspect for,
and discard any rocker arm that has peeling copper plating. Inspect for and discard rocker
arms with loose or missing oil passage rivets. Inspect oil passages for obstruction. Use an oil
squirt bottle and clean 50 weight aviation engine oil to check oil passages for free flow. Rocker
arms with blocked oil passages that cannot be cleared by solvent action must be discarded.

MAY 1998 15-9

 FIGURE 15-2. CYLINDER INSPECTION

15-10 MAY 1998

 FIGURE 15-3. CYLINDER STUD SETTING HEIGHTS

ITEM THREAD SETTING

LOCATION OTY.
NO. SIZE HEIGHT
1. Stud, Exhaust Flange (Ring Locked) 1/4-20 x 1/4-28 25/32 4
2. Stud, Exhaust Flange (Ring Locked) 1/4-20 x 1/4-28 7/8 4
3. Stud, Intake Flange 1/4-20 x 1/4-28 1.00 1
4. Stud, Intake Flange 1/4-20 x 1/4-28 25/32 2

OCTOBER 2000 15-11

 PUSHRODS
Visually inspect pushrod ball ends for smoothness, cracks, galling, scoring, spalling and
security. Inspect pushrods for bending and warping. Discard pushrods with any signs of
wear, cracks, galling, scoring, spalling, bending or warpage. Inspect pushrod oil passages
for obstructions. Use an oil squirt bottle and clean 50 weight aviation engine oil to check oil
passages for free flow. Pushrods with blocked oil passages that cannot be cleared by
solvent action must be discarded.
PUSHROD HOUSINGS
Visually inspect pushrod housings for cracks, dents, bending and chafing damage. Discard
cracked, dented, bent or chafed pushrod housings. Discard any pushrod housings with rust
pitting and missing cadmium plating.
CYLINDER BAFFLES
Visually inspect all cylinder baffles for cracks, loose rivets, chafing damage and inspect
anchor nuts for security and damaged threads. Baffling that has chafing damage caused by
cylinder barrel fins indicates that cylinder barrel fin damage may have occurred. At this time
inspect the corresponding cylinder barrel fins for damage in accordance with the cylinder
assembly inspection procedure of this section. Discard any baffles exhibiting cracks and
chafing damage. Replace damaged anchor nuts and loose rivets.
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
The cylinder assembly must be thoroughly cleaned prior to fluorescent penetrant
inspection. All oil and preservative material must be removed.
The cylinder heads must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Cracks in the cylinder
head structure are not acceptable or repairable. Cylinder heads that exhibit cracks or
indications of cracks in the cylinder head structure must be discarded. See section 15-6 for
repair of cracked cylinder head fins.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION
The cylinder assembly must be thoroughly cleaned prior to magnetic particle inspection. All
oil and preservative material must be removed.
The cylinder barrel must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Inspect the inner and outer
surfaces of the cylinder barrel using circular and longitudinal magnetization. Cylinder
barrels with cracks or crack indications are not acceptable or repairable. Discard all such
cylinder assemblies.
The intake valves and rocker arms must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified
technician in accordance with section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection." Inspect the intake
valves and rocker arms using circular and longitudinal magnetization. Intake valves and
rocker arms with cracks or crack indications are not acceptable or repairable. Discard all
such valves and rocker arms.
ULTRASONIC INSPECTION
Cylinders must be ultrasonic inspected in accordance with section 6-11.

15-12 OCTOBER 2000

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.
CYLINDER AND ASSOCIATED PARTS FITS AND LIMITS IO-550-A, B & C
Ref. Description NEW PARTS
No. MIN. MAX.
CYLINDERS
1. Cylinder bore (lower 4-1/4 inch of barrel) ..............................Diameter: See Figure 15-4A1
2. Cylinder bore choke (at 5.75 inch from open end of barrel) Taper: See Figure 15-4A1
3. Cylinder bore out-of-round........................................................... : 0.0000 0.001
4. Cylinder bore...................................................Allowable Oversize: See Figure 15-4A1
5. Cylinder bore surface (Nitrided Barrels)
Cross hatch.........................................................................Angle: 22° - 32° —
Finish (in micro inches).............................................................Ra: 30 50
6. Cylinder barrel in crankcase ..................................................Diameter: 0.0040L 0.0100L
7. Intake valve seat insert in cylinder head ...............................Diameter: 0.009T 0.012T
8. Intake valve guide in cylinder head .......................................Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0025T
9. Exhaust valve guide in cylinder head ....................................Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0025T
10. Exhaust valve seat insert in cylinder head ............................Diameter: 0.0070T 0.0100T
11. Intake valve seat .................................................................Width: See Figure 15-5A
12. Exhaust valve seat..............................................................Width: See Figure 15-5B
Exhaust valve seat-to-valve guide axis ..............................Angle: 45° 00' -
Intake valve seat-to-valve guide axis..................................Angle: 59° 45' 60° 15'
ROCKER ARMS AND SHAFTS
13. Rocker shaft in cylinder head bosses....................................Diameter: 0.0007L 0.0027L
Rocker shaft in rocker arm bushing.......................................Diameter: 0.0017L 0.0032L
14. Rocker arm bushing bore ......................................................Diameter: .8725 .8755
Rocker arm bushing (inside)..............................Finish Bore Diameter: 0.7505 0.7515
15. Rocker arm ................................................................. Side Clearance: 0.0020 0.0150
16. Intake valve guide....................................................... Inside Diameter: .4350 .4377
Intake valve in guide .............................................................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0042L
17. Exhaust valve guide.................................................... Inside Diameter: .4375 .4395
Exhaust valve in guide...........................................................Diameter: 0.0035L 0.0062L
18. Intake valve face (to stem axis) ................................................... Angle: 59°45' 60°15'
19. Exhaust valve face (to stem axis)................................................ Angle: 45°00’ 45°30'
20. Intake valve gauge line-to-stem ...............................................Length: See Figure 15-9
21. Exhaust valve face-to-stem .....................................................Length: Replace 100%
22. Intake valve face-to-stem .........................................................Runout: 0.0000 0.0015
23. Rocker arm foot to valve stem (dry valve gear lash)............................ : 0.060 0.200
PISTONS, RINGS AND PINS
24. Piston, moly coated (bottom of skirt) in cylinder....................Diameter: 0.006L 0.010L
Piston, non moly coated (bottom of skirt) in cylinder.............Diameter: 0.008L 0.011L
25. Top piston ring in groove ............................................ Side Clearance: 0.0015 0.0040
26. Second piston ring in groove ...................................... Side Clearance:, 0.0015 0.004
27. Third piston ring in groove .......................................... Side Clearance: 0.0035 0.0055

OCTOBER 2000 15-13

 Ref. Description NEW PARTS
No. MIN MAX.
28. Fourth piston ring in groove ......................................... Side Clearance: 0.0060 0.0080
29. Top ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel)..................... Gap: 0.028 0.044
30. Second ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel)............... Gap: 0.034 0.050
Gap for second ring must be at least .006 larger than gap for top ring.
31. Third ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) .................. Gap: 0.020 0.036
32. Fourth ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) ................ Gap: 0.015 0.031
33. Piston pin in piston ............................................................... Diameter: 0.0003L 0.0007L
34. Piston Pin .............................................................................. Diameter: 1.1243 1.1245
Piston Pin (0.005 oversize) ................................................... Diameter: 1.1293 1.1295
35. Piston pin in cylinder .................................................... End Clearance: 0.0310L 0.0480L
36. Piston pin in connecting rod bushing ......................................Diameter: 0.0022L 0.0026L
37. Bushing in connecting rod.......................................................Diameter: 0.0025T 0.0050T
38. Bolt in connecting rod..............................................................Diameter: 0.0000L 0.0018L
39. Connecting rod bearing on crankpin.......................................Diameter: 0.0009L 0.0034L
40. Connecting rod on crankpin ...........................................End Clearance: 0.0060 0.0110L
41. Connecting rod bearing and bushing twist or convergence
per inch of length.................................................................................... : 0.0000 0.0005
42. Hydraulic tappet in crankcase.................................................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0025L
SPRING TEST DATA
43. Inner valve spring 631521 compressed to 1.230 in. length.......... Load: 87 Lbs. 97 Lbs.
Inner valve spring 631521 compressed to 1.746 in. length.......... Load: 32 Lbs. 38 Lbs.
44. Outer valve spring 637837 compressed to 1.275 in. length ......... Load: 126 Lbs. 140 Lbs.
Outer valve spring 637837 compressed to 1.791 in. length ......... Load: 49 Lbs. 55 Lbs.
45. Installed outer valve spring ........................................................ Height: 1.791

NOTES: T=Tight L=Loose

15-14 OCTOBER 2000

CYLINDER DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
1. Inspect cylinder bore dimensions in accordance with Figure 15-4A1, "Cylinder Dimensions."
Cylinders bores that do not conform to the standard size dimensions after honing must be
ground to the next oversize dimension.
2. Inspect the cylinder base flanges for flatness. If cylinder base flange exceeds .001" out of flat,
the cylinder must be discarded.
3. Dimensionally inspect the cylinder exhaust flange stud and rocker shaft hold down stud holes
using a thread gauge and determine the appropriate oversize stud for replacement.
4. If intake flange studs have been removed for replacement, dimensionally inspect the intake
flange stud hole(s) using a thread gauge and determine the appropriate oversize stud for
replacement.
5. Dimensionally inspect the valve guides inside diameter. Guide dimensions must be within
specifications the entire length of the guide. Replace all valve guides that are worn beyond the
required specifications in accordance with the procedures in section 15-6.
6. Visually inspect the valve seats for any indication of burning, pitting, erosion or cracks.
Determine if the valve seat dimensions exceed the specifications in Figures 15-5A and 15-5B .
Any valve seats that are burned, pitted eroded, cracked or that do not conform with the
specifications in Figures 15-5A and 15-5B must be replaced.

INTAKE VALVE DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION

1. Inspect the entire length of the valve stem outside diameter with a micrometer. Discard valves
with stems less than 0.4335 diameter.
2. Using a micrometer inspect the valve head outside diameter. Intake valves with heads smaller
than 2.339 diameter must be discarded.

ROCKER ARM DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION

1. Dimensionally inspect the rocker arm bushing bore. The bushing bore must be .8725 to .8755
inch diameter.
2. Dimensionally inspect the rocker arm thrust width. The rocker arm width must be 1.030 to
1.033.

OCTOBER 2000 15-15

 FIGURE 15-4A. CYLINDER FITS AND LIMITS I0-550-A, B & C

15-16 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 15-4A1. CYLINDER DIMENSIONS I0-550-A, B & C
“D” DIAMETER “X” DIAMETER “Y” DIAMETER
SIZE
NEW NEW NEW
MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
STD. 5.251 5.253 5.248 5.250 5.245 5.247
.005 5.256 5.258 5.253 5.255 5.250 5.252
.010 5.261 5.263 5.258 5.260 5.255 5.257
.015 5.266 5.268 5.263 5.265 5.260 5.262
NOTE…Dimensions shown are finish size after honing.
Cylinder bore out of round not to exceed (new) .002 (service) .003.

OCTOBER 2000 15-17

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.
CYLINDER AND ASSOCIATED PARTS FITS AND LIMITS IO-550-G,N,P,R
Ref. Description NEW PARTS
No. MIN. MAX.
CYLINDERS
1. Cylinder bore (lower 4-1/4 inch of barrel).............................. Diameter: See Figure 15-4B1
2. Cylinder bore choke (at 5.75 inch from open end of barrel) ...... Taper: See Figure 15-4B1
3. Cylinder bore out-of-round ....................................................................: 0.0000 0.001
4. Cylinder bore .........................................................Allowable Oversize: See Figure 15-4B1
5. Cylinder bore surface (Nitrided Barrels)
Cross hatch ................................................................................ Angle: 22° - 32° —
Finish (in micro inches) .................................................................... Ra: 30 50
6. Cylinder barrel in crankcase.................................................. Diameter: 0.0040L 0.0100L
7. Intake valve seat insert in cylinder head............................... Diameter: 0.006T 0.012T
8. Intake valve guide in cylinder head....................................... Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0025T
9. Exhaust valve guide in cylinder head.................................... Diameter: 0.0010T 0.0025T
10. Exhaust valve seat insert in cylinder head............................ Diameter: 0.0070T 0.0100T
11. Intake valve seat ........................................................................ Width: See Figure 15-5A
12. Exhaust valve seat ..................................................................... Width: See Figure 15-5B
Exhaust valve seat-to-valve guide axis...................................... Angle: 45° 00' -
Intake valve seat-to-valve guide axis ......................................... Angle: 59° 45' 60° 15'
ROCKER ARMS AND SHAFTS
13. Rocker shaft in rocker arm bushing ...................................... Diameter: 0.0017L 0.0032L
14. Rocker arm bushing bore...................................................... Diameter: .8725 .8755
Rocker arm bushing (inside) ............................. Finish Bore Diameter: 0.7505 0.7515
15. Rocker arm..................................................................Side Clearance: 0.0020 0.0150
16. Intake valve guide .......................................................Inside Diameter: .4350 .4377
Intake valve in guide ............................................................. Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0042L
17. Exhaust valve guide ....................................................Inside Diameter: .4375 .4395
Exhaust valve in guide .......................................................... Diameter: 0.0035L 0.0062L
18. Intake valve face (to stem axis)................................................... Angle: 59°45' 60°15'
19. Exhaust valve face (to stem axis) ............................................... Angle: 45°00’ 45°30'
20. Intake valve gauge line-to-stem .............................................. Length: See Figure 15-9
21. Exhaust valve face-to-stem ..................................................... Length: Replace 100%
22. Intake valve face-to-stem ........................................................ Runout: 0.0000 0.0015
23. Rocker arm foot to valve stem (dry valve gear lash) ............................: 0.060 0.200
PISTONS, RINGS AND PINS
24. Piston, moly coated (bottom of skirt) in cylinder ................... Diameter: 0.006L 0.010L
Piston, non moly coated (bottom of skirt) in cylinder ............ Diameter: 0.008L 0.011L
25. Top piston ring in groove.............................................Side Clearance: 0.0015 0.0040
26. Second piston ring in groove ......................................Side Clearance:, 0.0015 0.0040
27. Third piston ring in groove...........................................Side Clearance: 0.0035 0.0055

15-18
 Ref. Description NEW PARTS
No. MIN MAX.
28. Fourth piston ring in groove..........................................Side Clearance: 0.0060 0.0080
29. Top ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) .................... Gap: 0.028 0.044
30. Second ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) .............. Gap: 0.034 0.050
Gap for second ring must be at least .006 larger than gap for top ring.
31. Third ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) ................. Gap: 0.020 0.036
32. Fourth ring gap at 1.00 ± .50 depth (in cylinder barrel) ................ Gap: 0.015 0.031
33. Piston pin in piston ................................................................Diameter: 0.0003L 0.0007L
34. Piston Pin...............................................................................Diameter: 1.1243 1.1245
Piston Pin (0.005 oversize)....................................................Diameter: 1.1293 1.1295
35. Piston pin in cylinder.....................................................End Clearance: 0.0310L 0.0480L
36. Piston pin in connecting rod bushing.....................................Diameter: 0.0022L 0.0026L
37. Bushing in connecting rod .....................................................Diameter: 0.0025T 0.0050T
38. Bolt in connecting rod ............................................................Diameter: 0.0000L 0.0018L
39. Connecting rod bearing on crankpin .....................................Diameter: 0.0009L 0.0034L
40. Connecting rod on crankpin..........................................End Clearance: 0.0060 0.0110L
41. Connecting bearing and bushing twist or convergence
per inch of length .................................................................................. : 0.0000 0.0005
42. Hydraulic tappet in crankcase ................................................ Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0025L
SPRING TEST DATA
43. Inner valve spring 631521 compressed to 1.230 in. length ......... Load: 87 Lbs. 97 Lbs.
Inner valve spring 631521 compressed to 1.746 in. length ......... Load: 32 Lbs. 38 Lbs.
44. Outer valve spring 637837 compressed to 1.275 in. length ........ Load: 126 Lbs. 140 Lbs.
Outer valve spring 637837 compressed to 1.791 in. length ........ Load: 49 Lbs. 55 Lbs.
45. Installed outer valve spring ........................................................ Height: 1.791

NOTES: T=Tight L=Loose

OCTOBER MAY 1998 15-19

CYLINDER DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
1. Inspect cylinder bore dimensions in accordance with Figure 15-4, "Cylinder Dimensions."
Cylinders bores that do not conform to the standard size dimensions after honing must be
ground to the next oversize dimension.
2. Inspect the cylinder base flanges for flatness. If cylinder base flange exceeds .001" out of flat,
the cylinder must be discarded.
3. Dimensionally inspect the cylinder exhaust flange stud and rocker shaft hold down stud holes
using a thread gauge and determine the appropriate oversize stud for replacement.
4. If intake flange studs have been removed for replacement, dimensionally inspect the intake
flange stud hole(s) using a thread gauge and determine the appropriate oversize stud for
replacement.
5. Dimensionally inspect the valve guides inside diameter. Guide dimensions must be within
specifications the entire length of the guide. Replace all valve guides that are worn beyond the
required specifications in accordance with the procedures in section 15-6.
6. Visually inspect the valve seats for any indication of burning, pitting, erosion or cracks.
Determine if the valve seat dimensions exceed the specifications in Figures 15-5 and 15-6 .
Any valve seats that are burned, pitted eroded, cracked or that do not conform with the
specifications in Figures 15-5 and 15-6 must be replaced.

INTAKE VALVE DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION

1. Inspect the entire length of the valve stem outside diameter with a micrometer. Discard valves
with stems less than 0.4335 diameter.
2. Using a micrometer inspect the valve head outside diameter. Intake valves with heads smaller
than 2.339 diameter must be discarded.

ROCKER ARM DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION

1. Dimensionally inspect the rocker arm bushing bore. The bushing bore must be .8725 to .8755
inch diameter.
2. Dimensionally inspect the rocker arm thrust width. The rocker arm width must be .937 to .940.

15-20 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 15-4B. CYLINDER FITS AND LIMITS I0-550-G,N,P,R

OCTOBER 2000 15-21

 FIGURE 15-4B1. CYLINDER DIMENSIONS I0-550-G,N,P,R
“D” DIAMETER “X” DIAMETER “Y” DIAMETER
SIZE
NEW NEW NEW
MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
STD. 5.251 5.253 5.248 5.250 5.245 5.247
.005 5.256 5.258 5.253 5.255 5.250 5.252
.010 5.261 5.263 5.258 5.260 5.255 5.257
NOTE…Dimensions shown are finish size after honing.
Cylinder bore out of round not to exceed (new) .002 (service) .003 .

15-22 OCTOBER 2000

 NEW PARTS DIMENSIONS FOR IO-550-A, B & C

Part Name Feature New Dimension (inches)

Cylinder Assembly Rocker Shaft Boss Bore 0.7495 - 0.7510
Intake Valve Guide Bore 0.4350 - 0.4377
Exhaust Valve Guide Bore 0.4375 - 0.4395
Rocker Arm Bushings Inside Diameter 0.7505 - 0.7515
Valve Rocker Shaft Outside Diameter 0.7483 - 0.7488
Intake Valve Stem Diameter 0.4335 - 0.4340
Piston (Standard)  Diameter at Top 5.2126 - 5.2166
 Diameter Below 1st Groove 5.2157 - 5.2197
 Diameter at Bottom 5.2414 - 5.2424
Pin Bore Diameter 1.1246 - 1.1250
Third Ring Groove Width 0.1910 - 0.1920
Fourth Ring Groove Width 0.1000 - 0.1010
Piston Pin Assembly Length (including plugs) 5.205 - 5.220
Diameter 1.1243 - 1.1245

 Measure piston diameter at right angles to pin bore.

 Measurement must be made at .165 inch from bottom of piston.

NEW PARTS DIMENSIONS FOR IO-550-G,N,P,R

Part Name Feature New Dimension (inches)

Cylinder Assembly Intake Valve Guide Bore 0.4350 - 0.4377
Exhaust Valve Guide Bore 0.4375 - 0.4395
Rocker Arm Bushings Inside Diameter 0.7505 - 0.7515
Valve Rocker Shaft Outside Diameter 0.7482 - 0.7500
Intake Valve Stem Diameter 0.4335 - 0.4340
Piston (Standard)  Diameter at Top 5.2126 - 5.2166
 Diameter Below 1st Groove 5.2157 - 5.2197
 Diameter at Bottom 5.2414 - 5.2424
Pin Bore Diameter 1.1246 - 1.1250
Third Ring Groove Width 0.1910 - 0.1920
Fourth Ring Groove Width 0.1000 - 0.1010
Piston Pin Assembly Length (including plugs) 5.205 - 5.220
Diameter 1.1243 - 1.1245

 Measure piston diameter at right angles to pin bore.

 Measurement must be made at .165 inch from bottom of piston.

OCTOBER 2000 15-23

15-6 CYLINDER ASSEMBLY REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
CYLINDER HEAD WELD REPAIR
Only minor non-structural weld repairs are permitted. TCM allows welding repairs of the intake
and exhaust port flanges, rocker cover flange and threaded holes (other than spark plug) and
requires that these repairs be performed under carefully controlled conditions using an
approved procedure and process which meets the requirements of the applicable federal
aviation regulations. No structural weld repairs are allowed. TCM does not allow weld repairs to
the combustion chamber, head structure and rocker shaft bosses Any cylinder head that is
cracked or damaged in a structural area must be replaced.
WARNING
Welding the cylinder head structure may destroy the assembly preloads and
casting strength resulting in cylinder assembly failure.

CYLINDER HEAD FIN REPAIR

Do not attempt to straighten cylinder head cooling fins. If it becomes necessary to cut out a vee
notch to stop a head fin crack, use a slotted drill bushing to fit over the fin and a 3/16 inch twist
drill to cut the notch. Its apex and edges must be rounded. If such repairs and previous
breakage have removed 10% or more of the total cylinder head fin area, the cylinder has
reached its limit of cooling fin repair and must be replaced.
CYLINDER BARREL FINS
Repairs can be accomplished only on fin tips which are outside of the power stroke stress area
of the cylinder barrel. Reference Figure 15-2.
Pitting, sharp indentations or chafing damage in the fin tip LESS than .050 inch deep - Remove
only enough material to eliminate the damage with a small hand-held grinder and fine grit disk
or stone, or by turning the cylinder on a lathe. Precautions must be taken to prevent damage to
adjacent fins and localized fin heating during the material removal process. Blend the area
smooth so that no sharp edges remain and insure that original fin profile and contours are
retained. Inspect the area for cracks.
WARNING
Do not weld cylinder barrel or barrel fins.
CYLINDER BARREL
Any cylinder or cylinder associated parts worn beyond new parts limits or failing to meet the
inspection criteria in sections 15-2 through 15-5 must be replaced unless repair is possible with
the following instructions:
Cylinder machining may be accomplished by a repair facility certified for specialized cylinder
repairs.
The cylinder bore may be ground and honed to, but must not exceed, the maximum allowable
oversize dimension specified in Figures 15-4A1, 15-4B1 as applicable. Grind the cylinder bore
with a cam controlled grinder. Use grinding stones that will produce an Ra finish of 50 micro
inches or less. Magnetic particle inspect cylinder bore after grinding in accordance with section
6-9. Identify the cylinder with the correct bore size by steel stamping the cylinder barrel flange
with the appropriate oversize designation in accordance with Figure 15-11 .

15-24 MAY 1998

VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
Valve seats that are damaged or have worn beyond acceptable specifications must be
replaced using the following special tools and procedures.
Special Tools Required
1. Borrough's valve seat remover and replacer 8086 or equivalent.
2. Borrough's 5221B cylinder holding fixture and 5221-13A adapter or equivalent.
3. Borrough's 8122A common drive handle or equivalent.
4. Valve stem or valve guide hole pilot of correct size.
5. Valve seat boss cutter of correct size. Use the cutter size required for new valve seat
outside diameter.
6. Universal drive from Borrough's 8116 common parts kit or equivalent.
7. Heavy duty drill press.
WARNING
Do not use a torch to heat the cylinder assembly. The heating process must be
performed using uniform heating methods only. After cylinder has been heated,
do not bump the head or barrel.
To establish an inspection point for head to barrel movement, mask off a 1/4” wide x 1” high
area across the cylinder head to barrel junction on the intake port side of the cylinder. Apply a
heavy coat of high temperature paint and allow the paint to dry thoroughly. Remove the
masking material.
After a cylinder assembly has been subjected to a heating operation, always inspect the
cylinder assembly and insure that the head has not turned in relation to the barrel. Movement of
the head in relation to the barrel will destroy the assembly preload. Discard any cylinder with
indications of head to barrel movement.
VALVE SEAT REMOVAL
Heat the cylinder assembly to 450°F maximum. Heat soak one hour. Using the correct remover
from the list above, remove the worn valve seat or seats. Allow cylinder to cool to room
temperature. Inspect the seat bore for cracks and erosion. Discard any cylinder with a cracked
valve seat bore or a valve seat bore that has eroded beyond the allowable valve seat oversize
bore repair.
VALVE SEAT BORE MACHINING
Measure the new valve seat insert outside diameter and select the proper size valve seat bore
cutter. Install the cylinder in the holding fixture. Using the specified tools machine the valve seat
bore(s) to the correct diameter. Do not exceed the tolerances specified in Figures 15-4A1 or
15-4B1 as applicable. Deburr the valve seat bore and clean the cylinder removing all debris
from machining procedure. Inspect and record the valve seat bore inside diameter and new
valve seat outside diameter. On I0-550-A, B & C engine cylinders an interference fit of 0.007T
to 0.010T is required for exhaust valve seats. An interference fit of 0.009T to 0.012T is required
for intake valve seats. On I0-550-G,N,P,R engine cylinders an interference fit of 0.007T to
0.010T is required for exhaust valve seats. An interference fit of 0.006T to 0.012T is required
for intake valve seats.

OCTOBER 2000 15-25

 VALVE SEAT INSTALLATION
Heat the cylinder assembly to 450°F maximum. Heat soak one hour. Using the specified tools,
install the new valve seat(s). The valve seat(s) must be installed firmly against the bottom of the
valve seat bore. Valve seat(s) that are not seated properly or that are misaligned will cause
valve leakage and burning.

FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION AFTER VALVE SEAT INSTALLATION

After valve seat installation, the cylinder head must be fluorescent penetrant inspected in
accordance with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Structural cracks in the
cylinder head are not acceptable or repairable. Cylinder heads that exhibit cracks must be
discarded.

NOTE…If valve guides are being replaced this inspection may be delayed until the valve
guides have been installed.

VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT

Valve guides worn beyond specification must be replaced using the following procedure and
special tools:
1. Borrough's 5221b cylinder holding fixture and 5221-15a adapter or equivalent.
2. Borrough's 4981 remover or equivalent.
3. Valve guide replacer.
4. Proper size Valve guide stem hole reamer.
5. Proper size morse adapter.
6. Borrough's 3170 floating holder or equivalent.
7. Heavy duty drill press.

VALVE GUIDE REMOVAL

WARNING
Do not use a torch to heat the cylinder assembly. The heating process must be
performed using uniform heating methods only. After cylinder has been heated,
do not bump the head or barrel.

Install proper size head on removing tool. Attach to cold water supply. Heat the cylinder to 450°
F. Heat soak one hour. Install cylinder in the holding fixture. Install pilot into guide. Hold valve
guide removal tool down firmly into guide bore with hand on water release button. Use other
hand to work sliding hammer. Release the water and hammer out guide while water is running.
Both guides can be removed with one heating. Allow cylinder to cool to room temperature.

15-26 MAY 1998

VALVE GUIDE BORE MACHINING
CAUTION…Always ream guide bore to the proper oversize. Never install an oversize guide in
the old bore.
Measure valve guide bore and select proper size reamer. Install cylinder in holding fixture.
Ream valve guide bore to required oversize. Guide bore must be free of grooves. Deburr the
valve guide bore and clean the cylinder removing all debris from the machining procedure.
Inspect the valve guide bore new inside diameter and new valve guide outside diameter. An
interference fit of 0.001T to 0.0025T is required for exhaust valve guides and an interference fit
of 0.0015T to 0.0030T is required for intake valve guides.
VALVE GUIDE INSTALLATION
CAUTION…The intake and exhaust valve guides are different and must be installed in the
correct positions.
Apply a small amount of LUBRIPLATE® 930AA to the outside diameter of the guide to reduce
the chance of binding during installation. Heat the cylinder assembly to 450°F maximum. Heat
soak for one hour. Using the specified installation tool install the new valve guides.
Allow the cylinder to stabilize to room temperature and inspect the valve guide inside diameter.
If necessary ream the valve guide inside diameter to the required specifications.

CYLINDER HEAD FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION

After valve guide installation, the cylinder head must be fluorescent penetrant inspected in
accordance with section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection." Structural cracks in the
cylinder head are not acceptable or repairable. Cylinder heads exhibiting cracks in the structure
must be discarded.
REAMING VALVE GUIDES
The intake and exhaust valve guide bore inside diameters are prefinished and will conform to
the required specifications when installed under controlled production procedures. However,
field repair conditions may vary and some valve guide bores may require a finish reaming
operation in accordance with the following procedures.
WARNING
Do not attempt this procedure with a hand held power tool.
Install the holding fixture into drill press. Index fixture to proper angle and install cylinder into
fixture. Zero in guide with dial indicator. Using the proper size reamer, ream the valve guides.
Ream at 400 RPM for high speed steel reamers and 700 RPM for Carbide tip reamers using
plenty of lubricant.
Inspect finished bore size to the required specification. Refer to Figure(s) 15-4A1, 15-4B1 as
applicable for correct stem hole finished sizes.
The valve guide finish must be 32 RMS inspect finish with a profilometer.

MAY 1998 15-27

 VALVE SEAT REFACING
Valve seat refacing must be performed in accordance with the specifications shown in Figures
15-5A and 15-5B, "Intake and Exhaust Valve Seat Refacing," using the following special tools:
1. Sioux Brand" Valve Seat Grinder Set No. 1675 or equivalent.
2. Valve Seat Grinder Pilot- check valve guide inside dia. for proper size.
3. Grinding Stones K106 roughening and K46 finishing for intake valve seats
K95 roughening and K25 finishing for exhaust valve seats.
4. Borrough's 5221B Cylinder Holding Fixture and 5221-13A Adapter or equivalent.

CAUTION…Valve seats and valves may be lapped after refacing if desired. Lapping
compounds are extremely abrasive and must be completely removed from the valves, valve
seats and cylinder by cleaning thoroughly using hot soapy water and a stiff bristled scrub
brush. All lapping compound must be removed from cylinder. After washing, all soap residue
must be removed by thoroughly rinsing with hot water. The cylinder must be dried completely
and all bare steel surfaces thoroughly coated with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil .

15-28 MAY 1998

FIGURE 15-5A. INTAKE VALVE SEAT REFACING

FIGURE 15-5B. EXHAUST VALVE SEAT REFACING

OCTOBER 1998 15-29

 CYLINDER BORE FINISH

EQUIPMENT
Use a wet honing process and hone stones that will produce a surface finish as specified
below.
After honing the cylinder barrel to the required specifications, inspect the cylinder barrel wall for
corrosion, pitting and scoring. Discard cylinders exhibiting any of the above indications.

Surface finish measurements are to be made with a Hommel Tester T500 part number 191800.
The software for receiving data from the tester is Hommel America TIOOO Turbo. Both the
tester and software are available from Hommel America, New Britain, CT. The tester is to be
set to inch units, traverse lengths Lt of .19 and Lm of .16, a cutoff length (Lc) of 0.03, Ml filter,
and R profile (Prof).

CROSS HATCH PATTERN

The bore finish shall show a cross hatch pattern produced by a wet honing process. The
included angle of the cross hatch measured perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder shall be 22
to 32 degrees. Hone turn around areas up to 0.5 inch from the skirt and barrel stop are exempt
from cross hatch angle requirements

SURFACE FINISH SPECIFICATION

The surface finish of the cylinder barrel bore must meet the values listed in the table below.

The hone pattern as taken by fax film and viewed at 100X shall be cleanly cut and substantially
free of torn and folded metal.
The cylinder bore must be cleaned thoroughly using hot soapy water and a stiff bristled scrub
brush. All honing material must be removed from cylinder. After washing, all soap residue must
be removed by thoroughly rinsing with hot water. The cylinder must be dried completely and all
bare steel surfaces thoroughly coated with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.

ITEM SYMBOL NAME RANGE

1. Ra Arithmetic average surface roughness 30 - 50 micro inches
2. Sk Skew, a measure of plateau -1. to -3.5
3. R3Z Three point height, distance between third 130 - 275
highest peak and third lowest valley micro inches
4. RPM/Rz Ratio of mean peak to total depth of pattern < .35

15-30 MAY 1998

SPARK PLUG HELICAL COIL INSERT REPLACEMENT
Spark plug helical coil inserts that require replacement as determined by the inspection
procedures in section 15-5 must be replaced using the following instructions. Before attempting
to back out a damaged insert, use a sharp pointed tool to pry the teeth at the outer helical coil
end away from the cylinder head metal. Tap a helical coil extracting tool into the insert until it
has a good bite. See Figure 15-6A, "Removing Spark Plug Hole Helical Coil Insert." Using the
proper size mandrel on installing tool, place a new helical coil in the cutout side of the installing
tool and engage the driving tang toward the threaded end. Engage the tang with the slotted end
of the driving mandrel and wind the insert into the sleeve thread compressing the insert. Hold
the sleeve so the helical coil can be seen through the slot in the threaded end. Turn the
mandrel crank until the insert starts into the cylinder head hole. If the sleeve is not in contact
with the head surface, grip sleeve and mandrel and turn until the sleeve touches lightly. See
Figure 15-6B, "Installing Spark Plug Hole Helical Coil Insert." Wind the helical coil into the
cylinder head until its toothed end lies within the first full thread. The teeth should be in position
to enter the depressions made by the original insert. If driven too far, the insert will emerge in
the combustion chamber and will have to be wound through and removed. When the helical
coil is in the correct position, use long-nose pliers to bend the driving tang back and forth
across the hole until it breaks off at the notch.

Coat a Heli-Coil Corporation Number 520-2 expanding tool, threaded end, with Alcoa thread
lube or a mixture of white lead and oil. Screw the expanding tool into the new insert until its final
thread forces the teeth firmly into the cylinder head metal. See Figure 15-6C, "Expanding Spark
Plug Hole Helical Coil Insert." See Figure 15-3, "Cylinder Stud Setting Heights," for proper
spark plug helical coil depth.

CAUTION…Replacement helical coils must be stainless steel.

WARNING
The helical coil insert end must not protrude into the combustion chamber after
it has been installed .

MAY 1998 15-31

 FIGURE 15-6A. REMOVING SPARK PLUG HOLE HELICAL INSERT

FIGURE 15-6B. INSTALLING SPARK PLUG HELICAL COIL

FIGURE 15-6C. EXPANDING SPARK PLUG HOLE HELICAL INSERT

15-32 MAY 1998

CYLINDER STUD INSTALLATION
Install new exhaust flange studs, rocker shaft hold down studs and new intake flange studs of
the appropriate oversize as determined by dimensional inspection in accordance with Figure
15-3 and sections 6-22, 6-23.
ROCKER SHAFT RETENTION IMPROVEMENT PROCEDURE
The latest cylinder assembly part numbers that are not required to comply with the cylinder
modification instructions and have had this operation performed are:
a. Cylinder assembly part numbers: 652953 and higher. This would also include any of these
numbers which have a letter or number suffix such as 652953A1.
b. Any cylinder assemblies which are identified with the letter "B" stamped on the cylinder
rocker cover flange. See Figure 15-6E.
Parts Required: For One (1) Cylinder: Helicoil, 2 ea. MS21209C4-15 ¼”-20
Bolt, 2 ea. MS90725-12
Flat Washer, 2 ea. 652947
Rockershaft, 2 ea. 652984
Tools Required: Drill, .266 (H)
Helicoil Installer, ¼”-20
Drill Guide Kit P/N 8181 includes (1 each drill
guide P/N 8181-1 and 1 each drill guide pilot P/N
8181-2.)
Tap, ¼”-20 Helicoil
Chamfer Tool, .339 Drill and “T" Handle Drive.
Prior to performing the modification, clean the rocker shaft bosses and inspect for cracks using
an approved method of dye penetrant inspection.
1. Remove the existing rocker shafts and attaching hardware and inspect shaft bores for
proper size .7495 - .7510.
2. Install drill guide kit, P/N 8181 into rocker boss using the existing screw bore as shown in
Figure 15-6D.
3. Using a .266 drill, drill to a depth of 1.820 - 1.850 as measured from the top of the drill guide
as illustrated in Figure 15-6D, in two places.
4. Remove the drill guide and chamfer each bore 120°, .34 - .31 diameter by hand using a
.339 drill and "T" handle drive. Deburr as necessary.
5. Turn drill guide pilot 90° from original position and tap hole using ¼”- 20 helicoil tap, .430
deep.
6. Remove helicoil installation tool body and use its threaded portion only. Install P/N
MS21209C4-15, ¼”-20 self locking helicoil per MS33537 using the helicoil installation tool.
Insure that the helicoil is installed below the surface of the rocker shaft bore. Break and
remove the helicoil tang.
7. Insure that the rocker shaft bore is clean and free of any burrs. Clean the entire cylinder
assembly using an approved method to remove all of the shavings and debris.
8. Identify cylinder with steel stamp letter “B” as indicated in Figure 15-6E.

OCTOBER 2000 15-33

 FIGURE 15-6D. ROCKER SHAFT RETENTION IMPROVEMENT

FIGURE 15-6E. CYLINDER IDENTIFICATION

CYLINDER PROTECTIVE COATING
1. Clean the exterior cylinder head surface and apply a protective coating of Accelagold
aluminum conversion in accordance with section 6-19.
WARNING
Do not paint the cylinder flange nut seats, skirt or flange to crankcase mating
surface.
2. Thoroughly clean the entire cylinder with mineral spirits and air dry. Mask the cylinder
flange nut seat contact surfaces, cylinder skirt and flange to crankcase mating surfaces.
Apply a protective coating of specified TCM enamel paint or equivalent to the cylinder barrel
in accordance with section 6-20.
3. After the paint has dried completely, remove all masking materials and coat all bare steel
surfaces with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil. Store the cylinder assembly in a clean
protected area until cylinder subassembly.

15-34 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 15-7A. OLD STYLE ROCKER ARM BUSHING REPLACEMENT

OLD STYLE ROCKER ROCKER ARM BUSHING REPLACEMENT

1. The same tool used to remove the old bushings from the rocker arm(s), if properly
designed, can be used to install the new bushings in the rocker arm(s).
2. Oil the new bushings with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil and press the new bushings
in to the specifications in Figure 15-7A.
CAUTION…Before reaming rocker arms plug the oil passages with beeswax.
3. Ream the new bushings to the diameter specified in Figure 15-7A, "Rocker Arm Bushing
Replacement." Lightly break the sharp edge at each end of new bushings. Inspect the
bushing size and RMS finish to the required specifications.
CAUTION…After reaming, clean and flush the oil passages using clean solvent. Insure that the
oil passages are clear of any debris, contamination or beeswax.
4. Any rocker arms with obstructed oil passages must be cleared by flushing with mineral
spirits. Any rocker arm with obstructed oil passages that cannot be cleared must be
discarded .

MAY 1998 15-35

 NEW STYLE ROCKER ARM BUSHING REPLACEMENT
CAUTION…Before reworking rocker arms plug the oil passages with beeswax.
1. The same tool used to remove the old bushing, if properly designed, can be used to install
the new bushing.
2. Measure rocker arm bushing bore I.D. and insure that it conforms to the dimensions
specified in Figure 15-7B or 15-7C as applicable.
3. Measure the new bushing O.D. and insure that it conforms to the dimensions specified in
Figure 15-7B or 15-7C as applicable.
4. Insure that the bushing oil passages are positioned as illustrated in Figure 15-7B or 15-7C
as applicable.
WARNING
Incorrectly positioned bushing oil passages will result in a loss of lubrication to
the rocker arm shaft, severe rocker arm bushing, shaft and valve guide wear and
possible engine failure.
5. Thoroughly lubricate the bushing with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.
6. Using Borroughs Tools P/N 8118 (Rocker Arm Bushing Remover/lnstaller Set) or
equivalent and an arbor press carefully press the bushing into the rocker arm bushing bore.
Bushing must be installed flush to .020 below surface. See Figure 15-7B or 15-7C as
applicable.
7. Prior to reaming bushing to size, fill the two bushing oil holes with beeswax to prevent
debris from entering the oil passages.
8. Ream bushing I.D. to .7505 - .7515 with a surface finish of 32 RMS. Refer to Figure 15-7B
or 15-7C as applicable.
9. After reaming clean and flush the oil passages with clean solvent removing beeswax and
making certain that all passages are clear of any debris.

CAUTION…After reaming, clean and flush the oil passages using clean solvent. Insure that the
oil passages are clear of any debris or contamination.

10. Perform a visual and magnetic particle inspection of rocker arm assembly in-accordance
with section 15-5.

11. Any rocker arms or pushrods with obstructed oil passages must be cleared by soaking in
an approved solvent and blowing compressed air through them. Any rocker arm or pushrod
with obstructed oil passages that cannot be cleared must be discarded.

15-36 MAY 1998

FIGURE 15-7B. NEW STYLE ROCKER ARM BUSHING
REPLACEMENT IO-550-A, B & C
MAY 1998 15-37
 FIGURE 15-7C. NEW STYLE ROCKER ARM BUSHING
REPLACEMENT IO-550-G,N,P,R

15-38 OCTOBER 2000

ROCKER ARM TO ROTOCOIL CLEARANCE MACHINING

1. See Figure 15-8. A minimum clearance of .020 inch must be maintained between the
rocker arm and rotocoil at the time of assembly.
If the minimum clearance of .020 is not present at the time of assembly, it is permissible to
smoothly grind across the forging flash line on the underside of the rocker arm to obtain the
specified clearance. Prior to grinding, the rocker arm bushing bore and oil passage must be
protected to prevent debris entry. The grind must not exceed the width illustrated in Figure
15-8. If the required clearance cannot be obtained without exceeding this grind width, the
rocker arm must be replaced.
2. The grind must be smooth and uniform. All of the ground surface must be polished to
remove all grinding marks. Remove the protective coverings from the rocker arm and clean
thoroughly. The rocker arm must be magnetic particle inspected for cracks following the
polishing operation.

WARNING
The presence of grinding marks or cracks in the rocker arm may cause the
rocker arm to fail.

3. Thoroughly clean the rocker arm(s) before assembly on the engine.

FIGURE 15-8. ROCKER ARM TO ROTOCOIL CLEARANCE

MAY 1998 15-39

 FIGURE 15-9. INTAKE VALVE REFACING

15-40 MAY 1998

INTAKE VALVE GRINDING

1. Clean the intake valves with mineral spirits.

2. Using a valve grinding machine and proper valve grinding wheel, grind the intake valve contact
seat at 59°- 45' to 60°-15' to remove any indication of wear. This will increase the distance from the
new gauge line to the valve stem tip. See Figure 15-9, "Intake Valve Refacing."

3. Clean the valve using mineral spirits.

4. Using the gauge line inspection fixture, measure the dimension from the gauge line to the bottom of
the valve. This dimension must be no less than .100". Reground valves not conforming to this
criteria must be discarded. Valves conforming to this criteria must have the tip ground to maintain
the tip to gauge line dimension of 4.714" to 4.724".

5. After valve tip grinding, measure the intake valve overall length. The valve overall length cannot be
less than 4.804". Discard valves that are less than 4.804" in length.

6. After grinding process thoroughly clean the valve with mineral spirits and air dry.

7. Using a vee block with a surface plate and a dial indicator, inspect each intake valve face for
run-out (eccentricity). Intake valves exceeding .0015" total indicator reading must be discarded.

8. Using an optical comparator, inspect the valve contact seat angle. Intake valve face angles which
do not conform to 59°- 45' to 60°-15' must be discarded.

9. Using a profilometer, inspect the valve contact seat finish. Intake valves exceeding 25 RMS must
be discarded.

10. Perform magnetic particle inspection on the valves. Discard any valve with cracks or indications of
cracks. Clean the valves using mineral spirits and air dry. Coat all surfaces thoroughly with clean
50 weight aviation engine oil.

MAY 1998 15-41

 FIGURE 15-10. VALVE GAUGE LINE INSPECTION FIXTURE

15-42 MAY 1998

15-7 CYLINDER AND PISTON SUBASSEMBLY

Original cylinders have a position number stamped on the edge of the base flange. New
cylinders must have a position number (1 through 6), as used, stamped in the location shown in
Figure 15-11.”
New pistons must have a position number (1 through 6) stamped in the location shown in
Figure 15-11, "Cylinder And Piston Position Number."

FIGURE 15-11. CYLINDER AND PISTON POSITION NUMBER

FIGURE 15-12. VALVE AND SPRING INSTALLATION

OCTOBER 2000 15-43

 WARNING
Improper use of sealants and lubricants may cause engine malfunction or
failure.
1. Insure the piston and piston rings are the correct size for the cylinder bore size. Inspect the
piston to cylinder clearance of each matching piston and cylinder in accordance with
Figure(s) 15-4A1 or 15-4B1 as applicable.
Each piston ring must be inspected for proper gap in the cylinder bore in which it will be
assembled. Insert one ring at the time into the cylinder bore and push it to the position
specified in the table of limits using the piston. Remove the piston and inspect the ring gap
using a leaf type feeler gauge. If the ring gap is smaller than specified, record actual gap
size and remove the ring from the cylinder bore. Mount a fine toothed flat file in a vise.
Holding the ring ends firmly and squarely against the file, remove the desired amount of
material. Deburr the ring gap ends using crocus cloth. Thoroughly clean the ring with
mineral spirits and air dry. Install the ring in the cylinder bore to the correct position and
inspect the ring gap. Repeat the above procedure until all ring gaps meet the required
specification. Do not use rings that are not within the specified ring gap dimensions.
NOTE…Gap for second ring must be at least .006 larger than gap for top ring.
2. Thoroughly clean the cylinder baffles, cylinder, valves, valve springs, retainers, rotocoils,
valve spring retainer keys, pistons, piston rings, piston pins, pushrod housings, springs and
washers with mineral spirits and air dry. Inspect all parts for any damage that may have
occurred during handling or shipment.

3. See Figure 15-1B. Install baffles (43) and springs (44) on all I0-550-G,N,P,R engine

FIGURE 15-13A. INSTALLING BAFFLE FIGURE 15-13B. SECURING BAFFLE

cylinders. Install baffle as shown in Figures 15-13A and 15-13B. Insert the spring through
cylinder. Using another spring or a hook fashioned from stiff wire, hook and pull the spring
end over the cylinder fin.
4. Immediately before cylinder subassembly, thoroughly clean the cylinder bore using hot
soapy water and a hard bristled scrub brush. After washing, all soap residue must be

15-44 OCTOBER 2000

 removed by thoroughly rinsing with hot water. The cylinder must be dried completely and all
bare steel surfaces thoroughly coated with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.
5. Cylinder Subassembly For the IO-550-A, B & C model engines."
a. See Figure 15-1A, "Cylinder and Piston Assembly for IO-550-A, B & C." Using the
following instructions, assemble each of the six cylinders. If the valves have been
lapped, they must be installed into the positions for which they were lapped. Spread a
film of Molyshield grease on the intake valve stem (10) and the exhaust valve stem (11).
Install valves into the correct location. Grasp the valve stems and install the cylinder on
a cylindrical block of wood anchored to a work bench. Again apply Molyshield grease
to valve stems. Place valve spring retainers (14) over valve guides (4 and 5), cupped
side up. Coat the sealing surface of a new intake valve guide seal with clean 50 weight
aviation engine oil. Install new seal (15) on the intake valve guide by hand. See Figure
15-14 for valve guide seal installation tool and correct installation. Using the specified
installation tool and a plastic mallet tap the seal on to the guide until it is firmly seated.
Install new inner and outer valve springs (12, 13), new rotocoil (16) on the exhaust
valve springs and retainer (26) on the intake valve springs. The valve springs must be
installed with the closed coils toward the cylinder head as shown in Figure 15-12,
"Valve And Spring Installation."

CAUTION…Do not allow the valve spring compressing tool to cock the rotocoils. Contact
between the rotocoils and valve stems will cause damage to the valve stems.

b. Using a valve spring compressor, compress the valve springs and insert the valve stem
retainer keys (17). The springs should be depressed only enough to admit the keys to
seat into the valve stem grooves. If keys drop too far, they may become fouled. This
condition could cause them to damage the stem when the springs are released. Make
sure the keys are properly seated into the grooves of the valve stem before releasing
pressure on springs. Remove the cylinder from fixture and set it upright on the
workbench. Place a plastic mallet squarely on the end of the valve stem and strike the
plastic mallet sharply with a rawhide mallet to insure correct seating of valve retainer
keys. DO NOT STRIKE ROTOCOIL. Insure the valve spring retainer keys are properly
positioned.
c. Carefully position each cylinder assembly so the cylinder bore is facing upward and the
cylinder is resting on the rocker shaft mounting bosses. Place a new cylinder base
packing (25) on the cylinder skirt and push it against the base flange. Make sure the
cylinder base packing is not twisted. Using clean 50 weight aviation engine oil, coat the
cylinder barrel wall thoroughly. Assemble the remaining five cylinders using the above
instructions.
d. Using the following instructions, assemble each of the six new pistons and rings.

MAY 1998 15-45

 e. Install all rings with the part number toward the top of the piston. Install the expander
into the third ring groove first by disconnecting it and then reconnecting it fully. With a
ring expander place the oil ring (51) over the expander with the ring gap positioned 180°
from the expander joint. With a ring expander, install ring (50) into the second ring
groove, install ring (49) into the first ring groove and install ring (52) into the fourth ring
groove.
f. Inspect all ring side clearances with the ring edge flush with the piston outside diameter.
All ring side clearances must conform with the dimensions in “Cylinder And Associated
Parts Fits And Limits.”
NOTE…Weight differences of piston pairs in opposing bays must not exceed 1/2 ounce or
14.175 grams.
g. Lubricate the piston pin and piston and ring assemblies with clean 50 weight aviation
engine oil. Place the new piston and ring assembly with the cylinder assembly for which
it was previously sized and gapped. Place a new piston pin with each piston and ring
assembly. Install the piston pins in the piston pin bores. The piston pins must slide
freely in the piston pin bores.
h. Position the rings so the ring gaps are 180° apart with the first or top ring gap toward
top of the piston Using a ring compressor, install each piston into it's cylinder so that the
top three rings are in the cylinder barrel and the piston pin is accessible for installation
on the connecting rod. Install the piston and ring assemblies into the cylinder bore with
the piston position number toward the propeller flange when the cylinder is installed on
the engine.
i. Place the cylinders on a clean protected work bench in position order and cover until
final engine assembly.
j. Install washers (36), new packing (37) and second washer (36) on cylinder end of
pushrod housings (35). Place two each, pushrod housings (35), new springs (38),
washers (36), new packings (37) and second washer (36) with each cylinder.

7. Cylinder Subassembly For the IO-550-G,N,P,R model engines."

a. See Figure 15-1B, "Cylinder and Piston Assembly for IO-550-G,N,P,R." Using the
following instructions, assemble each of the six cylinders. If the valves have been
lapped, they must be installed into the positions for which they were lapped. Spread a
film of Molyshield grease on the intake valve stem (12) and the exhaust valve stem (13).
Install valves into the correct location. Grasp the valve stems and install the cylinder on
a cylindrical block of wood anchored to a work bench. Again apply Molyshield grease
to valve stems. Place valve spring retainers (17) over valve guides (4 and 5), cupped
side up. Coat the sealing surface of a new intake valve guide seal with clean 50 weight
aviation engine oil. Install new seal (50) on the intake valve guide by hand. See Figure
15-14 for valve guide seal installation tool and correct installation. Using the specified
installation tool and a plastic mallet tap the seal on to the guide until it is firmly seated.
Install new inner and outer valve springs (14, 15), new rotocoil (19) on the exhaust
valve springs and retainer (51) on the intake valve springs. The valve springs must be
installed with the closed coils toward the cylinder head as shown in Figure 15-12,
"Valve And Spring Installation."

CAUTION…Do not allow the valve spring compressing tool to cock the rotocoils. Contact
between the rotocoils and valve stems will cause damage to the valve stems.

15-46 OCTOBER 2000

 b. Using a valve spring compressor, compress the valve springs and insert the valve stem
retainer keys (18). The springs should be depressed only enough to admit the keys to
seat into the valve stem grooves. If keys drop too far, they may become fouled. This
condition could cause them to damage the stem when the springs are released. Make
sure the keys are properly seated into the grooves of the valve stem before releasing
pressure on springs. Remove the cylinder from fixture and set it upright on the
workbench. Place a plastic mallet squarely on the end of the valve stem and strike the
plastic mallet sharply with a rawhide mallet to insure correct seating of valve retainer
keys. DO NOT STRIKE ROTOCOIL. Insure the valve spring retainer keys are properly
positioned.
c. Carefully position each cylinder assembly so the cylinder bore is facing upward and the
cylinder is resting on the rocker shaft mounting bosses. Place a new cylinder base
packing (52) on the cylinder skirt and push it against the base flange. Make sure the
cylinder base packing is not twisted. Using clean 50 weight aviation engine oil, coat the
cylinder barrel wall thoroughly. Assemble the remaining five cylinders using the above
instructions.
d. Using the following instructions, assemble each of the six new pistons and rings.
e. Install all rings with the part number toward the top of the piston. Install the expander
into the third ring groove first by disconnecting it and then reconnecting it fully. With a
ring expander place the oil ring (58) over the expander with the ring gap positioned 180°
from the expander joint. With a ring expander, install ring (57) into the second ring
groove, install ring (56) into the first ring groove and install ring (59) into the fourth ring
groove.
f. Inspect all ring side clearances with the ring edge flush with the piston outside diameter.
All ring side clearances must conform with the dimensions in “Cylinder And Associated
Parts Fits And Limits.”

NOTE…Weight differences of piston pairs in opposing bays must not exceed 1/2 ounce or
14.175 grams.

g. Lubricate the piston pin and piston and ring assemblies with clean 50 weight aviation
engine oil. Place the new piston and ring assembly with the cylinder assembly for which
it was previously sized and gapped. Place a new piston pin with each piston and ring
assembly. Install the piston pins in the piston pin bores. The piston pins must slide
freely in the piston pin bores.

MAY 1998 15-47

 h. Position the rings so the ring gaps are 180° apart with the first or top ring gap toward
top of the piston Using a ring compressor, install each piston into it's cylinder so that the
top three rings are in the cylinder barrel and the piston pin is accessible for installation
on the connecting rod. Install the piston and ring assemblies into the cylinder bore with
the piston position number toward the propeller flange when the cylinder is installed on
the engine.
i. Place the cylinders on a clean protected work bench in position order and cover until
final engine assembly.
j. Install new gasket (37) on cylinder end of pushrod housings (35). Place two each,
pushrod housings, new springs (39), washers (36), new packings (38) and second
washer (36) with each cylinder.

FIGURE 15-14. VALVE GUIDE SEAL INSTALLATION

15-48 MAY 1998

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

15-49
 CHAPTER 16

CRANKCASE
SECTION PAGE
16-1A Crankcase Disassembly and Drive Train Removal
IO-550-A,B & C ............................................................................. 16-2
16-1B Crankcase Disassembly And Drive Train Removal
IO-550-G,N,P,R ............................................................................ 16-4
16-2 Oil Filler And Gauge Housing Removal ........................................ 16-6
16-3A Engine Mounts And Governor Cover Removal IO-550-A,B & C ... 16-7
16-3B Engine Mounts And Governor Cover Removal IO-550-G,N,P,R .. 16-8
16-4 Crankcase Studding Assembly ..................................................... 16-9
16-5 Crankcase And Associated Parts Cleaning .................................. 16-10
16-6 Crankcase and Associated Parts Inspection ................................ 16-11
16-7 Crankcase and Associated Parts Repair and Replacement ......... 16-26
16-8 Crankcase Sub-Assembly............................................................. 16-28

FIGURE PAGE
16-1A Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-A, B & C ................................ 16-3
16-1B Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-G,N,P,R................................. 16-5
16-2 Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover.............................. 16-6
16-3A Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor
Cover IO-550-A,B & C .................................................................. 16-7
16-3B Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor
Cover IO-550-G,N,P,R .................................................................. 16-8
16-4 Crankcase Studding Assembly ..................................................... 16-9
16-5 Inspection of Crankcase Non Critical Area ................................... 16-11
16-6 Inspection of Crankcase Critical (White) and Non Critical
(Shaded) Areas............................................................................. 16-12
16-7A Crankcase Stud Setting Heights IO-550-A ................................... 16-15
16-7B Crankcase Stud Setting Heights IO-550-B ................................... 16-17
16-7C Crankcase Stud Setting Heights IO-550-C ................................... 16-19
16-7D Crankcase Stud Setting Heights IO-550-G,N,P,R and IO-550-B9F,
B14B, B19B, B30B & .................................................................... 16-21
16-8 Crankcase Main Bearing Oil Feed Hole Chamfer......................... 16-22
16-9 Dimensional Inspection Torquing Sequence ................................ 16-23
16-10 Crankcase Fits And Limits ............................................................ 16-25
16-11 Crankcase Cylinder Deck Helical Coil Installation ........................ 16-26
16-12 Crankcase Needle Bearing Installer ............................................. 16-29

OCTOBER 2000 16-1

 16-1A CRANKCASE DISASSEMBLY AND DRIVE
TRAIN REMOVAL IO-550-A, B &C
1. See Figure 16-2, "Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover." Remove
attaching hardware (13, 14, 15). Remove cover (12) and gasket (11). Discard
gasket (11). Remove attaching hardware (19, 20). Remove idler gear support pin
(18), gasket (17) and bushing (16). Discard gasket (17) and bushing (16).
2. See Figure 16-1A, "Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-A, B & C." Remove
crankcase backbone attaching hardware (1 through 6). Remove lifting eye (8),
ignition bracket (9) and fuel manifold valve (7). Remove attaching hardware (22,
23, 24). Carefully tap through bolts (21, 25) and remove. Remove three bolts (15)
and washers (5).
NOTE... Do not attempt to remove bolt and washer adjacent to right magneto upper
stud. The bolt and washer are installed before the upper magneto mounting stud and
cannot be removed without causing damage to the bolt hole.
Rotate the engine stand placing the right crankcase half downward. Support the
engine with a prop under the right crankcase half. A length of 2 X 4 lumber with
the end supporting the crankcase padded, may be used.
Remove remaining half inch nuts (19) and washers (18). Remove baffle supports
(20, 34). Tap half inch through bolts (16) with a plastic or rawhide mallet and pull
from opposite side of crankcase to remove. Do not damage through bolt threads.
Remove and discard o-rings (17).
Remove attaching hardware (12 through 14). Tap 3/8 through bolt (10) with a
plastic or rawhide mallet. Remove through bolt carefully to prevent thread
damage.
Remove support and rotate stand so that engine is in inverted position. Remove
attaching hardware (29 through 33), attaching hardware (26, 27, 28) and
attaching hardware (35, 36, 5). Rotate engine stand placing left crankcase half
downward. Replace support prop.
3. See Figure 16-3A, "Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor Cover
IO-550-A, B & C." Remove bolts (19) and oil seal retainer plates (18).
Disconnect right crankcase engine mounts from engine stand. Carefully lift right
crankcase half from left crankcase half to prevent connecting rods from hitting
cylinder decks. Using the proper fixtures and dial indicators, check and record
gear backlash before removing drive train. See Chapter 17, "Gear Backlash Fits
and Limits."
Lift out camshaft and governor driven gear. Remove idler gear, hydraulic tappets
and crankshaft assembly.
Place the camshaft and crankshaft assemblies on the proper holding fixtures to
prevent damage. Remove and discard crankshaft bearings and thrust washers.

16-2 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 16-1A. CRANKCASE ATTACHING PARTS IO-550-A, B & C

1. Bolt 10. Bolt, Through 19. Nut 28. Nut

2. Bolt 11. O-Ring 20. Support, Baffle 29. Bolt
3. Bolt 12. Spacer 21. Bolt, Through 30. Bolt
4. Bolt 13. Washer 22. Washer 31. Spacer
5. Washer 14. Nut 23. Washer 32. Washer
6. Nut 15. Bolt 24. Nut 33. Nut
7. Fuel Manifold Valve 16. Bolt, Through 25. Bolt, Through 34. Support Baffle
8. Eye Lifting 17. O-Ring 26. Bolt 35. Bolt
9. Bracket, Ignition 18. Washer 27. Washer 36. Bolt

 This hardware attaches oil suction tube assembly to crankcase

MAY 1998 16-3

16-1B CRANKCASE DISASSEMBLY AND DRIVE TRAIN REMOVAL IO-550-G,N,P,R
1. See Figure 16-2, "Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover." Remove attaching
hardware (13, 14, 15). Remove cover (12) and gasket (11). Discard gasket (11). Remove
attaching hardware (19, 20). Remove idler gear support pin (18), gasket (17) and bushing
(16). Discard gasket (17) and bushing (16).
2. See Figure 16-3B, "Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor Cover IO-550-
G,N,P,R." Remove bolts (14) and oil seal retainer plates (13).
3. See Figure 16-1B, "Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-G,N,P,R." Remove crankcase
backbone attaching hardware (2 through 6). Remove lifting eyes (7, 8), ignition bracket
(9) and fuel manifold valve. Remove attaching hardware (21,22,23). Carefully tap through
bolts (20,24) and remove. Remove three bolts (14) and washers (4).
NOTE... Do not attempt to remove bolt and washer adjacent to right magneto upper stud.
The bolt and washer are installed before the upper magneto mounting stud and cannot be
removed without causing damage to the bolt hole.
Rotate the engine stand placing the right crankcase half downward. Support the engine
with a prop under the right crankcase half. A length of 2 X 4 lumber with the end
supporting the crankcase padded, may be used.
Remove remaining half inch nuts (18) and washers (17). Remove baffle support (19). Tap
half inch through bolts (15) with a plastic or rawhide mallet and pull from opposite side of
crankcase to remove. Do not damage through bolt threads. Remove and discard o-rings
(16).
Remove attaching hardware (11 through 13). Tap 3/8 through bolt (10) with a plastic or
rawhide mallet. Remove through bolt carefully to prevent thread damage.
Remove support and rotate stand so that engine is in inverted position. Remove six sets
of attaching hardware (28,29,30) and four sets of attaching hardware (25,26,27). Rotate
engine stand placing left crankcase half downward. Replace support prop.
4. See Figure 16-3B, "Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor Cover IO-550-
G,N,P,R." Disconnect right crankcase engine mounts from engine stand. Carefully lift
right crankcase half from left crankcase half to prevent connecting rods from hitting
cylinder decks. Using the proper fixtures and dial indicators, check and record gear
backlash before removing drive train. See Chapter 17, "Gear Backlash Fits and Limits."
Lift out camshaft and governor driven gear. Remove idler gear, hydraulic tappets and
crankshaft assembly. Place the camshaft and crankshaft assemblies on the proper
holding fixtures to prevent damage. Remove and discard crankshaft bearings and thrust
washers.

16-4 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 16-1B. CRANKCASE ATTACHING PARTS IO-550-G,N,P,R

1. Bolt 10. Bolt, Through 19. Support, Baffle 28. Bolt

2. Bolt 11. O-Ring 20. Bolt, Through 29. Washer
3. Bolt 12. Washer 21. Washer 30. Nut
4. Washer 13. Nut 22. Washer 31. Bolt
5. Washer 14. Bolt 23. Nut 32. Bolt
6. Nut 15. Bolt, Through 24. Bolt, Through 33. Screw
7. Eye Lifting 16. O-Ring 25. Bolt 34. Screw
8. Eye Lifting 17. Washer 26. Washer
9. Bracket, Ignition 18. Nut 27. Nut

OCTOBER 2000 16-5

16-2 OIL FILLER AND GAUGE HOUSING REMOVAL (See Figure 16-2)
1. Remove attaching hardware (6, 7, 8) lift oil filler assembly (5) from engine, remove oil
filter adapter (3) and discard o-rings (1, 2). Remove and discard gasket (4). Separate oil
gauge assembly (9) from oil filler.

FIGURE 16-2. OIL FILLER, IDLER SUPPORT PIN & CAMSHAFT COVER

1. O-Ring 6. Washer, Plain 11. Gasket 16. Bushing, Idler Gear

2. O-Ring 7. Washer, Lock 12. Cover, Cam Hole 17. Gasket, Flange
3. Adapter, Oil Filter 8. Bolt 13. Washer, Plain 18. Pin, Idler Support
4. Gasket, Oil Filter 9. Gauge & Cap Assy 14. Washer, Lock 19. Washer, Lock
5. Oil Filler Assy. 10. Gasket 15. Nut, Plain 20. Nut, Plain

16-6 MAY 1998

16-3A ENGINE MOUNTS AND GOVERNOR COVER REMOVAL
IO-550-A, B & C (See Figure 16-3A)
1. On IO-550-A engines, remove attaching hardware (8, 9) and engine mounts (6, 7)
2. On IO-550-C engines, engine mount (3) attaching hardware was removed with oil cooler.
Remove mount (3) and o-rings (1). Discard o-rings (1). Remove remaining hardware (8
through 11). Remove engine mount legs (2, 4 & 5).
3. On IO-550-B engines, the engine mount legs were removed during oil sump disassembly.
4. Remove attaching hardware (14 through 17). Remove cover (13) and gasket (12).
Discard gasket (12).

FIGURE 16-3A. ENGINE MOUNTS, CRANKSHAFT SEAL & GOVERNOR

COVER IO-550-A, B & C

1. O-Ring 8. Washer 15. Washer

2. Mount, Engine 9. Nut 16. Washer, Lock
3. Mount, Engine 10. Washer 17. Nut
4. Mount, Engine 11. Nut 18. Retainer
5. Mount, Engine 12. Gasket 19. Bolt
6. Mount, Engine 13. Cover 20. Plate ID.
7. Mount, Engine 14. Spacer 21. Screw, Drive

MAY 1998 16-7

16-3B ENGINE MOUNTS AND GOVERNOR COVER REMOVAL
IO-550-G,N,P,R (See Figure 16-3B)
1. Remove attaching hardware (4, 5, 6) and engine mounts (1, 2).
2. Remove attaching hardware (9 through 12). Remove cover (8) and gasket (7). Discard
gasket (7)

FIGURE 16-3B. ENGINE MOUNTS, CRANKSHAFT SEAL & GOVERNOR

COVER IO-550-G,N,P,R

1. Mount, Engine 7. Gasket 13. Retainer

2. Mount, Engine 8. Cover, Governor Pad 14. Bolt
3. Insert 9. Spacer 15. Plate ID.
4. Washer 10. Washer 16. Screw, Drive
5. Screw 11. Washer, Lock
6. Screw 12. Nut

16-8 OCTOBER 2000

16-4 CRANKCASE STUDDING DISASSEMBLY (See Figure 6-4)
1. Crankcase studs, dowels and helical inserts should only be removed for replacement
when they are found to be loose, corroded, pitted or damaged.
2. Remove starter shaft gear roller bearing (2).
3. Crankcase plugs (20, 23 through 27 and 32) must be removed to allow pressure flushing
of crankcase.
4. Do not attempt to remove oil squirt nozzles (29). Field replacement is not possible.
NOTE...When plugs are removed they must be identified by tagging. During crankcase sub-
assembly all plugs must be placed back in the same crankcase location from which they
were removed to prevent oil pressure loss.

FIGURE 16-4. CRANKCASE STUDDING ASSEMBLY

1. Crankcase 8. Stud 15. Stud 22. Stud 29. Nozzle, Squirt

2. Bearing, Needle 9. Stud 16. Stud 23. Plug 30. Washer Plain
3. Dowel 10. Stud 17. Stud 24. Plug 31. Bolt
4. Helical Coil 11. Stud 18. Stud 25. Plug 32. Plug
5. Helical Coil 12. Stud 19. Stud 26. Plug
6. Helical Coil 13. Stud 20. Plug 27. Plug
7. Stud 14. Stud 21. Stud 28. Gasket

MAY 1998 16-9

16-5 CRANKCASE AND ASSOCIATED PARTS CLEANING

1. The crankcase halves must be cleaned in accordance with the instructions in section 6-7,
"General Cleaning," and the following special instructions:

2. All through bolts, bushings, bearings, thrust washers, gaskets, packings, o-rings, seals, lock
washers and self locking nuts removed from the crankcase must be replaced 100% at
overhaul. Cleaning these parts is not required.

3. The crankcase oil passages must be pressure flushed with mineral spirit solvent and
inspected with the aid of a flashlight. The crankcase oil squirt nozzles must be flushed with
mineral spirit solvent to insure they are not obstructed. Use caution when flushing the oil
squirt nozzles because they are not field replaceable.

4. The engine mount brackets must be cleaned using mineral spirit solvent.

5. If the crankcase castings are immersed in an alkaline bath, they must be sprayed with
steam to remove all traces of alkaline. After the castings dry, inspect them for any alkaline
residues. If necessary, re-spray with steam to remove remaining residue. The crankcase
and all oil passages must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent after any alkaline
cleaning process has been used.

CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely

removed.

16-10 MAY 1998

16-6 CRANKCASE AND ASSOCIATED PARTS INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION

The crankcase and associated components must be visually inspected in accordance with
instructions in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection," and the following special instructions:

1. Visually inspect the inside and outside of both crankcase halves for cracks. Pay particular
attention to areas on and adjacent to the cylinder mount flanges, tappet guides, case
flange, nose seal land and bearing bosses. Look for scoring in the old crankshaft bearings.
Look for scoring in the tappet guides and camshaft bearings. Inspect main bearing boss
parting surfaces for fretting. Inspect the bearing saddles for bearing lock slot elongation and
any indication of bearing movement. Visually inspect all machined surfaces for nicks and
roughness.

2. Use the following inspection to determine if a cracked crankcase can be repaired. See
Figures 16-5 and 16-6.

If a crack is observed in any non-critical (shaded) area that is more than two (2) inches in
length, or if a previously observed crack has progressed to two (2) or more inches in length,
the crankcase must be repaired or replaced. If any crack is observed in a critical (white)
area the crankcase must be discarded.

FIGURE 16-5. INSPECTION OF CRANKCASE NON-CRITICAL AREA

OCTOBER 2000 16-11

 Reasons for crankcase replacement:

1. Any crack in the critical (white) areas.

2. Any crack two (2) inches or more in length in the non-critical (shaded) areas.
3. Any crack that is leaking oil (not seeping).

FIGURE 16-6. INSPECTION OF CRANKCASE CRITICAL (WHITE) AND NON-

CRITICAL (SHADED) AREAS

3. Visually inspect the breather for cracks and dents. Inspect tube ends for scoring and out of
roundness that may have caused a bad seal and oil leakage. Discard components with any
of these indications.

16-12 MAY 1998

4. Visually inspect all pipe plugs for stripped or distorted threads and damaged wrench flats.
Pipe plugs exhibiting damaged threads or wrench flats must be discarded.

5. Inspect engine mount brackets for cracks, dents and wear. Inspect hardware for distorted,
stripped threads and damaged wrench flats. Components exhibiting any of the above
indications must be discarded. Inspect tapped holes and helical coils for distorted or
stripped threads.

6. Visually inspect all crankcase helical coils and studs for stripped or distorted threads.
Inspect studs for corrosion, rusting, pitting, incomplete threads and looseness. Check all
studs with a tool maker's square for alignment. Check studs for looseness. All studs must
have their setting heights checked for indications of backing out. See Figure(s) 16-7A
through 16-7D for crankcase stud setting heights.

MAY 1998 16-13

CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-A
NOTE…All studs, helical coils and plugs must be installed in accordance with the instructions in
sections 6-21, 6-22 and 6-25. See Figure 6-2, "Standard And Oversize Stud Identification."
ITEM SETTING HEIGHT
LOCATION THREAD SIZE QTY.
NO (IN INCHES)
1. Bearing, Starter Shaft Gear --- See section A-A 1
2. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 1
6-21
3. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 4
6-21
4. Dowel --- .09 1
5. Stud, Through 5/16-18x5/16-24 5.34 1
6. Magneto Mount Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .67 4
7. Accessory Drive (rear) 3/8-16x3/8-24 .84 2
8. Accessory Drive (rear) 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 3
9. Idler Pin Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .56 2
10. Fuel Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 2
11. Starter Adapter Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.69 1
12. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 3.38 4
13. Plug 3/8 --- 1
14. Oil Pump Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 2.94 2
15. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 1.77 1
16. Oil Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.71 1
17. Plug 1/8-27 --- 3
18. Plug 1/16-27 --- 4
19. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
20. Camshaft Cover Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .69 2
21. Plug 1/8-27 --- 1
22. Alternator Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .81 4
23. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 2
6-21
24. Plug 1/8-27 --- 1
25. Cylinder Mount Pad 7/16-14x7/16-20 .81 36
26. Cylinder 7th Stud 7/16-14x7/16-20 .95 6
27. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .81 2
28. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .88 2
29. Plug 5/8-18 --- 1
30. Propeller Governor Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 1.38 4
31. Bolt, Backbone 5/16-24 Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
32. Washer 5/16 I.D. Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
33. Stud, Engine Mount 3/8-16x3/8-24 3.32 8
34. Stud, Engine Mount 3/8-16x3/8-24 1.50 6

16-14 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 16-7A. CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-A

MAY 1998 16-15

CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS ALL IO-550-B EXCEPT IO-550-B9F,
B14B, B19B, B30B
NOTE…All studs, helical coils and plugs must be installed in accordance with the instructions in
sections 6-21, 6-22 and 6-25. See Figure 6-2, "Standard And Oversize Stud Identification."
ITEM SETTING HEIGHT
LOCATION THREAD SIZE QTY.
NO (IN INCHES)
1. Bearing, Starter Shaft Gear --- See section A-A 1
2. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 1
6-21
3. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 4
6-21
4. Dowel 3/16 .09 1
5. Stud, Through 5/16-18x5/16-24 5.41 1
6. Magneto Mount Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .84 4
7. Accessory Drive (rear) 3/8-16x3/8-24 .84 2
8. Accessory Drive (rear) 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 6
9. Idler Pin Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .56 2
10. Fuel Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 2
11. Starter Adapter Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.69 1
12. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 3.38 5
13. Plug 3/8 --- 1
14. Oil Pump Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 2.94 3
15. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 1.77 1
16. Oil Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 4.27 1
17. Plug 1/8-27 --- 3
18. Plug 1/16-27 --- 4
19. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
20. Camshaft Cover Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .69 2
21. Plug 1/8-27 --- 1
22. Alternator Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .81 4
23. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 6
6-21
24. Plug --- 1
25. Cylinder Mount Pad 7/16-14x7/16-20 .81 36
26. Cylinder 7th Stud 7/16-14x7/16-20 .95 6
27. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .76 2
Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .81 2
28. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .85 2
Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .88 2
29. Plug 5/8-18 --- 1
30. Propeller Governor Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 1.38 4
31. Bolt, Backbone 5/16-24 Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
32. Washer 5/16 I.D. Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)

For IO-550-B, B31B, B36B, B39B, B46B, B48B, B49B, B51B, B52B, B53B, B54B, B56B, B58B,
B59B, B60B, B62B

16-16 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 16-7B. CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS ALL IO-550-B
EXCEPT IO-550-B9F, B14B, B19B, B30B
MAY 1998 16-17
CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-C
NOTE…All studs, helical coils and plugs must be installed in accordance with the instructions in
sections 6-21, 6-22 and 6-25. See Figure 6-2, "Standard And Oversize Stud Identification."
ITEM SETTING HEIGHT
LOCATION THREAD SIZE QTY.
NO (IN INCHES)
1. Bearing, Starter Shaft Gear --- See section A-A 1
2. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 1
6-21
3. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 4
6-21
4. Dowel --- .09 1
5. Stud, Through 5/16-18x5/16-24 6.34 1
6. Magneto Mount Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .67 4
7. Accessory Drive (rear) 3/8-16x3/8-24 .84 2
8. Accessory Drive (rear) 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 3
9. Accessory Drive (rear) 5/16-18x5/16-24 1.76 2
10. Idler Pin Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .56 2
11. Fuel Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 2
12. Starter Adapter Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.69 1
13. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 3.38 5
14. Plug 3/8 --- 1
15. Oil Pump Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 2.94 3
16. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 1.77 1
17. Oil Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.71 1
18. Plug 1/8-27 --- 3
19. Plug 1/16-27 --- 4
20. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
21. Camshaft Cover Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .69 2
22. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
23. Alternator Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .81 4
24. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 2
6-21
25. Plug --- 1
26. Cylinder Mount Pad 7/16-14x7/16-20 .81 36
27. Cylinder 7th Stud 7/16-14x7/16-20 .95 6
28. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 1.76 2
29. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 1.88 2
30. Plug 5/8-18 --- 1
31. Propeller Governor Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 1.38 4
32. Bolt, Backbone 5/16-24 Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
33. Washer 5/16 I.D. Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
34. Stud, Engine Mount 3/8-16x3/8-24 3.32 1
35. Stud, Engine Mount 3/8-16x3/8-24 1.51 4

16-18 MAY 1998

FIGURE 16-7C. CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-C

MAY 1998 16-19

CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-G, N, P, R AND IO-550-B9F, B14B, B19B,
B30B
NOTE…All studs, helical coils and plugs must be installed in accordance with the instructions in
sections 6-21, 6-22 and 6-25. See Figure 6-2, "Standard And Oversize Stud Identification."
ITEM SETTING HEIGHT
LOCATION THREAD SIZE QTY.
NO (IN INCHES)
1. Bearing, Starter Shaft Gear --- See section A-A 1
2. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 1
6-21
3. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 4
6-21
4. Dowel 3/16 .09 1
5. Stud, Through 5/16-18x5/16-24 5.41 1
6. Magneto Mount Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .84 4
7. Accessory Drive (rear) 3/8-16x3/8-24 .84 2
8. Accessory Drive (rear) 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 6
9. Idler Pin Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .56 2
10. Fuel Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .75 2
11. Starter Adapter Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.69 1
12. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 3.38 5
13. Plug 3/8 --- 1
14. Oil Pump Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 2.94 3
15. Oil Pump Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 1.77 1
16. Oil Pump Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 3.71 1
16. Oil Pump Pad (I0-550-N2B 5/16-18x5/16-24 4.31 1
Only)
17. Plug 1/8-27 --- 3
18. Plug 1/16-27 --- 4
19. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
20. Camshaft Cover Pad 1/4-20x1/4-28 .69 2
21. Plug 1/8-27 --- 2
22. Alternator Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 .81 4
23. Helical Coil --- Install in accordance with section 2
6-21
24. Plug 1/8-27 --- 1
25. Cylinder Mount Pad 7/16-14x7/16-20 .81 36
26. Cylinder 7th Stud 7/16-14x7/16-20 .95 6
27. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .76 2
Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .81 2
28. Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .85 2
Oil Cooler Mount Pad 3/8-16x3/8-24 .88 2
29. Plug 5/8-18 --- 1
30. Propeller Governor Pad 5/16-18x5/16-24 1.38 4
31. Bolt, Backbone 5/16-24 Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)
32. Washer 5/16 I.D. Must be installed prior to installing 1
studs (item no. 6)

 For IO-550-B9B, B14B, B19B, B30B, IO-550-G, G7B, IO-550-N, N2B, N6B, N8B, IO-550-R

16-20 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 16-7D. CRANKCASE STUD SETTING HEIGHTS IO-550-G, N, P, R
AND IO-550-B9F, B14B, B19B , B30B
OCTOBER 2000 16-21
 7. A proper chamfer at the crankcase main bearing oil feed holes must be maintained to
reduce the possibility of crankcase cracking in that area.

INSTRUCTIONS:
a. Inspect the number one, two and three main bearing oil feed passages and determine if
they conform to the illustration in Figure 16-8. The subject passages are located in the
left (2-4-6) case half and begin in the rear main bearing saddle, counting forward.
b. Any of the above mentioned oil feed passages which do not conform to the illustration
in Figure 16-8 must be modified to conform. Deburr sharp edges after modification for
smooth transition.
After the modification has been accomplished, clean crankcase and flush oil passages using
mineral spirit solvent. All debris from modification procedure must be removed.

FIGURE 16-8. CRANKCASE MAIN BEARING OIL FEED HOLE CHAMFER

16-22 OCTOBER 2000

FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION
The crankcase halves and all aluminum alloy brackets must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a
certified technician in accordance with the instructions in section 6-12, "Fluorescent Penetrant
Inspection. Crankcase halves that exhibit cracks must be discarded or repaired in accordance with the
instructions in section 16-7.

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.

FIGURE 16-9. DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION TORQUING SEQUENCE

OCTOBER 2000 16-23

CRANKCASE FITS AND LIMITS (see Figure 16-10)

Ref. Description New Parts

No. Min., Max.
CRANKCASE
1. Through bolt in crankcase................................................................. Diameter: 0.0000L 0.0015L
2. Idler gear support in crankcase (front).............................................. Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0015T
3. Idler gear support in crankcase (rear)............................................... Diameter: 0.0015L 0.0035L
4. Oil pump housing pilot in crankcase ................................................. Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0040L
5. Idler gear....................................................................................End 0.030 0.0770
Clearance:
6. Idler gear in support bushing (front).................................................. Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0030L
7. Idler gear in support bushing (rear)................................................... Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0030L
8. Magneto pilot in crankcase ............................................................... Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0050L
9. Starter shaftgear roller bearing hole ................................................. Diameter: 0.9995 1.0005
10. Governor drive shaft in crankcase .................................................... Diameter: 0.0014L 0.0034L
11. Crankcase (each half) ............................................................................ Width: 4.560 4.565
12. Crankcase (cylinder deck-to-cylinder deck) .......................................... Width: 9.12 9.13
13. Accessory drive adapter pilot in crankcase ...................................... Diameter: 1.0000T 0.0040L

NEW PARTS DIMENSIONS

Part Name Feature New Dimension (inches)

Crankcase Crankshaft Journal Bore diameter 2.5625 - 2.5635
Camshaft Journal Bore Diameter 1.0000- 1.0010
Tappet Guides Diameter 1.0005- 1.0015
Governor Driven Gear Bearing Diameter 0.8750 - 0.8760
Starter Shaft Needle Bearing Hole Diameter 0.9995- 1.0005

Idler Gear Support Pin Crankcase Support Diameter (front) 0.9990- 1.0000
Crankcase Support Diameter (rear) 1.0620- 1.0630

Camshaft Journal Diameter (4) 0.9980 - 0.9990

Hydraulic Valve Tappets Outside Diameter 0.9990 - 0.9995

16-24 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 16-10. CRANKCASE FITS AND LIMITS

OCTOBER 2000 16-25

16-7 CRANKCASE AND ASSOCIATED PARTS REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
Any crankcase or associated parts worn beyond new parts limits or failing to meet inspection
criteria in section 16-6 must be replaced 100% unless repair is possible with the following
instructions:

1. Crankcases with cracks must be replaced or repaired. Teledyne Continental Motors has
established that welding of crankcases is an acceptable repair process. Weld repairs in the
crankcase non critical areas shown in Figures 16-6 may be accomplished by a repair
facility certified for specialized crankcase repairs.
The dimensional integrity of the crankcase must be maintained.
WARNING
No weld repairs are allowed in the critical areas shown in Figure 16-6.

2. Installation of crankcase cylinder deck stud hole helical coils must be accomplished in
accordance with the specifications in Figure 16-11 and the instructions in section 6-21,
"Helical Coil Insert Replacement."
WARNING
The 2 and 4 o'clock crankcase cylinder deck stud positions must not be repaired
by helical coil insert installation .

FIGURE 16-11. CRANKCASE CYLINDER DECK HELICAL COIL INSTALLATION

3. Any crankcase stud found to be damaged or loose must be replaced in accordance with the
instructions in section 6-22. See Figure(s) 16-7A through 16-7D, "Crankcase Stud Setting

16-26 OCTOBER 2000

 Heights," for proper stud setting heights. See the following for crankcase cylinder mount
deck studs.
NOTE…Crankcase cylinder mount deck studs requiring replacement must be replaced in
accordance with the following instructions:

a. Studs and tapped holes must be clean and dry.

b. Apply Lockquick Primer grade "N" to stud and cylinder deck threads and allow to dry.

c. Apply Loctite grade 271 to both threads.

d. Install studs to appropriate setting height. See Figures 16-7A through 16-7D.
e. Wipe excess Loctite from cylinder deck.

f. Allow two hours minimum setting time before testing stud break away torque.

g. Test studs after they have cured. The studs must not break away under a torque load of
100 inch pounds.

h. Studs conforming with the break away toque test can be utilized for cylinder installation.

4. Crankcases with crankshaft or camshaft bearing bores that exceed the specified critical
new parts diameter must be discarded or line bored oversize. Line boring may be
accomplished by a repair facility certified for specialized crankcase repairs. See section
16-6 for new parts dimensions.

5. Crankcase halves exhibiting fretting must be discarded or machined. Crankcase machining

may be accomplished by a repair facility certified for specialized crankcase repairs. The
crankcase parting line to cylinder deck new parts dimension is 4.560 minimum to 4.565
maximum. After machining process the service minimum cylinder deck height dimension
must not exceed 4.5540 minimum. Crankcase halves exceeding this dimension must be
discarded.

CAUTION…Gear backlashes must not be less than the specified minimum after machining.

6. The case half parting line surface must be flat within .005 true indicator reading but not to
exceed cumulative of .008 true indicator reading with mating crankcase half. Crankcase
halves exceeding these dimensions must be discarded. After all machining procedures
have been completed the crankcase halves must be fluorescent penetrant inspected by a
certified technician as specified in section 16-6 in accordance with section 6-12,
"Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection."

7. Section 6-19, "Application Of Accelagold," applies to all aluminum alloy castings, sheet
metal and tubing .

MAY 1998 16-27

16-8 CRANKCASE SUB-ASSEMBLY

NOTE…All crankcase components must be clean and completely free of debris before
assembly.

1. See Figures 16-7A through 16-7D as applicable, "Crankcase Stud Setting Heights." Install
all pipe plugs that were removed in accordance with the specifications in Figures 16-7A
through 16-7D as applicable. Before installation, apply Loctite Pipe Sealant with Teflon
(PS/T) sparingly on the pipe plug male threads. Install and torque plugs to the specified
values in Table 6-2, "Pipe Plug Torques."

WARNING
Use the proper installation tool when installing bearing.

2. See Figure 16-4. Using an arbor press and a TCM crankcase roller bearing installer or
equivalent as shown in Figure 16-12, stand the 1-3-5 crankcase on it's nose end and press
a new roller bearing (2) with P/N facing outward into the bearing bore Press the bearing into
case until it bottoms out.

3. See Figure 16-2, "Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover." Install new o-ring (2) on
oil filler adapter (3). Install new o-ring (1) in oil filler adapter (3). Lightly coat o-rings (1, 2)
with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil. Install adapter into left crankcase half. Make sure o-
rings are not pinched or twisted. Insert oil filler tube (5) into adapter (3). Do not displace
o-ring (1). Using a new gasket (4), attach oil filler assembly to left case half and secure
with attaching hardware (6, 7, 8). Torque bolts (8) to 155-175 inch pounds.
4. See Figure 16-3A, "Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor Cover IO-550-
A, B & C." On IO-550-A crankcase, install engine mounts (6, 7) and secure using
attaching hardware (8, 9). Torque nuts (9) to 275-325 inch pounds.
NOTE…On I0-550-C use right lower engine mount bracket P/N 653306 which replaces P/N
630695.
On IO-550-C crankcase, install engine mounts (2, 4 & 5) and secure using attaching
hardware (8, 9 & 10). Torque nuts (9) to 275-325 inch pounds torque. Engine mount (3)
will be installed with the oil cooler during final engine assembly. IO-550-B and IO-550-R
engine mounts are installed in section 14-7, "Oil Sump."
5. See Figure 16-3B, "Engine Mounts, Crankshaft Seal Retainer & Governor Cover IO-550-
G, N, P & R." Install engine mounts (1, 2) on crankcase halves and secure using
attaching hardware (4, 5 & 6). Torque bolts (5, 6 ) to 220-260 inch pounds.

6. Cover and store crankcase halves and associated parts in a clean protected area until final
engine assembly.

16-28 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 16-12. CRANKCASE NEEDLE BEARING INSTALLER

OCTOBER 2000 16-29

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

16-30 MAY 1998

 CHAPTER 17

ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN

SECTION PAGE
17-1 Camshaft and Crankshaft Disassembly ..............................17-2
17-2 Engine Drive Train Cleaning ................................................17-6
17-3 Engine Drive Train Inspection ..............................................17-7
Visual Inspection ...............................................................17-7
Crankshaft Ultrasonic Inspection ......................................17-10
Magnetic Particle Inspection .............................................17-10
Dimensional Inspection .....................................................17-11
17-4 Engine Drive Train Repair & Replacement...........................17-15
17-5 Engine Drive Train Sub-Assembly .......................................17-25

FIGURE PAGE
17-1A Camshaft Assembly (Old Style) ..........................................17-2
17-1B Camshaft Assembly (New Style) ........................................17-3
17-2 Crankshaft Assembly ..........................................................17-5
17-3 Oil Control Collar Stud and Dowel Setting Heights.............17-9
17-4A Crankshaft, Camshaft and Connecting Rod Fits And Limits.17-12
17-4B Crankshaft, Camshaft and Idler Gear Backlash ....................17-13
17-5 Connecting Rod Dimensions ..............................................17-14
17-6 Crankshaft Hanger Blade Bushing Replacement..................17-16
17-7 Counterweight Inspection, Repair and Installation ................17-18
17-8 Oil Control Plug Installation Tool ...........................................17-19
17-9 Oil Control Plug Leak Test Fixture.........................................17-20
17-10 Crankshaft Leak Test.............................................................17-21
17-11 Helix Pattern Application........................................................17-22
17-12 Old Style Camshaft Plug Installation .....................................17-23
17-13 Connecting Rod Position Number .........................................17-28
17-14 Oil Seal Installation ................................................................17-28

OCTOBER 2000 17-1

17-1 CAMSHAFT AND CRANKSHAFT DISASSEMBLY
CAMSHAFT
1. See Figure 17-1A, "Camshaft Assembly (Old Style)." Remove the governor drive gear (7)
and woodruff key (6). Cut and remove lockwire from bolts (5). Remove four bolts (5) and
camshaft gear (4). Remove rear 1/4-18 brass plug. Using a 30 inch long section of 3/8
diameter round bar stock and a non marring hammer, carefully drive front camshaft plug
out. The camshaft must now be magnetic particle inspected in accordance with section 6-9.
During magneflux inspection pay particular attention to front plug and keyway area.
Camshafts with evidence of cracks must be discarded.
WARNING
Failure to replace camshaft plugs at reassembly will result in loss of internal oil
pressure with little or no lubrication of internal moving engine parts and engine
failure.

FIGURE 17-1A. CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY (OLD STYLE)

1. Camshaft Assembly 5. Bolt 9. Tappet, Hydraulic

2. Plug, Pipe 6. Key, Woodruff 10. Ring, Retaining
3. Plug, Expansion 7. Gear, Governor Drive
4. Gear, Camshaft 8. Gear, Governor Driven

17-2 MAY 1998

1. See Figure 17-1B, "Camshaft Assembly (New Style)." Remove the governor drive gear (6).
Cut and remove lockwire from bolts (5). Remove four bolts (5) and camshaft gear (4). Using
the correct size tool remove the front and rear plug.
WARNING
Failure to replace camshaft plugs at reassembly will result in loss of internal oil
pressure with little or no lubrication of internal moving engine parts and engine
failure.

FIGURE 17-1B. CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY (NEW STYLE)

1. Camshaft Assembly 5. Bolt

2. Plug 6. Gear, Gov. Drive
3. Plug 7. Gear Gov. Driven
4. Gear, Camshaft

MAY 1998 17-3

 CRANKSHAFT
1. See Figure 17-2, "Crankshaft Assembly." Use wooden support blocks under the front and
rear main journals of the crankshaft during disassembly.
2. Remove nuts (4) and bolts (5). Separate connecting rod caps (6) and rod (7). Remove
bearing inserts (8). Loosely reassemble rods, caps, bolts and nuts with their position
numbers matched.
3. Remove and discard retaining rings (10), plates (11) and pins (12, 13, 14). Lift
counterweight assemblies (15) from crankshaft.
4. Remove nuts(17) and separate oil transfer collar assembly (18 through 21) from crankshaft.
Remove and discard o-ring (21).
5. Cut safety wire and remove six bolts (22) and gears (23, 24). Tap circumference on gear
using a rawhide mallet and remove.
6. Remove four bolts (25), lockplates (26) and alternator drive gear (27). Discard lockplates
(26).
7. Twist and remove split reinforcing ring (29) from oil seal (30). Work oil seal spring (28) from
oil seal groove and detach from seal. Twist and remove oil seal from crankshaft. Discard
reinforcing ring (29), oil seal (30) and spring (28).

WARNING
The counterweights and crankshaft must not be punch marked or scribed for
location identification. Use tagging or ink methods to identify.
8. Discard connecting rod bearings (8), retaining rings (10), retaining plates (11) and
counterweight pins (12, 13, 14).

1. Washer, Thrust 12. Pin, Cwt., 6th Order 23. Gear, Cluster, Large
2. Bearing, Crankshaft Main 13. Pin, Cwt., 4th Order 24. Gear, Cluster, Small
3. Gear, Idler 14. Pin, Cwt., 5th Order 25. Bolt
4. Nut, Spiral Lock 15. Counterweight Assembly 26. Plate, Tab Lock
5. Bolt, Connecting Rod 16. Bushing, Counterweight 27. Gear, Alternator Drive
6. Cap, Connecting Rod 17. Nut, Marsden 28. Spring
7. Rod, Connecting 18. Pin, Dowel 29. Ring, Reinforcing
8. Bearing, Connecting Rod 19. Collar, 1-3-5 Side 30. Seal, Oil
9. Bushing, Piston Pin 20. Collar, 2-4-6 Side 31. Bushing, Damper
10. Ring, Retaining 21. O-Ring 32. Dowel, Crankshaft
11. Plate, Counterweight 22. Screw, Drilled Head 33. Crankshaft

17-4 OCTOBER 2000

FIGURE 17-2. CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

MAY 1998 17-5

17-2 ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN CLEANING
1. The camshaft, crankshaft, connecting rods and their associated parts must be cleaned in
accordance with the instructions in section 6-7, "General Cleaning," and the following
special instructions:
2. All hydraulic tappets, rubber oil seals, springs, crankshaft main bearings, thrust washers,
connecting rod bearings, counterweight pins, retainer plates and snap rings removed from
the crankhaft and o-rings removed from the oil transfer collar must be replaced 100% at
overhaul. Cleaning of these parts is not required.
3. Crankshaft counterweight hanger blade bushings, counterweight bushings and connecting
rod bushings must also be replaced 100% at overhaul.
4. All areas of the camshaft and crankshaft must be degreased by brushing or spraying with
mineral spirit solvent. The crankshaft crank pins, main journals, oil seal race, oil transfer
collar area and camshaft journals and gear mount flange must be smoothed with crocus
cloth moistened in mineral spirits. This is to be accomplished while the shaft is rotated in a
lathe at approximately 100 RPM. All gum (varnish) deposits must be removed to permit
reliable magnetic indications during magnetic particle inspection.
5. Flush the internal portion of the camshaft using mineral spirit solvent. Insure that all
threads, oil passages and recesses are clean and free of debris.
6. Flush the internal portion of the crankshaft using mineral spirit solvent. Insure that all
threads, oil passages and recesses are clean and free of debris.
7. Clean the counterweights using mineral spirits.
WARNING
Do not pressure blast counterweights with an abrasive media. Blasting will
remove surface hardening.
8. Remove the connecting rod bolts and nuts but do not discard at this time. All areas of the
connecting rods must be degreased by brushing or spraying with mineral spirit solvent.
Insure all bolt holes, oil passages and recesses are clean and free of debris. All gum
(varnish) deposits must be removed to permit reliable magnetic indications during magnetic
particle inspection.
9. Clean gears that have bushings using mineral spirit solvent and a brass wire brush. Gears
with bushings must not be cleaned using alkaline solutions. Gears that do not have
bushings can be cleaned using mineral spirit solvent or by immersion in a alkaline stripping
bath, if mineral spirit solvent is not effective. After cleaning with alkaline solution, the gears
must be sprayed with steam removing all traces of alkaline. After steam rinsing the gears
must be thoroughly flushed with mineral spirit solvent.
CAUTION…Alkaline cleaning solutions will cause corrosion to metals if not completely
removed.
WARNING
Do not pressure blast gears with an abrasive media. Blasting will remove surface
hardening.

17-6 MAY 1998

17-3 ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN INSPECTION
WARNING
Use only crankshafts that are manufactured from VAR forgings identified by the
letters VAR forged into a crankshaft cheek.
VISUAL INSPECTION
The crankshaft, camshaft, connecting rods and associated engine drive train components must
be visually inspected in accordance with the instructions in section 6-8, "Visual Inspection," and
the following special instructions.
1. Visually inspect the camshaft journals and lobes using a 10X magnifying glass. Inspect the
camshaft journals and lobes for scoring, pitting, corrosion and any indications of wear.
Camshafts exhibiting scoring pitting, corrosion or wear indications must be repaired or
discarded. Inspect the camshaft gear splines for wear. Discard camshafts with worn
splines. Inspect the camshaft gear flange for nicks, peening and other irregularities. The
flange must be smooth to align gear. Inspect the camshaft gear flange bolt holes for
distorted or stripped threads. Camshaft repairs must be accomplished using a procedure
and process which meets the requirements of the applicable federal aviation regulations.
2. Using a Borrough's 8087A polishing tool or equivalent rotate the crankshaft in a lathe and
polish the mains and crank pins to a finish of 8 Ra maximum. Inspect the finish using a
profilometer. Dimensionally inspect the crankshaft mains and crank pins for required
specified size.
3. Visually inspect the crankshaft main journals, crankpins and oil seal area for scoring and
burning. Inspect the gear bolt holes for distorted or stripped threads. Check oil passages for
obstructions and loose oil tubes. Check the gear dowel for a tight fit. Inspect the oil control
plug for presence, obstructed oil hole and tight fit. Visually inspect the entire crankshaft for
rust and pitting. Crankshafts exhibiting any of the above indications must be repaired or
replaced. Crankshaft repairs must be performed under carefully controlled conditions using
an approved procedure and process which meets the requirements of the applicable
federal aviation regulations.
WARNING
The counterweights and crankshaft must not be punch marked or scribed for
location identification. Use tagging or ink methods to identify.
4. Using a 10X magnifying glass, visually inspect counterweights for cracks, nicks, evidence of
contact between bottom of counterweight and crankshaft. Counterweights exhibiting these
indications must be discarded.
5. Using a 10X magnifying glass, visually inspect the crankshaft gear and idler gear drive gear
teeth for signs of overheating and wear. Normal wear produces a fine polish on the tooth
thrust faces. Gears that have alteration of the tooth profiles, score marks, pitting or galling
must be discarded. See Figure 8-3, “Gear Tooth Wear,” for acceptable and unacceptable
gear tooth wear.
6. Insure that connecting rod and cap mate marks are adjacent to each other and that the
position numbers stamped on or adjacent to the bolt boss match. Scrap connecting
rods and caps that do not meet this criteria.
Visually inspect connecting rod for corrosion pitting, rust, discoloration (bluing), galling,
impact damage, nicks, bending and twisting. Scrap connecting rods with any of these
indications.

OCTOBER 2000 17-7

 Remove nuts and bolts from connecting rod and separate rod and cap. Visually inspect
connecting rod and cap parting surface. Contact signatures resulting from assembly forces
are normal and acceptable. However, connecting rods exhibiting fretting signatures that
have resulted in the loss of metal as indicated by removal of the original machining marks,
either locally or over the entire surface, are not acceptable for continued service.
NOTE…Scrap connecting rods with fretting at the parting surfaces, DO NOT REWORK.
Visually inspect nut seat area. Excessive fretting signatures indicating loss of material or
signatures of edge loading of the bolt under head surface contact area is cause for
rejection and scrap.
Visually inspect dowel surfaces at rod and cap bolt holes. Indications of distortion or
scoring are cause for rejection and scrap.
Insuring that the mate marks are adjacent to each other and the position numbers match,
assemble the connecting rod and cap by installing one bolt through cap and rod. With the
cap seated firmly against the rod, you must be able to install the remaining bolt using hand
pressure only. Scrap connecting rods not meeting this criteria.
Lubricate connecting rod bolt and nut threads with clean 50 weight aviation oil. On
assemblies using the 643112 bolts and 643215 nuts, torque the nuts to 550-600 inch
pounds. On assemblies using the 654490 bolts and 643215 nuts, torque the nuts to 690-710
inch pounds.
Inspect the inside diameter joint of the rod to cap with both bolts and nuts installed and
torqued. Mismatch (or a step) of more than 0.001 inch is not acceptable. An acceptable
method of checking mismatch is to use a dial indicator as follows:
Place the rod on a surface plate so that the splitline is at the 6 and 12 o’clock position. Use
vee blocks to hold the rod in place. Using a dial indicator mounted on a height gauge, zero
out on one side of the splitline. Move the indicator across the splitline. There must be no
more than 0.001 indicator movement.
Remove piston pin bushing from connecting rod in accordance with section 17-4.
Inspect piston pin bushing bore and surrounding area for nicks, gouges and mechanical
damage. Scrap connecting rods with any of these indications.
Using precision measuring equipment, such as dial bore gauge or air gauge, verify that
the connecting rod meets the dimensional specifications provided in Dimensional
Inspection, New Parts Dimensions and Figures 17-4A and 17-5. Measure the connecting
rod big bore diameter 15 to 30 degrees either side of connecting rod split line and 90 from
the first measurement. Difference between the two measurements must not exceed
.0015. Connecting rods and caps not meeting these specifications must be
scrapped.
Inspect the rod channel rails for damage such as nicks, gouges or mechanical damage.
Scrap rods with any of these indications.

17-8 OCTOBER 2000

 Visually inspect oil transfer collar assembly for cracks and scoring. Discard cracked or
scored oil control collars. Visually inspect oil control collar inside diameter area to insure tin
plating is intact. If tin plating has worn away discard oil control collar. Inspect studs for
distorted or stripped threads. Inspect studs for corrosion, pitting, incomplete threads and
looseness. Replace studs with any of these indications. Studs and dowels must be checked
for security and proper setting height. See the following for oil transfer collar stud setting
heights

ITEM SETTING QTY.

LOCATION THREAD SIZE
NO HEIGHT
1. Stud, Oil Control Collar 1/4x1-1/4 Lg. 15/16 2
2. Dowel 1/8x7/16 Lg. 5/32 2

FIGURE 17-3. OIL CONTROL COLLAR STUD AND DOWEL SETTING HEIGHTS

MAY 1998 17-9

 MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION
NOTE…The standard magnetic particle inspection procedure found in the latest revision of
ASTM Standards on nondestructive testing describes the method of magnetization,
inspection and demagnetization.
The crankshaft, counterweights, camshaft, crankshaft gears, camshaft gear, idler gear and
governor drive gear must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified technician in accordance
with the instructions in Section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection."
Crankshafts, camshafts, crankshaft gears, camshaft gears, idler gears or drive gears exhibiting
cracks must be discarded.
The connecting rod parts must be magnetic particle inspected by a certified technician in
accordance with the instructions in Section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle Inspection."
The connecting rod parts must be clean and free of rust, scale, oil or other residue that may
affect reliability of magnetic particle inspection. Connecting rods will be inspected using both
the circular and longitudinal method of magnetization.
Acceptable indications must be associated with steel inclusions or shallow imperfections on
the forging surface. Accept light indications running parallel to the rod axis or around the pin
boss and cap ends less than 1/2 inch in length.
Indications associated with forging laps or with heat treatment are deemed cracks and are
not acceptable.
The area of blend between the piston pin boss extending one inch into the channel section of
the connecting rod, the bolt spot face areas and the channel rail edges are critical and must
be free of any indications.
Any indication transverse to the rod axis is not acceptable.
Reject and scrap connecting rods exhibiting unacceptable indications.
CRANKSHAFT ULTRASONIC INSPECTION
The crankshaft must be ultrasonic inspected by a certified technician in accordance with
section 6-10.

17-10 OCTOBER 2000

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
The following new parts limits must be used for dimensional inspection. Components that do not meet
the following specifications must be discarded.
All components must be thoroughly cleaned and air dried prior to dimensional inspection.
Ref. Description New Parts
No. Min. Max.
CRANKSHAFT
1. Crankshaft main bearings ...........................................................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0040L
2.  Crank pins ......................................................................... Out-of-Round: 0.0000 0.0005
3.  Main journals ..................................................................... Out-of-Round: 0.0000 0.0005
4. Crankshaft
A. Front.............................................................................................Diameter: 2.352 2.376
B. #5 & #4 Journals .........................................................................Diameter: 2.373 2.375
C. Rear & Intermediate Journals .....................................................Diameter: 2.623 2.625
5. Crank pins Diameter: 2.248 2.250
6. Crankshaft run-out at center main journals (shaft supported at thrust and
rear journals) full indicator reading ............................................................ : 0.0000 0.0070
7. Crankshaft run-out at propeller flange (when supported at front and rear
main journals) full indicator reading ..................................................Pilot: 0.0000 0.0020
............................................................................................................Face: 0.000 0.003
8. Damper pin bushing in crank cheek ext. ....................................Diameter: 0.0015T 0.0030T
9. Damper pin bushing in counterweight ........................................Diameter: 0.0015T 0.0030T
10. Damper pin in counterweight ............................................. End 0.0090L 0.0390L
Clearance:
11. Alternator gear on crankshaft......................................................Diameter: 0.0005T 0.0035T
12. Crankshaft gear on crankshaft....................................................Diameter: 0.0000 0.0020T
13. Crankshaft in thrust bearing .............................................. End 0.004 0.016
Clearance:
14. Governor oil transfer collar on crankshaft .................................Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0018L
CAMSHAFT
15. Camshaft journals in crankcase .................................................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0030L
16. Camshaft in crankcase ..................................................... End 0.005 0.012
Clearance:
17. Camshaft run-out at center journals (shaft support at end journals) full
indicator reading......................................................................................... : 0.0000 0.0010
18. Camshaft gear on camshaft flange.............................................Diameter: 0.0005T 0.0015T
19. Governor drive gear on camshaft ...............................................Diameter: 0.0010L 0.0030L
ACCESSORY DRIVE IDLER
20. Idler gear support bushing in crankcase (front) .........................Diameter: 0.0000L 0.0015L
21. Idler gear support bushing, flanged, in crankcase (rear) ...........Diameter: 0.0005L 0.0015T
22. Idler gear............................................................................. End 0.030 0.0770
Clearance:
CONNECTING ROD
23. Bushing in connecting rod ..........................................................Diameter: 0.0025T 0.0050T
24. Bolt in connecting rod .................................................................Diameter: 0.0000 0.0018L
25. Connecting rod bearing on crank pin..........................................Diameter: 0.0009L 0.0034L
26. Connecting rod on crank pin ............................................. End 0.0060 0.0110
Clearance:
27. Connecting rod bearing and bushing twist or convergence
per inch of length........................................................................................ : 0.0000 0.0005
NOTES:

OCTOBER 2000 17-11

 If crankshaft is worn beyond these limits it may be repaired by grinding crank pins and journals to
0.010" under new shaft limits and re-nitriding. Crankshaft machining may be accomplished by a repair
facility certified for specialized crankshaft repairs .

FIGURE 17-4A. CRANKSHAFT, CAMSHAFT AND CONNECTING ROD FITS AND LIMITS

17-12 OCTOBER 1998

During dimensional inspection the camshaft must be mounted on matched vee blocks supporting the
front and rear main journals. The crankshaft must be mounted on matched vee blocks supporting the
#3 and rear main journals. The vee blocks must be mounted on a surface plate. Rotate the shafts
under a dial indicator placed on the center main journal to detect bending (runout). Rotate the
crankshaft prop flange under a dial indicator to detect bending (runout). See items (2, 3, 17) of Figure
17A-, "Crankshaft and Camshaft Fits and Limits," for camshaft and crankshaft runout tolerances.

Ref. Description New Parts

No. Min. Max.
GEAR BACKLASH
1. Crankshaft gear and camshaft gear ...........................................Backlash: 0.0080 0.0120
2. Crankshaft gear and idler gear ...................................................Backlash: 0.0080 0.0120
3. Idler gear and magneto drive gear (right and left)......................Backlash: 0.0080 0.0120
4. Starter shaftgear and crankshaft gear ........................................Backlash: 0.0080 0.0120

FIGURE 17-4B. CRANKSHAFT, CAMSHAFT AND IDLER GEAR BACKLASH

OCTOBER 1998 17-13

DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION (continued)
The connecting rod piston pin bushing alignment must be checked with the crank pin end bearing bore.
Make alignment measurements using a push fit arbor for the bushing bore (piston pin end) and another
for the bearing seat (crank pin end). The arbors must be eight inches long. A surface plate, two
matched vee blocks, and two blocks of ground flat steel stock of equal height are required. To measure
twist, insert the arbors into the rod bores. Then place the big end arbor (crank pin end) in the vee
blocks on the surface plate. Place the ground steel blocks under the ends of the bushing arbor (piston
pin end) a measured distance apart. Use a leaf type feeler gauge to detect any clearance under the
arbor ends. This divided by the separation of the blocks in inches will give the twist per inch of length.
To measure bushing and bearing convergence mount a dial indicator on a surface gauge and swing
the rod around the crank pin end arbor to the vertical position against a firm stop. Pass the indicator
over the bushing arbor on both sides of the connecting rod at points an exact number of inches apart.
For exact parallelism the two measurements must be the same. See Figure 17-5, "Connecting Rod
Dimensions."

FIGURE 17-5. CONNECTING ROD DIMENSIONS

17-14 OCTOBER 2000

 NEW PARTS DIMENSIONS
New Dimension
Part Name Feature
(Inches)
Crankshaft Front 2.352 - 2.376
Rear & Intermediate Journals 2.623 - 2.625
#5 & #4 Journals 2.373 - 2.375
Crank pins 2.248 - 2.250
Crankshaft Counterweight Blade Bushing Inside Diameter 0.622 - 0.626
Hanger
Camshaft Journal Diameter 0.9980 - 0.9990
Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Diameter 1.1267 - 1.1269
Bushing Center to Crank pin 6.6230 - 6.6270
Center

17-4 ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

1. Any engine drive train component found to be worn beyond new parts limits or failing to
meet the inspection criteria in section 17-3 must be replaced 100% unless repair is possible
with the following instructions:
2. The crankshaft can be repaired by grinding crank pins and journals to 0.010" under new
shaft limits and re-nitriding. Crankshaft machining may be accomplished by a repair facility
certified for specialized crankshaft repairs.
NOTE…Reground crankshafts must be re-nitrided.
3. Do not attempt to remove scoring or indications of overheating which render the crankshaft
unserviceable .
4. The crankshaft hanger blade and counterweight bushings must be replaced 100% at
engine overhaul regardless of condition. Crankshaft hanger blade bushing replacement
must be performed using the specified procedure and the following special tool:

a. Borrough's 8077A Crankshaft Hanger Blade Bushing Removal/Installation Set or

equivalent.
WARNING
Removing and replacing bushings with makeshift tools and methods may result
in irreparable damage to the crankshaft and crankshaft malfunction.
CRANKSHAFT COUNTERWEIGHT HANGER BLADE BUSHING REMOVAL
Using the specified tool remove the crankshaft counterweight hanger blade bushings.
CRANKSHAFT COUNTERWEIGHT HANGER BLADE BUSHING HOLE INSPECTION
After removal of the crankshaft counterweight hanger blade bushings measure the inside
diameter of the bushing holes. The replacement bushings must have an interference fit of
.0015 to .003 inch into the bushing holes. The bushing holes must be smooth. Crankshafts with
worn, pitted, fretted or out of round bushing holes must be discarded.

OCTOBER 17-15
 CRANKSHAFT COUNTERWEIGHT HANGER BLADE BUSHING INSTALLATION

After serviceability of crankshaft has been determined new bushings must be installed in the
crankshaft counterweight hanger blades. Install the new bushings using the same tools that
were used for bushing removal. The new bushings must be installed in accordance with the
specifications in Figure 17-6, "Crankshaft Hanger Blade Bushing Replacement." Replacement
bushings are available in standard size only.

FIGURE 17-6. CRANKSHAFT HANGER BLADE BUSHING REPLACEMENT

NOTE…After installation of new bushings the crankshaft counterweight hanger blades must be
magnetic particle inspected in accordance with section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle inspection."
Discard crankshafts with cracked counterweight hanger blades. Inspect the new, installed,
bushing inside diameter using an air gauge and with correct air plug and setting ring. See
Figure 17-6 for correct dimension.
No finishing operation is required. The new installed bushings are made to final dimensions.

17-16 OCTOBER 2000

5. The counterweight bushings must be replaced 100% at engine overhaul regardless of
condition. The bushing replacement must be performed using the specified procedure and
the following special tools:

a. Borrough's 8077C Counterweight Bushing Removal/Installation Fixture or equivalent.

b. Arbor Press.
WARNING
Removing and replacing bushings with makeshift tools and methods may result
in irreparable damage to the counterweight and counterweight, crankshaft
malfunction.
COUNTERWEIGHT BUSHING REMOVAL
Using the specified tools remove the counterweight bushings.
COUNTERWEIGHT BUSHING HOLE INSPECTION
After removal of the counterweight bushings measure the inside diameter of the bushing holes.
The replacement bushings must have an interference fit of .0015 to .003 inch into the bushing
bores. The bushing holes must be smooth. Counterweights with worn, pitted, fretted or out of
round bushing holes must be discarded. Carefully inspect the counterweight counterbores for
signs of wear in the wall that retains the counterweight pin retaining plates. The area referred to
is immediately adjacent to the inside edge of the retaining ring groove. It may appear as an
additional step and/or a taper of the hole into the retaining ring groove. If any wear is evident
the counterweight must be discarded. See Figure 17-7, "Counterweight Inspection, Repair and
Installation." If no plate wear is evident, check the retaining ring groove in each hole for
distorted width, depth or other types of wear patterns which can affect the seating of the
retaining ring. Any worn condition that may affect retaining ring seating will require replacement
of the counterweight. Crankshaft counterweights are matched in pairs with a maximum weight
variation of two grams, and the complete crankshaft/counterweight assembly is dynamically
balanced. As a result, if either counterweight is damaged, a matched pair must be procured
and replaced on that cheek.
COUNTERWEIGHT BUSHING INSTALLATION
After serviceability of the counterweights has been determined, new bushings must be installed
in the counterweight assemblies. Using the same tools that were used for bushing removal,
install the new bushings. The new bushings must be installed into the same positions as the
original bushings. Replacement bushings are available in standard size only. Inspect the new,
installed, bushing inside diameter using an air gauge and with correct air plug and setting ring.
See Figure 17-7 for correct dimension.
NOTE…After installation of new bushings the counterweights must be magnetic particle
inspected in accordance with section 6-9, "Magnetic Particle inspection."
No finishing operation is required. The new installed bushings are made to final dimensions.

OCTOBER 2000 17-17

 FIGURE 17-7. COUNTERWEIGHT INSPECTION, REPAIR AND INSTALLATION

17-18 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 17-8. OIL CONTROL PLUG INSTALLATION TOOL

6. Loose or leaking crankshaft oil control plugs must be replaced. The oil control plug
replacement must be performed using the specified procedure and the following special
tools:

a. A .4375 - 20 diameter bolt approximately eight inches long with .4375 - 20 NF threads.
b. An installation tool conforming with the specifications shown in Figure 17-8, "Oil Control
Plug Installation Tool."
c. Two inch Merrit Wheel.
d. A leak test fixture conforming with the specifications shown in Figure 17-9, "Oil Control
Plug Leak Test Fixture."
WARNING
Removing and replacing the crankshaft oil control plug with makeshift tools and
methods may result in irreparable damage to the crankshaft and crankshaft
malfunction.

MAY 1998 17-19

 FIGURE 17-9. OIL CONTROL PLUG LEAK TEST FIXTURE

17-20 MAY 1998

CRANKSHAFT OIL CONTROL PLUG REMOVAL

Remove crankshaft oil control plug using a .4375 - 20 diameter bolt approximately eight inches
long with .4375 - 20 NF threads and a slide hammer.
OIL CONTROL PLUG HOLE CLEANING
Inspect the inside diameter of the crankshaft for rust and rust pits. Discard crankshafts with rust
or rust pits. The inside diameter of the crankshaft must be clean and free of any sludge residue
prior to new plug installation. Clean crankshaft inside diameter using a pneumatic drill and a
two inch Merrit Wheel.

FIGURE 17-10. CRANKSHAFT LEAK TEST

MAY 1998 17-21

 OIL CONTROL PLUG INSTALLATION

Using an air impact tool and the special oil control plug installation tool, carefully drive in the
new oil control plug.

WARNING
The use of makeshift tools not conforming with the specifications in Figure 17-8,
"Oil Control Plug Installation Tool," may cause damage to oil control plug or
crankshaft during installation. The 2.375 inch diameter collar at the rear of
installation tool prevents driving oil control plug beyond the specified depth of
4.69 - 4.75 inches.

OIL CONTROL PLUG INSPECTION

Using the special leak test fixture shown on previous page and a "C" clamp that has its spindle
and foot protected by neoprene rubber pads, pressure test the crankshaft. See Figure 17-10,
"Crankshaft Leak Test." The oil control plug must maintain 60 PSI minimum air pressure.

7. After all crankshaft repairs have been completed, use a strip of 180 grit emery cloth
approximately 1/2 inch wide and apply a helix to the crankshaft as shown in Figure 17-11,
"Helix Pattern Application." Apply helix to approximately 1/4 of the surface indicated at a
time. The pattern is applied by stroking the cloth outward toward the propeller flange in the
direction of rotation, CCW towards you using maximum hand pressure, which will result in a
30° pattern as shown. After doing the first portion, rotate the crankshaft so that the next
portion is visible. Apply the same pattern again and continue completely around crankshaft
in this manner. The helix is applied to insure proper seating of the crankshaft oil seal. After
helix application, the crankshaft must be re-cleaned. After the helix has been applied the
helix area must be tin plated. See section 17-2, "Engine Drive Train Cleaning."

FIGURE 17-11. HELIX PATTERN APPLICATION

17-22 MAY 1998

 WARNING
The camshaft plugs must be installed and torqued before final engine assembly.
8. CAMSHAFT
Old Style Camshaft - Using the correct size tool install new front plug to correct position
shown in Figure 17-12, "Old Style Camshaft Plug Installation." Apply TCM Loctite Pipe
Sealant 592 to the rear camshaft plug. Install new 1/4 -18 rear, brass camshaft plug and
torque to 130-150 inch pounds. The camshaft must again be magnetic particle inspected in
accordance with section 6-9.
New Style Camshaft - Apply TCM Loctite Pipe Sealant 592 to the front and rear camshaft
plug. Using the correct size tool, install the new 1/4 -18, brass camshaft plugs and torque to
130-150 inch pounds. The camshaft must again be magnetic particle inspected in
accordance with section 6-9.

FIGURE 17-12. OLD STYLE CAMSHAFT PLUG INSTALLATION

OCTOBER 2000 17-23

 9. All connecting rod piston pin bushings must be replaced 100% at overhaul. The connecting
rod piston pin bushing replacement must be performed using the specified procedure and
the following special tools:

a. Arbor press.
b. Borrough's 8098 Connecting Rod Bushing Removal/Installation Set or equivalent.
c. Borrough's 8111A Connecting Rod Boring and Alignment Fixture or equivalent.
d. High Speed Borer of the correct size.
e. Borrough's 8042C Adapter Kit or equivalent.
f. Vertical Mill or equivalent capable of maintaining 1750 RPM.
g. Federal Dimension Air Gauge with a 1.1268 Setting Ring and 1.1268 Air Plug or
equivalent.
h. Profilometer.
WARNING
Removing and replacing the connecting rod piston pin bushings with makeshift
tools and methods may result in irreparable damage to the connecting rods and
connecting rod/crankshaft malfunction.
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING REMOVAL
Press out old bushing using connecting rod bushing removal/installation set and an arbor
press. No nicks, gouges or other damage is permissible on the bore after bushing removal.
Connecting rods exhibiting any of the above must be discarded.
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING INSTALLATION
Make sure that the rod bore is smooth. Dip the new bushing in clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil
before placing it in position. Verify bushing part number. The bushing may be chilled slightly to
aid installation. Install as follqws:
a. Position connecting rod over the pilot so the mate marks and piston pin bore chamfer are
facing up.
b. Place the bushing on the pilot so that the bushing split is located 45 degrees from the
center line of the connecting rod, facing the crankpin end. See Figure 17-5, "Connecting
Rod Dimensions."
c. Position the ram onto the pilot.
d. Using the arbor press, carefully press the bushing flush with the piston pin bore.
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING FINISHING
Bore the new bushing to the specified diameter of 1.1267 - 1.1269 inches as follows:
a. Place the connecting rod on the base plate and secure with retainers provided.
b. Select the correct adapter kit and boring tool for the connecting rod.
c. Using a vertical mill, or equivalent, bore the connecting rod bushing to size. Maintain
1750 RPM during boring process.

17-24 OCTOBER 2000

 CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION
Using a profilometer inspect the piston pin bushing finish. The required surface finish is 16 Ra.
Because of the close tolerances required, the replaced bushings must be inspected using an
air gage with correct size air plug and setting ring. The bushing bore I.D. must be 1.1267 –
1.1269. After connecting rod bushing inspection, the connecting rod bushing alignment with
the big end bearing seat must be inspected in accordance with Section 17-3, "Dimensional
Inspection,” Connecting Rod Convergence and Twist.
CAUTION…In order to assure good dynamic balance, connecting rod assemblies are selected
in pairs with a maximum weight variation of 1/2 ounce in opposite bays. Therefore, rods are
supplied in matched sets only.
WARNING
Never remove material from any connecting rod .
10. Insure that all engine drive train associated parts listed in section 6-6, "100% Replacement
Parts," have been replaced.
17-5 ENGINE DRIVE TRAIN SUBASSEMBLY

NOTE…All engine drive train components must be clean and free of debris before assembly.
NOTE…Before assembly the crankshaft and camshaft must be checked for remaining
magnetism from inspection procedures. If found, demagnetize.
NOTE…The standard magnetic particle inspection procedure found in the latest revision of
ASTM standards on nondestructive testing describes the method of magnetization, inspection
and demagnetization.
WARNING
Failure to replace plugs before the camshaft is assembled in the engine will
result in loss of internal oil pressure with little or no lubrication of internal
moving engine parts and engine failure.
OLD SYLE CAMSHAFT
1. See Figure 17-1A, "Camshaft Assembly (Old Style)." Install the camshaft in a suitable
holding fixture. Using a rawhide mallet tap a new woodruff key (6) into camshaft groove and
tap governor drive gear (7) onto camshaft.
2. Install gear (4) on camshaft (1). The gear bolt holes are off-set to insure proper positioning
for timing. Install four new bolts (5) and torque to 240-260 inch pounds. Safety wire bolt
heads in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure." After assembly coat camshaft
with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil.
NEW STYLE CAMSHAFT
1. See Figure 17-1B, "Camshaft Assembly (New Style)." Install the camshaft in a suitable
holding fixture. Lubricate gear and camshaft splines with clean 50 weight engine oil. Install
governor drive gear (6) onto camshaft.
2. Install gear (4) on camshaft (1). The gear bolt holes are off-set to assure proper positioning
for timing. Install four new bolts (5) and torque to 240-260 inch pounds. Safety wire bolt
heads in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure." After assembly coat camshaft
with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.

OCTOBER 2000 17-25

 CRANKSHAFT
WARNING
Use only crankshafts that are manufactured from VAR forgings identified by the
letters VAR forged into a crankshaft cheek.
1. See Figure 17-2, "Crankshaft Assembly." Place the crankshaft on a bench with a notched
wood block under front and rear journals. Attach two sixth order counterweights (15) to
crank cheek No. 2 hanger blade with new pins (12). Install new plates and retaining rings
(10, 11) with sharp edge outboard. Attach one fourth order and one fifth order
counterweight to crank cheeks No. 5. Install pins (13, 14). Install new plates and retaining
rings (10, 11) with sharp edge outboard. Pins with the same part number and dash number
must be installed in each counterweight.
CAUTION…The retaining rings, plates and pins must be installed as shown in Figure 17-7,
"Counterweight Inspection, Repair and Installation."

The counterweight plates have a small extruded point which provides an interference fit of
.001 to .007. During installation, check the counterweight plates for an actual interference fit
in the bushing bore. An interference fit is required.

WARNING
Do not use plates that have a loose fit.

NOTE…Counterweight pins are identified by dash numbers stamped on one end. Because the
counterweight order is controlled by the pin diameter it is imperative only the correct pin,
properly identified, be used. The 4th order 643626-103 pin has an O.D. of .474-.475. The 5th
order 643626-104 pin has an O.D. of .527 -.528. The 6th order 643626-105 pin has an O.D. of
0.565 - 0.566.

WARNING
Do not exceed ten minutes at 350°F during crankshaft gear heating process. Do
not use a torch to heat the crankshaft gear. The heating process must be
performed using uniform heating methods only.

2. Heat crankshaft gear (24) to 300°F for 5 to 10 minutes. Use thick gloves to handle gear.
Align gear dowel hole with crankshaft dowel and install gear on crankshaft. Attach
crankshaft large gear (23) to crankshaft small gear and to crankshaft using four new bolts
(22). Torque bolts to 380 - 420 inch pounds in a criss-cross pattern. Install lock wire on
bolts (22) in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure."

3. Install alternator gear (27) over propeller flange. With holes aligned, install tab lock plates
(26) and four bolts (25). Torque bolts (25) to 140 - 150 inch pounds. Using a brass drift,
bend tabs of lock plates up against bolt head flats to safety.

17-26 MAY 1998

 WARNING
Do not over torque bolt(s) in an attempt to line up head flat with lock tab. If head
flat will not line up replace the bolt(s).
4. Lubricate oil transfer collar (19, 20) with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil and install on
crankshaft. Use new pins (18) and secure with new nuts (17). Torque nuts (17) alternately
in 20 inch pound increments to 75-85 inch pounds. Care must be taken in assembling the
collar to the crankshaft because of the close running clearance involved. The collar must
rotate freely to prevent frictional heating. Check for a running clearance of .0005L to .0018L
between the collar and crankshaft this will insure good oil pressure to the propeller.
5. Original connecting rods have a position number stamped on the end cap and rod bolt
boss. New connecting rods must have a position number, 1 through 6 as applicable, vibro
etched in the location shown in Figure 17-13, " Connecting Rod Position Number." Remove
the bolts and nuts from the connecting rods and discard. Place a sheet of crocus cloth on a
flat surface plate and dampen with solvent. Lightly rub the parting surface of the rod cap
and rod across the crocus cloth to remove any burrs or nicks. Inspect the parting surfaces,
bolt holes and bolt hole edges to insure there are no nicks burrs or sharp edges. Clean
rods, caps, bolts and nuts thoroughly, blow dry and place on a clean cloth. Clean the new
bearing inserts in solvent and blow dry. Inspect the bearings for damage and insure each
bearing is the correct size and part number for the connecting rod/crankshaft to be used.
Install a new bearing in each rod cap and rod. Insure that the bearing ends project the
same distance even with the parting surface and that they are properly seated. Closely
examine for and remove any metal that may have shaved from the bearing back onto the
parting surface during installation. Coat the rod bolt completely with clean 50 weight
aviation engine oil. Align the matching numbers on the connecting rod and cap and hand
press the new bolts into the connecting rod. Do not force bolts through the cap or rod bolt
holes. The connecting rod and cap must be completely seated and both bolt heads must be
completely seated against the connecting rod cap seats. Any connecting rod assembly
requiring more than hand pressure to seat the connecting rod, caps and bolts must be
discarded. Remove the connecting bolts and separate the connecting rod and cap. Inspect
each connecting rod assembly for correct fit.
6. Insure that the new bearings are properly seated. Using clean 50 wt. aviation oil, lubricate
and install each rod, cap and bearing assembly at the correct position on the crankshaft.
Install the connecting rod and cap with their numbers on top when odd number rods are
extended to the right and even number rods are to the left viewing crankshaft from the rear
(gear end) forward. Lubricate the new connecting rod bolt and nut threads using clean 50
weight aviation engine oil. Secure rods and caps using new special bolts and nuts (4 & 5).
On assemblies using the 643112 bolts and 643215 nuts, torque the nuts to 550-600 inch
pounds. On assemblies using the 654490 bolts and 643215 nuts, torque the nuts to
690-710 inch pounds.
WARNING
Both bolts and nuts on each connecting rod must be the same type and part
number.

OCTOBER 2000 17-27

 FIGURE 17-13. CONNECTING ROD POSITION NUMBER

10. Remove spring (28) and reinforcing ring (29) from oil seal (30). Unhook spring ends using
an unwinding motion. Place spring around crankshaft in oil seal area and turn spring ends
in an unwinding direction then join and allow one end to wind into the other end. Apply
Alvania ™ (Shell #2) to lip of oil seal and prop flange only. Squeeze oil seal until egg
shaped and start over flange. A special tool P/N5209 is available from Kent Moore to assist
in oil seal installation. After oil seal is on shaft wipe all grease from oil seal and shaft. The oil
seal outside diameter must be clean and dry before installation in the crankcase. Press the
reinforcing spring into the oil seal recess by moving fingers in both directions from split.
Insure spring is in deepest part of recess all the way around. Install reinforcing ring on
crankshaft and press into oil seal.

FIGURE 17-14. OIL SEAL INSTALLATION

11. Store engine drive train components in a clean protected area until final engine assembly.

17-28 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 18

FINAL ASSEMBLY
SECTION PAGE
18-1 General ............................................................................... 18-3
18-2 Crankcase........................................................................... 18-3
18-3 Crankcase Sealant and Threading Procedure................... 18-5
18-4 Crankcase Through Bolt Installation and
Torquing Sequence ............................................................ 18-6
18-5 Idler Gear Support Pin, Camshaft Cover, Crankshaft
Oil Seal Retainer And Oil Filler Tube ................................. 18-15
18-6A Oil Sump IO-550-A & C ...................................................... 18-15
18-6B Oil Sump IO-550-B, IO-550-R ............................................ 18-16
18-6C Oil Sump IO-550-G, N & P ................................................. 18-16
18-7A Oil Pump I0-550- A, A2B, A3B, I0-550-B, B1F, B2F,
B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F, B9B, B11B, B14B, B15B, B16B,
B19B, B21B, B23B, B29B, B30B, B32B, B35B, B37B,
I0-550-C, C1F, C2F, C2U, C3F, C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B,
C12B, C13B, C15B, C18B, C19B, C25B, C26B, C27B,
C28B, C29B, C30B ............................................................ 18-16
18-7B Oil Pump I0-550- A4B, A5B, A6B, A7B I0-550-B5F,
B12F, B13F, B17B, B18B, B20B, B22B, B24B, B25B,
B26B, B27B, B28B, B31B, B34B, B36B, I0-550-C16B,
C17B, |C21B, C22B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B,
I0550-N, N1B, IO-550-P, IO-550-R................................... 18-17
18-7C Oil Pump I0-550-G5B, G6B, I0550-N2B............................ 18-17
18-8A Starter And Starter Adapter I0-550-A, I0-550-B9A,
B9B, B9F, B14B, B19B, B30B, B35B, B36B, I0-550-C,
I0-550-G, I0-550-N, IO-550-P, IO-550-R ......................... 18-18
18-8B Starter And Starter Adapter I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F,
B4F, B5F, B6F, B11F, B12B, B13B, B15B, B16B, B17B,
B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B, B24B, B25B, B26B,
B27B, B28B, B29B, B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B ....
18-9 Optional Compressor Bracket ............................................ 18-18
18-10 Alternator Assembly ........................................................... 18-21
18-11A Magneto And Accessory Drive Adapters I0-550-A,
B, C, G, G1B, G2B, G4B, G6B, N, P & R........................... 18-22
18-11B Magneto And Accessory Drive Adapters
I0-550-G5B ......................................................................... 18-23
18-12A Valve Mechanism I0-550-A, B & C..................................... 18-23
18-12B Valve Mechanism I0-550-G, N, P & R................................ 18-24
18-13 Cylinder Baffling IO-550-G, N, P & R ................................. 18-26
18-14 Cylinder Drain Assembly IO-550-G, N, P & R.................... 18-26
18-15 Exhaust System ................................................................. 18-27
18-16A Induction System IO-550-A ................................................ 18-27
18-16B Induction System IO-550-B ................................................ 18-27
18-16C Induction System IO-550-C ................................................ 18-28
18-16D Induction System IO-550-G, N, P & R................................ 18-28

OCTOBER 2000 18-1

 18-17A Fuel Injection System IO-550-A..........................................18-29
18-17B Fuel Injection System IO-550-B..........................................18-29
18-17C Fuel Injection System IO-550-C..........................................18-30
18-17D Fuel Injection System IO-550-G, N, P & R .........................18-31
18-18 Magneto To Engine Timing.................................................18-32
Magneto Timing And Installation On Engine ......................18-35
Ignition Harness Pre-Installation Instructions .....................18-37
Ignition Harness Installation................................................18-38
FIGURE PAGE
18-1 Left Crankcase And Shafts Assembled On Stand .............18-4
18-2 Alignment Of Timing Marks.................................................18-4
18-3 Crankcase Sealant And Threading Procedure ..................18-6
18-4 O-Ring Installation Tool ......................................................18-7
18-5 Alternator Drive Gear and Crankshaft Oil Seal Installed ....18-8
18-6 Right Side View Of Permold Crankcase On Stand ............18-8
18-7 Bottom View With Oil Suction Tube Installed .....................18-12
18-8 Torquing Sequence.............................................................18-13
18-9A Installing No. 6 Cylinder ......................................................18-14
18-9B Torquing Cylinder Base Nut................................................18-14
18-10 Oil Sump Torque Sequence ...............................................18-15
18-11 Checking Sheave Alignment...............................................18-19
18-12 Sheave Alignment...............................................................18-20
18-13 Belt Tensioning ...................................................................18-21
18-14 Alternator Housing Modification..........................................18-22
18-15A Checking Rocker Arm Clearance IO-550-A, B & C............18-24
18-15B Checking Rocker Arm Clearance IO-550-G, N, P & R.......18-25
18-16 Rocker Arm to Rotocoil Clearance .....................................18-25
18-17 Installing Pushrod Housing .................................................18-26
18-18A Timing Position Step 1 ........................................................18-32
18-18B Timing Position Step 2 ........................................................18-33
18-18C Timing Position Step 3 ........................................................18-33
18-18D Timing Position Step 4 ........................................................18-34
18-18E Timing Position Step 5 ........................................................18-34
18-19 Position Of Magneto Couplings ..........................................18-36
18-20 Coating Insulating Sleeve ...................................................18-38
18-21 Ignition Wiring Diagram.......................................................18-39

TABLE PAGE
18-1 Coupling Nut Torque Values...............................................18-39

18-2 OCTOBER 2000

18-1 GENERAL
WARNING
Use only parts meeting the engine type design.
Apply clean 50 weight aviation engine oil liberally to all bare steel surfaces, journals, bearings
and bushings before and after installation, except where special lubricants are required. See
Chapter 3, "Sealants and Lubricants."
During assembly the mechanic must measure clearances of running parts as they are installed
and compare with clearances listed in Fits and Limits of the applicable system or component
section. During engine overhaul use only NEW PARTS LIMITS. See section 6-16, "Parts
Limits." Also TCM requires certain parts be replaced 100% at overhaul. See section 6-6, "100%
Replacement Parts."
Engine assembly must be performed in a clean dust free environment. All engine openings
must be covered as soon as possible to prevent admittance of debris or small parts.

18-2 CRANKCASE (See Figures as indicated in paragraphs)

1. Uncover crankcase halves. Using clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil, thoroughly coat all
crankcase camshaft bearing surfaces, prop governor gear bearing surface, starter shaft
gear bushing and idler gear bushing. The crankcase, crankshaft bearing saddles must be
dry prior to installing the crankshafts bearings do not coat them with oil.
2. Install left crankcase half on engine stand open side up. Place right crankcase half on
bench open side up. Using clean 50 weight aviation engine oil, thoroughly lubricate all
surfaces that were lubricated on the right crankcase half. Do not lubricate the crankshaft
bearing saddles.
3. See Figure 17-2, "Crankshaft Assembly." Install crankshaft bearings (2) in crankcase
crankshaft bearing saddles. Apply clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil to thrust washer lands in
crankcase to prevent thrust washer halves from falling out during final assembly. Install
thrust washer halves (1). Insure that the bearing and thrust washer ends project equally and
are properly seated. Lubricate bearings with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil.
4. See Figure 17-2. Install new o-ring (21) on oil transfer collar (20) and lubricate thoroughly
with clean 50 wt. aviation oil. With the aid of an assistant, lift crankshaft assembly by No. 1
connecting rod and propeller flange. Have assistant hold #3 and #5 connecting rods
upward, carefully lower assembly into position guiding oil transfer collar sleeve into it’s hole,
make sure o-ring is seated properly. Check to make sure bearings and thrust washers are
still seated properly. The connecting rod position numbers, if properly installed, will be
toward the upper case flange. Carefully place odd numbered connecting rods on the upper
case flange.
5. See Figure(s) 17-1A, 17-1B and 18-2 as applicable. Using clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil,
lubricate and install governor driven gear (8 or 7) and camshaft (1) into crankcase. Make
sure that timing marks on camshaft and crankshaft align as gears mesh. Number 1
connecting rod on crankshaft should be in its fully extended (TDC) position. Governor
driven gear may have to be turned slightly to allow camshaft to seat in its bearings properly.
Check governor driven gear backlash it must be 0.002 to 0.012.

OCTOBER 2000 18-3

 FIGURE 18-1. LEFT CRANKCASE AND SHAFTS ASSEMBLED ON STAND

FIGURE 18-2. ALIGNMENT OF TIMING MARKS

CAUTION…If the crankcase has been machined, gear backlashes must not be less than the
specified minimum after machining.
6. Measure crankshaft end clearance using a dial indicator set at zero against the propeller
flange it must be 0.004 to 0.016. Measure camshaft end clearance at either end of its rear
main bearing it must be 0.005 to 0.012.
7. See Figure 16-2, "Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover." Install bushing (16) into
crankcase. See Figure 17-2, "Crankshaft Assembly." Using clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil,
lubricate and install idler gear (3) in crankcase. See Figure 16-2, "Oil Filler, Idler Support
Pin & Camshaft Cover." Temporarily secure idler gear using new gasket (17) and support
pin (18).
18-4 MAY 1998
 NOTE…Idler gear thrust flange must be to the rear and the support pin eccentric shoulder
must be away from crankshaft.
Using a dial indicator check crankshaft and camshaft gear backlash it must be 0.008 to
0.012.
8. Coat camshaft lobes with Dow Corning G-N Paste. [Dow Corning® is a registered
trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.]

18-3 CRANKCASE SEALANT AND THREADING PROCEDURE

1. Use full strength non-thinned Permatex aviation grade 3D. Shake or mix well before using.
WARNING
Apply thread and permatex only as illustrated.
2. See Figure 18-3. Apply Permatex Number 3D to the 2-4-6 case half. Apply Permatex only
in areas where thread is shown. When applying, use short light brush strokes until an even
thin coat is obtained. The Permatex should be viscous enough that most of the brush marks
disappear; if not, use a new can of Aviation Permatex. Allow the Permatex to air dry to a
tacky condition before threading.

NOTE…Do not apply Permatex to crankshaft nose seal area.

3. Apply a thin translucent coat of TCM Gasket Maker P/N 646942 to 1-3-5 case half. Apply
Gasket Maker in all areas that will mate with areas where Permatex was applied on 2-4-6
case half.

4. Apply grade D silk thread P/N 641543 on 2-4-6 case half only. Apply thread as shown in
illustration. Be sure free ends of thread are covered by gaskets except at the nose oil seal.

5. Clean crankcase crankshaft front oil seal land with Locquic Primer “N” and apply a thin
translucent coat of gasket maker.

6. Assemble crankcase halves in accordance with the following paragraphs. Install and torque
all crankcase hardware in proper sequence in accordance with section 18-4 as soon as
possible.

7. Stand odd numbered connecting rods straight up. Have an assistant balance and guide
connecting rods through 1-3-5 case half cylinder openings as crankshaft assembly is
installed.

8. Back idler gear support pin partially out to clear studs.

9. Place 1-3-5 (right) crankcase half on 2-4-6 (left) case half. Push idler gear support pin back
onto studs. See Figure 16-2. Install support pin attaching hardware (19, 20) but do not
torque at this time. Take care to prevent displacement or damage to the crankshaft oil seal
and silk thread. Insure thrust washer halves and bearing halves remain in place.

OCTOBER 2000 18-5

 FIGURE 18-3. CRANKCASE SEALANT AND THREADING PROCEDURE
18-4 CRANKCASE THROUGH BOLT INSTALLATION AND TORQUING SEQUENCE
CAUTION…All studs and through bolts must be lubricated in accordance with Chapter 3,
"Sealants and Lubricants."
NOTE…See Figure(s) 16-1A or 16-1B, "Crankcase Attaching Parts," as applicable and Figure
18-8, "Torquing Sequence.”
WARNING
Failure to lubricate threads, apply the specific torque and follow the specific
torquing procedure may result in crankcase bearing bore damage, crankshaft
bearing damage, crankshaft damage and subsequent engine malfunction or
failure.
IO-550-A, B & C CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY
1. See Figures 16-1A, "Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-A, B & C” and 18-8, "Torquing
Sequence." Using an o-ring installation tool conforming with the specifications in Figure 18-
4," O-Ring Installation Tool," install eight 1/2 x 10.75 through bolts (16) with new o-rings
(17) into positions (37R/L through 44R/L).
2. Install three 5/16 x 4.00 inch tie bolts (15), washers (5) in positions (69, 71 & 72). Install one
7/16 inch through bolt (25) in position (46R/L) and one 7/16 inch through bolt (21) in
position (45R/L). Install one 5/16 X 1.12 screw in position (54) and one 5/16 X 1.38 screw in
position (53).
3. Tap the through bolt in to a position that will allow installation of hardware. Install one 3/8 x
10.44 through bolt (10), two o-rings (11), two washers(13) and two nuts (14) in position (64)
on I0-550-A crankcase. Install one 3/8 x 11.67 through bolt (10), two o-rings (11), one
spacer (12), two washers (13) and two nuts (14) in position (64) on I0-550-B crankcase.
Install one 3/8 x 12.14 through bolt (10), two o-rings (11), two washers(13) and two nuts
(14) in position (64) on I0-550-C crankcase .

18-6 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 18-4. O-RING INSTALLATION TOOL
4. Snug tie bolts (15), install and snug attaching hardware (22 through 24) on through bolts
(21, 25).
5. This hardware will hold crankcase halves and internal mechanism together during
assembly and torquing sequence. Rotate engine stand to place engine in upright position
as shown in Figure 18-6 with connecting rods supported by old (clean) cylinder o-rings.
Secure 1-3-5 side engine mounts to engine stand.
6. Place fuel manifold valve/bracket (7), lifting eye (8) and ignition bracket (9) at crankcase
backbone position specified in Figure 16-1A. Install backbone bolts (1 through 4) with
washers (5) and nuts (6). Finger tighten nuts (6). Do not torque at this time.
7. Install remaining bolts, washers and nuts (1 through 6) in hole positions specified in Figure
16-1A. Finger tighten but do not torque at this time.
8. Install four 5/16 bolts (26) in hole positions (73, 74, 75, 76), install and finger tighten
attaching hardware (27, 28).
9. Lower crankcase hardware and suction tube installation.

See Figure 14-3A, “Oil Sump For I0-550-A & C”. See Figure 14-3A, install gasket (6) with
split line toward crankcase on suction tube (1). Insert threaded end of tube through hole
provided in crankcase. Install gasket (7) and plug (8) on protruding, threaded end of suction
tube. Attach suction tube bracket to crankcase with bolt (3), spacer (2) and washer (4) and
nut (5) at position (78) in Figure 18-8. Install remaining 1/4 bolts (29) in hole positions
specified in Figure 16-1A, install and finger tighten attaching hardware (32, 33).

See Figure 14-3B, “Oil Sump For I0-550-B”. Install gasket (3) with split line toward
crankcase on suction tube (1). Insert threaded end of tube through hole provided in
crankcase. Install gasket (5) and plug (4) on protruding, threaded end of suction tube. Do
not tighten plug at this time. See Figure 14-3B, attach suction tube bracket to crankcase
with bolts (2). Torque bolts (2) to 155-175 inch pounds. Lockwire bolts (2) in accordance
with section 5-2, “Lockwire Procedure.” See Figure 16-1A, install and finger tighten
hardware (29 through 33).
Proceed to I0-550-A, B & C cylinder installation.

OCTOBER 2000 18-7

 FIGURE 18-5. ALTERNATOR DRIVE GEAR AND CRANKSHAFT
OIL SEAL INSTALLED

FIGURE 18-6. CRANKCASE ASSEMBLED ON STAND

18-8 MAY 1998
I0-550-A, B, C Cylinder Installation
NOTE…See Chapter 3 for lubricant specifications and suppliers.
WARNING
The improper use of sealants and lubricants may cause engine malfunction or
failure.
a. Insure that the rocker shafts are temporarily installed in their boss bores prior to installing
the cylinders. Verify that all cylinder valve keepers have been properly installed.
b. Insure that each cylinder has a new cylinder base packing properly installed as described in
section 15-7.
c. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 1 and number 2 connecting rods in their
outer most position. Lubricate all cylinder through bolt and deck stud threads using clean 50
weight aviation engine oil.
d. Back the number 1 piston pin far enough out to allow the piston to be installed on the
number 1 connecting rod. Place the number 1 cylinder and piston assembly on the number
1 connecting rod and slide the piston pin into the connecting rod and piston. Using a ring
compressor, compress the number 4 piston ring and push the cylinder until the number 4
ring is positioned inside the cylinder barrel. Remove the ring compressor and push the
cylinder assembly against the crankcase cylinder deck with the stud holes aligned.
e. Install the cylinder deck and through bolt nuts but do not torque at this time .
f. Back the number 2 piston pin far enough out to allow the piston to be installed on the
number 2 connecting rod. Place the number 2 cylinder and piston assembly on the number
2 connecting rod and slide the piston pin into the connecting rod and piston. Using a ring
compressor, compress the number 4 piston ring and push the cylinder until the number 4
ring is positioned inside the cylinder barrel. Remove the ring compressor and push the
cylinder assembly against the crankcase cylinder deck with the stud holes aligned.
g. Install the cylinder deck and through bolt nuts but do not torque at this time.
h. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 3 and number 4 connecting rods in their
outer most position.
i. Using the same procedure that was used to install the number 1 and number 2 cylinder and
piston assemblies, install the number 3 and number 4 cylinder and piston assemblies.
j. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 5 and number 6 connecting rods in their
outer most position.
k. Using the same procedure that was used to install the number 1 and number 2 cylinder and
piston assemblies, install the number 5 and number 6 cylinder and piston assemblies.
l. Install the 7th stud brackets and nuts but do not torque at this time.
NOTE…The 7th stud nuts have a conical seat.
m. See Figure 16-1A, install baffle support (20) on through bolts at positions (43L & 44L).
Install attaching hardware (18, 19) do not torque at this time. On 1-3-5 side of crankcase
install baffle support (34) on through bolts at positions (41R & 42R). Install attaching
hardware (18, 19) do not torque at this time.
n. Apply Champion® thread lubricant to spark plugs in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Install gaskets and spark plugs in bottom cylinder spark plug holes. Do not
Torque at this time.
o. Proceed to “TORQUING.”

OCTOBER 2000 18-9

 IO-550-G,N, P & R CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY
1. See Figures 16-1B, "Crankcase Attaching Parts IO-550-G & N” and 18-8, "Torquing
Sequence." Using an o-ring installation tool conforming with the specifications in Figure 18-
4," O-Ring Installation Tool," and new o-rings (16), install eight 1/2 x 10.75 through bolts
(15) with new o-rings (16) into positions (37R/L through 44R/L).
2. Install three 5/16 x 4.00 inch tie bolts (14), washers (4) in positions (69, 71 & 72). Install one
7/16 inch through bolt (24) in position (46R/L) and one 7/16 inch through bolt (20) in
position (45R/L). Install one 5/16 X 1.12 screw in position (54) and one 5/16 X 1.38 screw in
position (53).
3. Tap the through bolt in to a position that will allow installation of hardware. Install one 3/8 x
10.44 through bolt (10), two o-rings (11), two washers(12) and two nuts (13) in position
(64).
4. Snug tie bolts (14), install and snug attaching hardware (21 through 23) on through bolts
(20, 24).
5. This hardware will hold crankcase halves and internal mechanism together during
assembly and torquing sequence. Rotate engine stand to place engine in upright position
as shown in Figure 18-6 with connecting rods supported by old (clean) cylinder o-rings.
Secure 1-3-5 side engine mounts to engine stand.
6. Place lifting eye (8) and ignition bracket (9) at crankcase backbone position specified in
Figure 16-1B. Install backbone bolts (1 through 3) with washers (4, 5) and nuts (6). Finger
tighten nuts (6) do not torque at this time.
7. Install remaining bolts, washers and nuts (1 through 6) in hole positions specified in Figure
16-1B. Finger tighten but do not torque at this time.
8. Rotate stand to place engine in inverted position. Install four 5/16 bolts (25) in hole
positions (73, 74, 75, 76), install and finger tighten attaching hardware (26, 27).
9. See Figure 14-3C Oil Sump For I0-550-G & N. Install gasket (6) with split line toward
crankcase on suction tube (1). Insert threaded end of tube through hole provided in
crankcase. Install gasket (7) and plug (8) on protruding, threaded end of suction tube.
Attach suction tube bracket to crankcase with bolt (31), washers (29) and nut (30) at
position (78) in Figure 18-8. Install remaining 1/4 bolts (28) in hole positions specified in
Figure 16-1B, install and finger tighten attaching hardware (29, 30).
See Figure 14-3D Oil Sump For I0-550-P. Install gasket (6) with split line toward crankcase
on suction tube (1). Insert threaded end of tube through hole provided in crankcase. Install
gasket (7) and plug (8) on protruding, threaded end of suction tube. Attach suction tube
bracket to crankcase with bolt (3) and washers (2, 4) at position (78) in Figure 18-8. Install
remaining 1/4 bolts (30) in hole positions specified in Figure 16-1A, install and finger tighten
attaching hardware (32, 33).
See Figure 14-3B Oil Sump For I0-550-R. Install gasket (3) with split line toward crankcase
on suction tube (1). Insert threaded end of tube through hole provided in crankcase. Install
gasket (5) and plug (4) on protruding, threaded end of suction tube. Do not tighten plug at
this time. See Figure 14-3B, attach suction tube bracket to crankcase with bolts (2). Torque
bolts (2) to 155-175 inch pounds. Lockwire bolts (2) in accordance with section 5-2,
“Lockwire Procedure.” See Figure 16-1A, install and finger tighten hardware (29 through
33).
I0-550-G, N, P, R Cylinder Installation
Rotate engine to upright position. Install the cylinder and piston assemblies in accordance with
the following procedure.

18-10 OCTOBER 2000

NOTE…See Chapter 3 for lubricant specifications and suppliers.
WARNING
The improper use of sealants and lubricants may cause engine malfunction or
failure.
a. Verify that all cylinder valve keepers have been properly installed.
b. Insure that each cylinder has a new cylinder base packing properly installed as
described in section 15-7.
c. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 1 and number 2 connecting rods in
their outer most position. Lubricate all cylinder through bolt and deck stud threads using
clean 50 weight aviation engine oil.
d. Back the number 1 piston pin far enough out to allow the piston to be installed on the
number 1 connecting rod. Place the number 1 cylinder and piston assembly on the
number 1 connecting rod and slide the piston pin into the connecting rod and piston.
Using a ring compressor, compress the number 4 piston ring and push the cylinder until
the number 4 ring is positioned inside the cylinder barrel. Remove the ring compressor
and push the cylinder assembly against the crankcase cylinder deck with the stud holes
aligned.
e. Install the cylinder deck and through bolt nuts but do not torque at this time.
f. Back the number 2 piston pin far enough out to allow the piston to be installed on the
number 2 connecting rod. Place the number 2 cylinder and piston assembly on the
number 2 connecting rod and slide the piston pin into the connecting rod and piston.
Using a ring compressor, compress the number 4 piston ring and push the cylinder until
the number 4 ring is positioned inside the cylinder barrel. Remove the ring compressor
and push the cylinder assembly against the crankcase cylinder deck with the stud holes
aligned.
g. Install the cylinder deck and through bolt nuts but do not torque at this time.
h. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 3 and number 4 connecting rods in
their outer most position.
i. Using the same procedure that was used to install the number 1 and number 2 cylinder
and piston assemblies, install the number 3 and number 4 cylinder and piston
assemblies.
j. Carefully rotate the crankshaft placing the number 5 and number 6 connecting rods in
their outer most position.
k. Using the same procedure that was used to install the number 1 and number 2 cylinder
and piston assemblies, install the number 5 and number 6 cylinder and piston
assemblies.
l. Install the 7th stud brackets and nuts but do not torque at this time.
NOTE…The 7th stud nuts have a conical seat.
m. See Figure 16-1B, on 2-4-6 side of crankcase install baffle support (19) on through bolts
at positions (43L & 44L). Install attaching hardware (17, 18) do not torque at this time.
On 1-3-5 side of crankcase install attaching hardware (17, 18) on through bolts at
positions (41R & 42R) do not torque at this time.
n. Apply Champion® thread lubricant to spark plugs in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Install gaskets and spark plugs in bottom cylinder spark plug holes. Do not
Torque at this time.
o. Proceed to “TORQUING.”

OCTOBER 2000 18-11

 TORQUING
CAUTION…Before torquing the crankcase, using a straight edge, insure that the rear
crankcase half ends are flush with each other.

FIGURE 18-7. GENERAL BOTTOM VIEW WITH OIL SUCTION TUBE INSTALLED

NOTE…Have an assistant hold nuts on opposite side of cylinder when torquing through bolt
hardware. Through bolt nuts on both sides of crankcase must be torqued to the specified
values.
1. After all cylinders have been installed, using the sequence shown in Figure 18-8 torque
nuts at positions (1 through 52) to the following preliminary torques:
NOTE…Crankcase and cylinder torquing requires two people.
WARNING
The torque values specified for engine reassembly are for use with clean nuts,
bolts and studs with threads that are free of damage, distortion and that have
been pre-lubricated with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil prior to torquing.
The torque wrench used for torquing must be currently calibrated and traceable
to the National Bureau of Standards. Incorrect through bolt torque may result in
subsequent engine malfunction and failure.

18-12 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 18-8. TORQUING SEQUENCE

CRANKCASE PRELIMINARY TORQUE VALUES

Preliminary Torques
Sequence Number
(inch pounds)
250 1 through 36
350 (6 point nut) 37R/L, 38R/L, 39R/L, 40R/L
400 (12 point nut) 37R/L, 38R/L, 39R/L, 40R/L
350 (6 point nut) 41L, 42L, 43R, 44R
400 (12 point nut) 41L, 42L, 43R, 44R
312 41R, 42R, 43L, 44L
225 45R/L, 46R/L
250 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52

Using the sequence shown in Figure 18-8, torque nuts at positions (1 through 70) to the following final
torques:

CRANKCASE FINAL TORQUE VALUES

Final Torques
Sequence Number
(inch pounds)
490-510 1 through 36
690-710 (6 point nut) 37R/L, 38R/L, 39R/L, 40R/L
790-810 (12 point nut) 37R/L, 38R/L, 39R/L, 40R/L
690-710 (6 point nut) 41L, 42L, 43R, 44R
790-810 (12 point nut) 41L, 42L, 43R, 44R
615-635 41R, 42R, 43L, 44L
440-460 45R/L, 46R/L
490-510 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52
155-175 53, 54
190-210 55 through 63, 65, 66, 67, 68
275-325 64
155-175 69, 70, 71, 72
180-220 73 through 76
90-110 77 through 82

OCTOBER 2000 18-13

 2. Install engine oil coolers using the following instructions:
Oil Cooler IO-550-A, B, IO-550-G, G1B, G2B & G4B
See Figure 14-2A, slide gaskets (1) and gasket (2), onto crankcase studs. Install oil cooler (3),
with baffle (4) attached, onto crankcase studs. Secure with attaching hardware (5 through 11).
Torque 3/8 nuts to 275-325 inch pounds. Torque 5/16 nuts to 180-220 inch pounds.
Oil Cooler IO-550-C
NOTE…Use engine mount bracket P/N 653305 which replaces P/N 630694.
See Figure 16-3A, install o-rings (1) and engine mount leg (3) on crankcase engine and oil
cooler mount studs. See Figure 14-2B, install gaskets (1) and o-rings (2) onto crankcase studs.
Install oil cooler (3), with baffle (4) attached, onto crankcase studs. Secure with attaching
hardware (5 through 7) in Figure 14-2B and (8 through 11) in Figure 16-3A. Torque 3/8 nuts to
275-325 inch pounds. Torque 5/16 nuts to 180-220 inch pounds.
Oil Cooler IO-550-G5B, G6B, IO-550-N, IO-550-P, IO-550-R
See Figure 14-2C, slide gaskets (1) and gasket (2), onto crankcase studs. Install oil cooler (3),
with baffle (4) attached, onto crankcase studs. Secure with attaching hardware (5 through 11).
Torque 3/8 nuts to 275-325 inch pounds. Torque 5/16 nuts to 180-220 inch pounds.

18-14 OCTOBER 2000

 18-5 IDLER GEAR SUPPORT PIN, CAMSHAFT COVER, CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
RETAINER AND OIL FILLER TUBE

NOTE…Silk thread ends must be under idler pin and cam cover gaskets.

1. Oil Filler, Idler Support Pin & Camshaft Cover

See Figure 16-2, torque idler gear support pin nuts (20) to 90-110 inch pounds. Using a
new gasket (11) install camshaft cover (12) and secure with attaching hardware (13, 14,
15). Torque nuts (15) to 90-110 inch pounds.

WARNING
Oil pressure is applied to the face of the governor drive pad. If gasket, accessory or
cover is not properly installed and hardware is not properly torqued oil leakage
will occur.
2. Oil Seal Retainer and Governor Cover IO-550-A, B, C
See Figure 16-3A, install crankshaft oil seal retainer (18) and secure with bolts (19). Torque
bolts (19) to 21.0-25.0 inch pounds. Using new gasket (12) install cover (13) and secure
with attaching hardware (14 through 17) or install propeller governor, using the correct
gasket, in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's Instructions. Torque nuts (17) to
180-220 inch pounds.
3. Oil Seal Retainer and Governor Cover IO-550-G, N, P & R
See Figure 16-3B, install crankshaft oil seal retainer (13) and secure with bolts (14). Torque
bolts (14) to 21.0-25.0 inch pounds. Using new gasket (7) install cover (8) and secure with
attaching hardware (9 through 12) or install propeller governor, using the correct gasket, in
accordance with the airframe manufacturer's Instructions. Torque nuts (12) to 180-220 inch
pounds.

FIGURE 18-10. OIL SUMP TORQUE SEQUENCE

18-6A OIL SUMP IO-550-A & C
See Figure 14-3A. Coat oil sump flange with TCM gasket sealant 642188-1. Install new gasket
(9) and oil sump (10) on crankcase. If using beaded style gasket (9) install it with beaded side
toward sump. See Figure 10-1A, install balance tube bracket (15) centered on front oil sump
flange. See Figure 14-3A. Secure oil sump and brackets with attaching hardware (11 through
13), install new gasket (14) (splitline toward sump) and plug (8). Using the sequence in Figure
18-10 torque bolts (13) to 83 inch pounds preliminary torque. Torque bolts (13) to 155-175 inch
final torque. Torque plug (8) to 190 - 210 inch pounds. Safety wire plug in accordance with
section 5-2, “Lockwire Procedure. ”

OCTOBER 2000 18-15

18-6B OIL SUMP IO-550-B, IO-550-R
See Figure 14-3B. Coat oil sump flange with TCM gasket sealant 642188-1. Install new gasket
(6) and oil sump (7) on crankcase. If using beaded style gasket (6) install it with beaded side
toward sump. See Figure 10-1B, install balance tube bracket (12) centered on front oil sump
flange. See Figure 14-3B. Secure oil sump and bracket with attaching hardware (10, 11, 12),
install new gasket (9) (splitline toward sump) and plug (4). Using the sequence in Figure 18-10
torque bolts (12) to 83 inch pounds preliminary torque. Torque bolts (12) to 155-175 inch final
torque. Torque plug (4) to 190 - 210 inch pounds. Safety wire plug in accordance with section
5-2, “Lockwire Procedure.” Install new felt pad (13).
18-6C OIL SUMP IO-550-G, N & P
See Figure 14-3C. Coat oil sump flange with TCM gasket sealant 642188-1. Install new gasket
(9) and oil sump (10) on crankcase. If using beaded style gasket (9) install it with beaded side
toward sump. Secure oil sump with attaching hardware (11 through 13), install new gasket (14)
(splitline toward sump) and plug (8). Using the sequence in Figure 18-10 torque bolts (13) to 83
inch pounds preliminary torque. Torque bolts (13) to 155-175 inch final torque. Torque plug (8)
to 190 - 210 inch pounds. Safety wire plug in accordance with section 5-2, “Lockwire
Procedure.”

18-7A OIL PUMP I0-550- A, A2B, A3B, I0-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F, B9B,
B11B, B14B, B15B, B16B, B19B, B21B, B23B, B29B, B30B, B32B, B35B, B37B,
I0-550-C, C1F, C2F, C2U, C3F, C6F, C8B, C9B, C11B, C12B, C13B, C15B,
C18B, C19B, C25B, C26B, C27B, C28B, C29B, C30B (See Figure 14-1A)
1. Remove plug (42), gasket (41) from protruding end of oil suction tube.
2. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at oil pump bore. Place
silk thread ends into split line of oil pump bore.
3. Place new oil pump gasket (20) and oil pump assembly (1) on crankcase studs. Secure
with attaching hardware (22, 23, 24).
4. Torque nuts (24) to 90 - 110 inch pounds. Install new gasket (34) and oil filter adapter (36)
on oil pump housing studs. Torque nuts (39) to 275 - 325 inch pounds. Secure with
attaching hardware (37, 38, 39).
5. Apply a thin coat of Dow Corning No. 4 to the oil filter seal. Fill new oil filter with clean Type
II corrosion preventative mineral oil conforming with MIL-C6529. Install new spin-on filter
(35) and torque to 192-216 inch pounds. Safety wire oil filter in accordance with section 5-2,
“Lockwire Procedure.”
6. Re-install gasket (41) and plug (42). Torque plug (42) to 190-210 inch pounds. Safety wire
plug in accordance with section 5-2, “Lockwire Procedure.”

18-16 OCTOBER 2000

18-7B OIL PUMP IO-550- A4B, A5B, A6B, A7B I0-550-B5F, B12F, B13F, B17B, B18B,
B20B, B22B, B24B, B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B31B, B34B, B36B, I0-550-C16B,
C17B, C21B, C22B, I0-550-G, G1B, G2B, G4B, I0550-N, N1B, I0550-P, I0550-R
(See Figure 14-1B)

1. Remove plug (34), gasket (33) from protruding end of oil suction tube.

2. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at oil pump bore. Place
silk thread ends into split line of oil pump bore.

3. Place new oil pump gasket (20) and oil pump assembly (1) on crankcase studs. Secure
with attaching hardware (21, 22, 23).

4. Torque nuts (23) to 90 - 110 inch pounds. Install new gasket (27) and oil filter adapter (29)
on oil pump housing studs. Torque nuts (32) to 275 - 325 inch pounds. Secure with
attaching hardware (30, 31, 32).

5. Apply a thin coat of Dow Corning No. 4 to the oil filter seal. Fill new oil filter with clean Type
II corrosion preventative mineral oil conforming with MIL-C6529. Install new spin-on filter
(28) and torque to 192-216 inch pounds. Safety wire oil filter in accordance with section 5-2,
“Lockwire Procedure.”

6. Re-install gasket (33) and plug (34). Torque plug (34) to 190-210 inch pounds. Safety wire
plug in accordance with section 5-2, “Lockwire Procedure.”

18-7C OIL PUMP IO-550-G5B, G6B, I0550-N2B (See Figure 14-1C)

1. Remove plug (28), gasket (27) from protruding end of oil suction tube.

2. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at oil pump bore. Place
silk thread ends into split line of oil pump bore.

3. Place new oil pump gasket (17) and oil pump assembly (1) on crankcase studs. Secure
with attaching hardware (18, 19, 20).

4. Torque nuts (20) to 90 - 110 inch pounds. Install new gasket (21) and oil filter adapter (23)
on oil pump housing studs. Torque nuts (26) to 275 - 325 inch pounds. Secure with
attaching hardware (24, 25, 26).

5. Apply a thin coat of Dow Corning No. 4 to the oil filter seal. Fill new oil filter with clean Type
II corrosion preventative mineral oil conforming with MIL-C6529. Install new spin-on filter
(22) and torque to 192-216 inch pounds. Safety wire oil filter in accordance with section 5-2,
“Lockwire Procedure.”

6. Re-install gasket (27) and plug (28). Torque plug (28) to 190-210 inch pounds. Safety wire
plug in accordance with section 5-2, “Lockwire Procedure.”

OCTOBER 2000 18-17

18-8A STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER IO-550-A, I0-550-B9A, B9B, B9F, B14B,
B19B, B30B, B35B, B36B, IO-550-C, IO-550-G, IO-550-N, IO550-P, IO550-R (See
Figure 13-1A)
1. Apply a thin translucent coat of TCM Gasket Maker 646942 to the starter adapter gasket
crankcase mating surface only.

2. Install gasket (1) on crankcase.

CAUTION…Sealant must be applied sparingly to prevent contamination of the engine oil system.

3. Lubricate teeth on starter shaftgear with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil and mesh with
crankshaft gear as starter adapter is placed in position. Seat adapter against gasket.
Secure adapter assembly to crankcase with washers (2, 27), new lock washers (3) and
nuts (4, 28). Torque 5/16-24 nuts to 180-220 inch pounds. Torque 3/8 16 nuts to 200-220
inch pounds.

4. Lubricate o-ring (29) with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil and install on starter pilot. Turn
starter shaft until tongue aligns with worm drive shaft slot. Mount starter (30) and secure
with washers (31) and nuts (32). Torque nuts (32) to 200-220 inch pounds.

18-8B STARTER AND STARTER ADAPTER IO-550-B, B1F, B2F, B3F, B4F, B5F, B6F,
B11F, B12B, B13B, B15B, B16B, B17B, B18B, B20B, B21B, B22B, B23B, B24B,
B25B, B26B, B27B, B28B, B29B, B31B, B32B, B33B, B34B, B37B
(See Figure 13-1B)
1. Apply a thin translucent coat of TCM Gasket Maker 646942 to the starter adapter gasket
crankcase mating surface only.

2. Install gasket (1) on crankcase.

CAUTION…Sealant must be applied sparingly to prevent contamination of the engine oil system .

3. Lubricate teeth on starter shaftgear with clean 50 weight aviation engine oil and mesh with
crankshaft gear as starter adapter is placed in position. Seat adapter against gasket.
Secure adapter assembly to crankcase with washers (2, 28), new lock washers (3) and
nuts (4, 29). Torque 5/16-24 nuts to 180-220 inch pounds. Torque 3/8 16 nuts to 200-220
inch pounds.

4. Lubricate o-ring (47) with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil and install on starter pilot. Turn
starter shaft until tongue aligns with worm drive shaft slot. Mount starter (48) and secure
with washers (49) and nuts (50). Torque nuts (50) to 200-220 inch pounds.

18-18 OCTOBER 2000

18-9 OPTIONAL COMPRESSOR BRACKET

1. If optional air conditioning compressor is to be utilized see Figure 13-1B. Remove nut (46)
and spacer (45). Install drive sheave in place of spacer (45). Discard spacer (45).
Temporarily secure drive sheave with nut (46). Do not torque at this time.
2. See Figure 16-1A. Remove nut (14), washer (13) and spacer (12). Inspect o-ring (11) and
replace if necessary. See Figure 11-1. Install bracket (1) on crankcase upper hole to
through bolt. See Figure 16-1. Loosely install washer (13) and nut (14). Discard spacer
(12). See Figure 11-1. Align lower bracket bolt holes with crankcase bolt bosses. Install two
each kit supplied washers (17) and bolts (16). In a counterclockwise sequence starting with
the through bolt nut, torque nut and two bolts to 220 - 260 inch pounds.
3. See Figure 11-1, "Optional Compressor Mounting Bracket." Install customer supplied air
conditioning compressor using kit supplied bolts (15), washer (14) and nuts (13). Torque
nuts (13) and bolts (15) to 275 - 325 inch pounds. Further installation must be
accomplished using the airframe manufacturer's instructions.
4. With all components installed the alignment of compressor, starter adapter and idler
sheaves must be checked using a calibrated alignment tool Borroughs Tool No. 8082 or
equivalent. see Chapter 2, "Tools." Check tool flatness (calibration) by laying it on a surface
table. Place the alignment tool around the drive sheave with the extended end overlaying
the upper portion of the compressor sheave. When the alignment is correct the alignment
tools extended end (bar center) will fall within 0.020 inch of the center of the sheave. Use
this same procedure to check the idler sheave, except the extended end of alignment tool
will overlay the lower portion of the compressor sheave. See Figure 18-11, "Checking
Sheave Alignment."

FIGURE 18-11. CHECKING SHEAVE ALIGNMENT

MAY 1998 18-19

 5. If drive or idler sheaves are not in alignment, remove sheaves and install up to but not to
exceed five 0.020 shims P/N 643956-20 to achieve the correct alignment. See Figure
18-12, "Sheave Alignment." When idler sheave is properly adjusted, torque sheave screw
to 800-850 inch pounds. When drive sheave is properly adjusted, torque sheave 12 point
self locking nut to 450-500 inch pounds. Nuts must be lubricated with clean 50 wt. aviation
engine oil. All threads of the sheave nut must be engaged.
CAUTION…Prevent engine from turning when torquing nut.
6. See Figure 18-13, "Belt Tensioning," on next page. Loosen the jam nut, adjusting bolt and
slide nut. The slide nut should be loosened only enough to allow the slide to move freely
and the adjusting bolt should be turned out far enough to allow Installation of the belt.
7. Install the drive belt. Slide the idler sheave snugly against the belt and torque the adjusting
bolt finger tight into its socket. In this position the idler sheave should rotate by hand under
the belt. Torque the adjusting bolt two full turns. Torque the adjusting bolt jam nut to
275-375 inch pounds. Torque the idler sheave bracket slide nut to 300-350 inch pounds.

FIGURE 18-12. SHEAVE ALIGNMENT

8. Confirm that belt tension is 50-70 lbs. by one of the following methods:

a. Use a direct reading belt tension gage such as Borroughs Tool No. BT-33-73F.
b. Measure belt deflection under a five pound load at the center of the longest belt span.
Correct deflection is 0.30-0.40 inch.
If belt tension is not within the above tolerance, loosen jam nut and slide nut and readjust belt
tension. One full turn of adjusting screw will give approximately ten pounds change in belt
tension.
CAUTION…Do not over torque drive belt .

18-20 OCTOBER 2000

 After approximately five hours of operation, recheck belt tension and adjust as required to
maintain 50-70 pounds belt tension.

FIGURE 18-13. BELT TENSIONING

18-10 ALTERNATOR ASSEMBLY (See Figure 12-1)

1. Install new gasket (1) on crankcase alternator flange.

2. Insure that the alternator slips onto the crankcase without binding and that the mounting
flange is properly seated against the crankcase. Do not force the alternator into position.

3. If there is stud interference with the mounting lug holes while mounting the alternator, do
not force the alternator over the studs. Installation of the alternator in a binding
configuration can cause mount lug failure. If interference exists, it is permissible to enlarge
the mount lug stud holes by drilling or reaming to a maximum diameter of .387. Standard
hole size is .337-.347 inch diameter.

4. Insure that the alternator pilot enters the crankcase pilot bore squarely. Forcing entry with
the attaching nuts will stress the lugs causing cracking and malfunction.

5. Install alternator (2) onto the engine. With the alternator pilot properly engaged in the pilot
bore, install washers (8), lock washers (9) and nuts (10). Finger tighten nuts evenly and
snug. Torque nuts (10) to 180-220 inch pounds.
See NOTE on next page.

OCTOBER 2000 18-21

 NOTE…If Installing a new or rebuilt 60 amp 24 volt alternator and interference occurs
between one of the crankcase through bolts and the alternator drive end housing, perform the
following:
a. Using an appropriate grinding tool or a .750 - .812 diameter end mill cutter, contour
housing as specified in Figure 18-14. Insure a minimum radius at all corners of
.005” and wipe away chips or dust. Treat with Accelagold Aluminum Conversion
Coating, and apply enamel paint.
b. Reinstall alternator in accordance with the previous installation procedure. Verify
through bolt does not contact housing.

1.27 - 1.29
(center line of grind stone or cutter)

.38 - .41 R(ref)

(.750 - .812 dia. grind stone or cutter)

.24 - .26
(center line of grind stone or cutter)
.38 - .41 R(ref)

.85 - .88

FIGURE 18-14. ALTERNATOR HOUSING MODIFICATION

18-11A MAGNETO AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTERS IO-550-A, B, C, G, G1B,

G2B, G4B, G6B, IO-550-N, IO-550-P, IO-550-R (See Figure 8-2A)
WARNING
Oil pressure is applied to the face of the accessory drive pads. Apply proper
gasket and torquing procedures .

18-22 OCTOBER 2000

 1. Place two new gaskets (1) on the two upper mount pads at the rear of the crankcase. The
oil holes in gaskets must be aligned with the crankcase oil outlet holes.
2. Install two adapter assemblies (2) on the crankcase mount pads. The adapter oil holes
must be aligned with the crankcase oil outlet holes. Attach both adapters to crankcase
using plain washers (6, 7), lock washers (8, 9) and nuts (10, 11). Torque 5/16 nuts to 180 -
220 inch pounds and 3/8 nuts to 275 - 325 inch pounds.
3. Using new gaskets (16), install covers (17) and secure using attaching hardware (18, 19 &
20). Torque nuts (20) to 90-110 inch pounds. If installing an airframe supplied accessory,
insure that the proper gasket is used and install in accordance with the airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

18-11B MAGNETO AND ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTERS

I0-550-G5B (See Figure 8-2B)
WARNING
Oil pressure is applied to the face of the accessory drive pads. Apply proper
gasket and torquing procedures.
1. Place two new gaskets (1) on the two upper mount pads at the rear of the crankcase. The
oil holes in gaskets must be aligned with the crankcase oil outlet holes.
2. Install two adapter assemblies (2, 6) on the crankcase mount pads. Adapter (2) oil hole
must be aligned with the crankcase oil outlet hole. Attach both adapters to crankcase using
plain washers (10, 11), lock washers (12, 13) and nuts (14, 15). Torque 5/16 nuts to 180 -
220 inch pounds and 3/8 nuts to 275 - 325 inch pounds.
3. Using new gaskets (20), install covers (21) and secure using attaching hardware (22, 23,
24 or 22, 23, 25) as applicable. Torque nuts (24) to 90-110 inch pounds. Torque bolts (25)
to 75-85 inch pounds. If installing an airframe supplied accessory, insure that the proper
gasket is used and install in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's instructions.

18-12A VALVE MECHANISM I0-550-A, B & C (See Figure 15-1A)

1. Lubricate all tappet faces using Dow Corning® G-N Paste or equivalent. [Dow Corning® is
a registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.]
2. Install new exhaust tappets into exhaust side tappet guides. Install new intake tappets into
intake side tappet guides.
3. Install twelve pushrod housings. Using a Borrough's 68-3 Rod Spring Compressor or
equivalent compress new spring (38). Place a new packing (37) between two steel washers
(36), and install on the crankcase end of pushrod housing. Place a new packing (37)
between two steel washers (36), and install on the cylinder end of pushrod housing. Insert
housing into crankcase guide until other end with washers (36) and packing (37) can be
aligned with cylinder head opening. Move assembly outward until gasket has entered
cylinder hole. Release spring slowly until it is free. Remove spring compressor. See Figure
18-17, "Installing Pushrod Housing." Install the pushrod housings nearest to engine mount
brackets first. The spring compressor tool must lie close to horizontal in order to clear the
crankcase flange. Place engine in upright position.
4. Lubricate pushrods (39) with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil and install through cylinder
openings into housings (35).

OCTOBER 2000 18-23

 FIGURE 18-15A. CHECKING ROCKER ARM SIDE CLEARANCE
5. Before installing valve actuating parts on each cylinder turn the crankshaft until pushrods
are at their lowest position. Lubricate rocker assemblies, new thrust washers and new
rocker shafts using clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil. The rocker shaft beveled side must be
installed facing toward the cylinder base. Slide rocker arm shafts to side to allow rocker arm
installation. Install rocker assemblies (21, 24) and thrust washers (27) in rocker bosses.
Slide rocker shafts (18) into place and secure with washers (19) and bolts (20), check side
clearance between rocker boss and rocker arms it must be .002 - .015. See Figure 18-15A,
“Checking Rocker Arm Clearance.” Torque bolts (20) to 90 - 100 inch pounds.
6. Measure exhaust rocker arm to rotocoil clearance. See Figure 18-16, "Rocker Arm To
Rotocoil Clearance.
7. Measure dry valve gear lash at valve tip to rocker foot and compare with limits given in
Figure 15-4A or 15-4B, "Cylinder Fits and Limits," as applicable.
8. Install valve actuating parts on remaining cylinders using the above procedure.
9. Using new gaskets (28), install rocker covers (29) and secure with attaching hardware (30,
31 & 32). Do not torque screws (32) at this time. The rocker covers will be removed for
engine pre-oiling during post overhaul adjustment and test.
18-12B VALVE MECHANISM IO-550-G, N, P & R (See Figure 15-1B)
1. Lubricate all tappet faces using Dow Corning® G-N Paste or equivalent. [Dow Corning® is
a registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation.]
2. Install new exhaust tappets into exhaust side tappet guides. Install new intake tappets into
intake side tappet guides.
3. Install twelve pushrod housings. Using a Borrough's 68-3 Rod Spring Compressor or
equivalent, compress spring (39). Place a new packing (38) between two steel washers
(36) and install on the crankcase end of pushrod housing. Place a new gasket (37) on the
cylinder end of pushrod housing. Insert housing into crankcase guide until other end can be
aligned with cylinder head opening. Move assembly outward until gasket has entered
cylinder hole. Release spring slowly until it is free. Remove spring compressor. See Figure
18-17, "Installing Pushrod Housing." Install the pushrod housings nearest to engine mount
brackets first. The spring compressor tool must lie close to horizontal in order to clear the
crankcase flange. Place engine in upright position.
4. Lubricate pushrods (40) with clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil and install through cylinder
openings into housings (35).

18-24 OCTOBER 2000

 FIGURE 18-15B. CHECKING ROCKER ARM SIDE CLEARANCE
5. Before installing valve actuating parts on each cylinder, turn the crankshaft until pushrods
are at their lowest position. Lubricate rocker assemblies, new thrust washers and new
rocker shafts using clean 50 wt. aviation engine oil. Install rocker assemblies (20) and thrust
washers (23) on rocker shafts (24). Install rocker and shaft assemblies on cylinder in
correct positions. Install retainers (25), new tab washers (26) and bolts (27). Check side
clearance between retainers and rocker arms. See Figure 18-15B, "Checking Rocker Arm
Side Clearance." Torque bolts (27) to 190 - 210 inch pounds.
6. Measure exhaust rocker arm to rotocoil clearance. See Figure 18-16, "Rocker Arm To
Rotocoil Clearance.
7. Measure dry valve gear lash at valve tip to rocker foot it must be 0.060 to 0.200
8. Bend tab washers (26) flat up against head of bolts (27) to safety. See section 5-3, "Tab
Washer Procedure."
9. NOTE…Do not realign bolt head to suit tab washer.
10. Install valve actuating parts on remaining cylinders using the above procedure.

FIGURE 18-16. ROCKER ARM TO ROTOCOIL CLEARANCE

OCTOBER 2000 18-25

 11. Using new gaskets (28), install rocker covers (29) and secure with attaching hardware (30,
31, 32). Do not torque screws (32) at this time. The rocker covers will be removed for
engine pre-oiling in section 19-2.

FIGURE 18-17. INSTALLING PUSHROD HOUSING

18-13 CYLINDER BAFFLING IO-550-G, N, P & R (See Figures 15-1B & 9-1D)
1. See Figure 15-1B. Assemble baffle (67) and baffle base using screw and washer (64, 65).
2. Position baffle assembly (66, 67) below and between cylinders 4 and 6. Place baffle
support (63) above and between cylinders 4 and 6. Line up bolt holes on bracket (25) of
Figure 9-1D with bolt holes on baffle support (63) of Figure 15-1B so that they are centered
with anchor nuts on lower baffle assembly (67) of Figure 15-1B. Install bolt and washer (61,
62) securing lower baffle assembly (66, 67) to baffle support and fuel injection line bracket.
Using same procedure as above, install remaining baffles between cylinders (2, 4), (5, 3)
and (1, 3).
18-14 CYLINDER DRAIN ASSEMBLY IO-550-G, N, P & R (See Figure 15-1B)
1. Coat the male tapered threads of fittings (16) with Loctite pipe sealant with teflon P S/T.
Coat the male tapered threads only. Install fittings (16) in cylinders. Torque to limit specified
in Table 6-3, "Torque Specifications for Fittings."
2. Install cylinder drain tube assembly (45) on cylinders. Torque drain tube "B" nuts to the limit
specified in Table 6-3, "Torque Specifications for Fittings." Drain valve assemblies must be
installed in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's instructions .

18-26 OCTOBER 2000

18-15 EXHAUST SYSTEM
1. Exhaust system may now be installed in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's
instructions.

18-16A INDUCTION SYSTEM IO-550-A

1. See Figure 10-1A. Install new gaskets (1) on all cylinder intake flanges. Assemble left and
right cylinder bank intake manifolds using risers (2, 3), new hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8).
Install left and right cylinder bank manifolds on cylinders. Secure with attaching hardware
(4, 5, 6). Torque bolts (6) to 90 - 110 inch pounds.
2. Insure plug (18) has been installed in balance tube (17). Push new hoses (9) and clamps
(8) on front of risers (3). Install balance tube assembly (17) into hoses (9). Torque clamps
(7, 8) to 40-50 inch pounds. Secure balance tube to oil sump flange bracket using clamp
(16).
3. Insure plugs (12) have been installed in elbows (10, 11). Push new hoses (9) and clamps
(8) on rear of risers (2). Install elbows (10, 11). Install new hoses (9) and clamps (8) on
ends of elbows and install manifold (13). Torque clamps (8) to 40-50 inch pounds. Slide
new flexible duct (24) on manifold (13). Install bracket (19) on oil sump using attaching
hardware (21, 20). Torque bolts (20) to 155 - 175 inch pounds. Secure bracket (19) to
manifold using attaching hardware (22, 23). Torque nut (23) to 90 - 110 inch pounds.
4. The air throttle and fuel control assembly must be installed in accordance with the airframe
manufacturer's instructions.

18-16B INDUCTION SYSTEM IO-550-B

1. See Figure 10-1B. Install new gaskets (1) on cylinder intake flanges. Assemble left and
right cylinder bank intake manifolds using risers (2, 3), new hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8).
Install left and right cylinder bank manifolds on cylinders. Secure with attaching hardware
(4, 5, 6). Torque bolts (6) to 90 - 110 inch pounds.
2. Push new hoses (9) and clamps (8) on front of risers (3). Install balance tube assembly (14)
into hoses. Torque clamps (8) to 40-50 inch pounds. Secure balance tube to oil sump
flange bracket using clamp (13)
3. Insure plug (11) has been installed in manifold (10). Push new hoses (9) and clamps (7) on
rear of risers (2). See Figure 9-1B. Install throttle (4A) on oil sump and secure with
attaching hardware (12, 13). Torque bolts (13) to 155 - 175 inch pounds. Safety wire bolts
(13) in accordance with section 5-2, "Lockwire Procedure." See Figure 10-1B. Install intake
manifold (10) into hoses (9) and (15). Torque clamps (7 & 16) to 40-50 inch pounds.

OCTOBER 2000 18-27

18-16C INDUCTION SYSTEM IO-550-C
1. See Figure 10-1C. Install new gaskets (1) on cylinder intake flanges. Assemble left and
right cylinder bank intake manifolds using risers (2, 3), new hoses (9) and clamps (7, 8).
Install left and right cylinder bank manifolds on cylinders. Secure with attaching hardware
(4, 5, 6). Torque bolts (6) to 90 - 110 inch pounds.
2. Push new hoses (9) and clamps (8) on front of risers (3). Install balance tube assembly (14)
into hoses. Torque clamps (8) to 40-50 inch pounds. Secure balance tube to oil sump
flange bracket using clamp (13)
3. Install new hoses (9) and clamps (7) on rear of risers (2). Install elbows (10, 11) into hoses
(9). Torque clamps (7) to 40-50 inch pounds. Install new hoses (9) and clamps (7) on ends
of elbows (10 & 11). Install throttle assembly into hoses. See Figure 9-1C. Install bracket
(42) on accessory drive adapter studs using existing hardware. Torque adapter nuts to 180
- 220 inch pounds. Install brackets (47, 48) on bracket (42) using new bushings (45), sleeve
(46) and attaching hardware (49, 50). Torque nut and bolt (49, 50) to 90 -110 inch pounds.
Install spacer (52) and lower bracket (51) on throttle. Secure using attaching hardware (22).
Torque nut (22) to 90 - 110 inch pounds. Connect lower bracket (51) to tach drive assembly
using nut (22). Torque nut (22) to 90 - 110 inch pounds.

18-16D INDUCTION SYSTEM IO-550-G, N, P & R

1. See Figure 10-1D. Install plugs (4, 5) into intake manifold (2). Torque plugs (4, 5) to the
specified torque in Table 6-2, "Pipe Plug Torques." Attach new bumper (3) below manifold
where it will contact crankcase backbone.
2. Using new gasket (1), assemble throttle and metering assembly to intake manifold (2).
Secure with attaching hardware (14, 15, 19). Torque screws (19) to 75 - 85 inch pounds.
Loosely assemble intake tubes and flanges (6 through 13) to intake manifold (2) using new
hoses and clamp assemblies (17, 18). Place new gaskets (12) on cylinder intake flanges.
With the aid of an assistant, place intake spider assembly on top of engine. Adjust intake
tubes so they seat squarely on cylinder flanges and secure with attaching hardware (14, 15,
16). Torque nuts (16) to 90 - 110 inch pounds. Torque clamps (18) to 40-50 inch pounds .

18-28 OCTOBER 2000

18-17A FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM IO-550-A
NOTE…All fuel injection system parts must be clean and free of debris before assembly.
1. See Figure 9-1A. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at fuel
pump bore. Place silk thread ends into split line of fuel pump bore.
2. Apply molyshield grease to fuel pump drive coupling (2). Install fuel pump drive coupling (2)
in fuel pump (3). Install new gasket (2A) on fuel pump. Lubricate fuel pump cavity with clean
50 weight aviation engine oil. Install fuel pump on crankcase. Secure fuel pump using
attaching hardware (32, 33, 34). Torque nuts (34) to 180-220 inch pounds.
3. Apply 646943 anti seize lubricant to fuel nozzle threads (cylinder end) in accordance with
Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install new fuel nozzles (25) in cylinders 1
through 6. Torque nozzles to 55-65 inch pounds.
CAUTION…Never use teflon tape on fuel injection system fittings.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. The fuel injection lines must be
securely clamped to the fuel line support brackets. Do not assemble in a binding
configuration.
4. Install fuel injection lines (19 through 24) between nozzles (25) and fuel manifold valve (18).
Torque fuel line "B" nuts at nozzles to 40- 45 inch pounds. Torque fuel line "B" nuts at
manifold valve to 55-60 inch pounds.
5. Attach clamps (30) to fuel lines Snap clamps (30) into brackets (31). Install fuel hoses in
accordance with the airframe manufacturer's instructions.

18-17B FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM IO-550-B

1. See Figure 9-1B. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at fuel
pump bore. Place silk thread ends into split line of fuel pump bore.
2. Apply molyshield grease to fuel pump drive coupling (2). Install fuel pump drive coupling (2)
in fuel pump (3). Install new gasket (3A) on fuel pump. Lubricate fuel pump cavity with clean
50 weight aviation engine oil. Install fuel pump on crankcase. Secure fuel pump using
attaching hardware (34, 35 & 36). Torque nuts (36) to 180-220 inch pounds.
3. Apply 646943 anti seize lubricant to fuel nozzle threads (cylinder end) in accordance with
Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install new fuel nozzles (31) in cylinders 1
through 6. Torque nozzles to 55-65 inch pounds.
CAUTION…Never use teflon tape on fuel injection system fittings.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. The fuel injection lines must be
securely clamped to the fuel line support brackets. Do not assemble in a binding
configuration .

OCTOBER 2000 18-29

 4. Install fuel injection lines (30, 45, 46, 47) between nozzles (31) and fuel manifold valve (27).
Torque fuel line "B" nuts at nozzles to 40- 45 inch pounds. Torque fuel line "B" nuts at
manifold valve to 55-60 inch pounds.
5. Attach clamps (33) to fuel lines. Snap clamps (33) into brackets (32, 32A). Install fuel hoses
(28) between fuel pump and fuel control unit fittings. Torque hose "B" nuts to the specified
limit in Table 6-4, "Torque Specifications for Hose Fittings." Install brackets (37) using
existing oil sump bolts. Using clamps (38) secure fuel hoses (28) to brackets (37) using
attaching hardware (40, 41, 42).
6. Install fuel hose (29) between fuel manifold valve (27) and fuel control unit (5) fittings.
Torque hose "B" nuts to the specified limit in Table 6-4, "Torque Specifications for Hose
Fittings." Using clamp (39), secure fuel hose (29) to bracket (37) using attaching hardware
(40, 41, 42).

18-17C FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM IO-550-C

1. See Figure 9-1C. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at fuel
pump bore. Place silk thread ends into split line of fuel pump bore.
2. Apply molyshield grease to fuel pump drive coupling (2). Install fuel pump drive coupling (2)
in fuel pump (3). Install new gasket (3A) on fuel pump. Lubricate fuel pump cavity with clean
50 weight aviation engine oil. Install fuel pump on crankcase. Secure fuel pump using
attaching hardware (30, 31 & 32). Torque nuts (32) to 180-220 inch pounds.
3. Apply 646943 anti seize lubricant to fuel nozzle threads (cylinder end) in accordance with
Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install new fuel nozzles (27) in cylinders 1
through 6. Torque nozzles to 55-65 inch pounds.
CAUTION…Never use teflon tape on fuel injection system fittings.
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. The fuel injection lines must be
securely clamped to the fuel line support brackets. Do not assemble in a binding
configuration.
4. Install fuel injection lines (26, 35, 36, 37) between nozzles (27) and fuel manifold valve (23).
Torque fuel line "B" nuts at nozzles to 40- 45 inch pounds. Torque fuel line "B" nuts at
manifold valve to 55-60 inch pounds.
5. Attach clamps (29) to fuel lines. Snap clamps (29) into brackets (28). Install fuel hoses (24)
between fuel pump and fuel control unit fittings. Torque hose "B" nuts to the specified limit
in Table 6-4, "Torque Specifications for Hose Fittings."
6. Install fuel hose (25) between fuel manifold valve (23) and fuel control unit (5) fittings.
Torque hose "B" nuts to the specified limit in Table 6-4, "Torque Specifications for Hose
Fittings." Install fuel control unit shroud (19) on fuel control (5). Secure using attaching
hardware (7, 9, 20, 21 & 22). Torque bolt (9) to 75 - 85 inch pounds. Torque nuts (22) to 90
- 110 inch pounds. Bend tab of tab washer up against bolt (9) to safety .

18-30 OCTOBER 2000

18-17D FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM IO-550-G, N, P & R
1. See Figure 9-1D. Apply TCM gasket maker to silk thread and split line of crankcase at fuel
pump bore. Place silk thread ends into split line of fuel pump bore.
2. Apply molyshield grease to fuel pump drive coupling (2). Install fuel pump drive coupling (2)
in fuel pump (3). Install new gasket (2A) on fuel pump. Lubricate fuel pump cavity with clean
50 weight aviation engine oil. Install fuel pump on crankcase. Secure fuel pump using
attaching hardware (4, 5 & 6). Torque nuts (6) to 180-220 inch pounds.
3. Apply 646943 anti seize lubricant to fuel nozzle threads (cylinder end) in accordance with
Figure 9-9, "General F/I Sealant Application." Install new fuel nozzles (28) in cylinders 1
through 6. Torque nozzles to 55-65 inch pounds.
CAUTION…Never use teflon tape on fuel injection system fittings.
4. Install manifold valve and bracket (12, 13) on intake manifold secure with attaching
hardware (16, 17, 18). Torque bolts (18) to 155 - 175 inch pounds.
5. Install brackets (26) between induction tube hoses and clamps relative to the fuel lines they
will support. Position brackets so they will align properly with fuel line clamps (27).
WARNING
Fuel injection lines must not be bent or deformed. The fuel injection lines must
be securely clamped to the fuel line support brackets. Do not assemble in a
binding configuration.

6. Install fuel lines (19 through 24) between fuel manifold valve (12) and nozzles (28). Torque
fuel line "B" nuts at nozzles to 40- 45 inch pounds. Torque fuel line "B" nuts at manifold
valve to 55-60 inch pounds.

7. Attach clamps (27) to fuel lines (19 through 24). Insure that fuel line clamps are installed on
fuel line insulators. Snap clamps into brackets (25, 26). Install fuel hose (37) between fuel
pump and fuel metering unit. Torque hose "B" nuts to the specified limit in Table 6-4,
"Torque Specifications for Hose Fittings."

OCTOBER 2000 18-31

18-18 MAGNETO TO ENGINE TIMING
NOTE…The engine is equipped with a right angle drive starter adapter. If it does not freely turn
in the opposite direction of normal rotation the starter motor must be removed from the starter
adapter. Some right angle starter drive adapters incorporate an over-riding spring clutch design
that restricts engine rotation in the opposite direction of normal rotation.
Use the following basic timing procedure to insure that timing is accomplished in accordance
with the required specifications.
NOTE…Whenever positioning the crankshaft for magneto installation, always turn the
crankshaft steadily in the direction of rotation to eliminate any backlash error.
In conducting magneto timing check, use a top dead center locator, protractor and pointer such
as the Eastern Electronics Model E25 Timing Indicator or equivalent.
Ignition Timing (Compression stroke, breaker opens)
Right Magneto, degrees BTC................ 22° ±1°
Left Magneto, degrees BTC .................. 22° ±1°
1. Remove all top spark plugs. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of normal rotation until
the number one piston is at top dead center on the compression stroke. Rotate the
crankshaft in the opposite direction of normal rotation until the piston is far enough down
the barrel to allow the TDC locator to be installed.
2. Install the top dead center locator into No. 1 cylinder top spark plug hole.
3. Install timing disc of indicator being used on the crankshaft flange.
4. Turn crankshaft slowly in direction of normal rotation until piston lightly touches TDC
locator.
5. Rotate disc of timing indicator until the 0 degree mark aligns with the pointer.
6. Slowly turn crankshaft in opposite direction of normal rotation until the piston lightly
touches TDC locator.

FIGURE 18-18A. TIMING PROCEDURE STEP 1

18-32 OCTOBER 2000

7. Observe reading on the disc under the pointer and move the disc, to exactly one-half of
the number of degrees observed, toward the top center mark.

FIGURE 18-18B. TIMING PROCEDURE STEP 2

8. This will be approximately one-half the number of degrees remaining of 360 degrees of
crankshaft rotation. You have now positioned the timing disc to locate top dead center.
9. Remove the TDC locator from the cylinder and find the compression stroke on No. 1

FIGURE 18-18C. TIMING PROCEDURE STEP 3

cylinder by placing a finger over the spark plug hole, or any other adequate method. As
you come up on compression, stop the pointer at the TDC location.

OCTOBER 2000 18-33

 FIGURE 18-18D. TIMING PROCEDURE STEP 4

10. To place the crankshaft in the correct timing position for magneto installation, move the
crankshaft in the opposite direction of normal rotation past the specified magneto timing
setting and then back in the direction of normal rotation until the desired setting before
top dead center is under the pointer. (This removes gear backlash).

FIGURE 18-18E. TIMING PROCEDURE STEP 5

18-34 OCTOBER 2000

MAGNETO TIMING AND INSTALLATION ON ENGINE

WARNING
Prior to any engine or magneto timing procedure disconnect all ignition harness
spark plug leads from the spark plugs. Do not attach any ignition harness spark
plug leads to the spark plugs until all magneto, engine timing procedures and
magneto to switch connections have been entirely completed. The magneto is in
a SWITCH ON condition when the switch wire is disconnected. To prevent
possibility of serious bodily injury or death, before moving the propeller
accomplish the following:
a. Disconnect all spark plug leads.
b. Verify magneto switches are connected to magnetos, that they are in the
"OFF" Position and "P" leads are grounded.
c. Throttle position "CLOSED."
d. Mixture control "IDLE-CUT-OFF."
e. Set brakes and block aircraft wheels.
f. Insure that aircraft tie-downs are installed and verify that the cabin door
latch is open.
g. Do not stand within the arc of the propeller blades while turning the
propeller.

1. MAGNETOS
TCM magnetos: Remove the inspection hole plug from the magneto. Turn the impulse
coupling backward so that the latches will not engage. Turn until timing pointer inside
inspection hole is aligned with the marked distributor gear tooth.

Slick Magnetos: Insert the T118 timing pin, going in "L" or "R" hole (depending on magneto
rotation) in the distributor block. Turn rotor in the opposite rotation of magneto until pin
engages the gear.

2. ACCESSORY DRIVE ASSEMBLIES

See Figure 8-2A for all IO-550 permold engines except IO-550-G5B. Clean and dry the
retainers (14) and bushings (15). Apply Molyshield grease to the rubber drive bushings.
Install two magneto drive bushings into each retainer with the radius (rounded) edges
facing outward. Install a retainer and bushing assembly firmly into each magneto drive gear
assembly.

See Figure 8-2B for IO-550-G5B. Clean and dry the retainers (18) and bushings (19). Apply
Molyshield grease to the rubber drive bushings. Install two magneto drive bushings into
each retainer with the radius (rounded) edges facing outward. Install a retainer and bushing
assembly firmly into each magneto drive gear assembly .

MAY 1998 18-35

 3. Install both of the magneto drive gear assemblies in their accessory drive adapters.
WARNING
Any debris that falls into the engine interior must be removed prior to engine
operation.
WARNING
Incorrect magneto to engine timing will cause detonation, engine failure, injury
or death.
4. Insure that the crankshaft is positioned in accordance with section 18-18 "Magneto To
Engine Timing."

FIGURE 18-19. POSITION OF MAGNETO COUPLINGS

5. Without turning the magneto coupling, hold the magneto in the position it will occupy when
installed. Check the alignment of the gear coupling slot and impulse coupling lugs. If not
aligned, pull the magneto drive gear out of mesh and turn to position needed. Push gear
back into mesh.

6. Place a new gasket on the magneto flange and install magneto carefully so that the drive
coupling lugs mate with the slots of the drive bushings.

7. Install holding clamps, lock washers and nuts. Snug nuts but do not torque. This will allow
turning of the magnetos for final timing. Remove the T118 timing pins from Slick magnetos.

8. Using the above procedure install the remaining magneto.

18-36 MAY 1998

9. The magneto timing light breaker point leads are connected to the ground terminals of the
magnetos. The timing light breaker point leads are connected so that the light on the right
side of the timing light box represents the right magneto and the light on the left side of the
timing light box represents the left magneto. The timing lights should indicate that the points
in both magnetos are closed. Tap the right magneto up with a non-marring hammer until
the light indicates points just opening. Tap the left magneto down until the light indicates
points just opening. Secure magnetos.

10. Watch the lights on the magneto timing light. Turn the crankshaft a few degrees
counterclockwise then clockwise until the timing indicator's pointer is pointing to the correct
degree. As the pointer aligns with the correct degree both lights on the magneto timing light
must indicate that the points just open within one-degree of crankshaft rotation. If timing
light does not indicate the above adjust the magnetos.

NOTE…Point opening is indicated by light illumination on some timing lights while other timing
lights operate in the reverse manner, i.e., the light goes out when the points open.

CAUTION…When installing the magneto on the engine using the specified nuts and clamps,
take the following precautions. Tighten both nuts by hand to finger tightness. Torque each nut
alternately to 100 to 120 inch pounds. Exceeding 120 inch pounds torque may cause the
mounting flange to crack.

11. Torque the magneto attaching hardware to 100-120 inch pounds.

12. Disconnect timing light from magnetos. Insure that connections between magneto and
ignition switch are secure.

IGNITION HARNESS PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. The ignition harness assembly must be replaced 100% at engine overhaul.

2. Clean the mating surfaces (grommets and inside of the outlet plate) with a lint free cloth
moistened with isopropyl alcohol. Apply MS 122DF Spray before installing harness on
magneto. MS 122DF Spray, Miller-Stephenson Chemical Co., Inc., 16 Sugar Hollow Road,
Danbury, Connecticut 06810. Carefully place the harness outlet plate onto the magneto
insuring the grommets enter the distributor block towers. Install and torque nuts around
plate alternately to seat cover squarely on magneto. For TCM S-200 series magnetos apply
25 to 35 inch pounds to screws. For TCM S-1200 series magnetos apply 18-22 inch
pounds to nuts. On Slick Magnetos, torque screws according to the magneto
manufacturer's instructions.

3. The harness assemblies are constructed of a lightweight, flexible, silicone coated cable.
Because the harness assemblies are lightweight and flexible the following must be
observed when installing the harness on an engine:

a. Support leads with the necessary clamps and cable ties to prevent any whipping or
chafing action .

OCTOBER 2000 18-37

 COAT

FIGURE 18-20. COATING INSULATING SLEEVE

b. Route leads as far away as possible from exhaust manifold to insure they are not
exposed to temperatures in excess of 400°F.

c. To prevent sticking of sleeves and to minimize twisting of ferrule coat insulating sleeves,
use MS 122DF Spray, Miller-Stephenson Chemical Co., Inc., 16 Sugar Hollow Road,
Danbury, Connecticut 06810. See Figure 18-20, "Coating Insulating Sleeve."

NOTE…Hold ferrules while torquing or loosening spark plug coupling nuts to protect against
twisting conduit or cable.

d. Clamp harness leads as required.

IGNITION HARNESS INSTALLATION

1. The cable outlet plates can be attached to either magneto in only one position. The shortest
ignition cable is for No. 1 upper spark plug. The ignition lead to spark plug positions are
stamped on the ignition lead to spark plug nuts.

2. Apply Champion® thread lubricant to spark plug threads in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions see Chapter 3. Install all spark plugs and torque to 300-360 inch
pounds.

3. Secure the ignition leads to the cylinder rocker covers using the ignition lead clamps and
rocker cover screws. Use caution routing and attaching leads. Keep leads away from high
heat sources such as the exhaust manifold. Keep the leads away from any engine
component that may cause chafing.
4. Connect the right magneto switch ground wire to the right magneto and the left magneto
switch ground wire to the left magneto in accordance with the magneto manufacturer's
instructions.

5. Install the ignition leads on the proper spark plugs and screw on. Torque ignition lead
coupling nuts to 110 - 120 inch pounds .

18-38 OCTOBER 2000

 The mechanic must consult all related service information issued by the ignition harness
manufacturer.
Spark Plug Coupling Torque (inch pounds)
Thread
5/8-24 90 - 95
3/4-20 110 - 120
TABLE 19-1 COUPLING NUT TORQUE
VALUES

UPPER UPPER
SPARK PLUGS SPARK PLUGS

ENGINE FIRING ORDER 1 6 3 2 5 4 6

MAGNETO FIRING ORDER 1 2 3 4 5 6
5

3 6
2 4 5 1

1 5 4 2
6 3

RIGHT MAG LEFT MAG

2

3
6
5

FIGURE 18-21. IGNITION WIRING DIAGRAM

MAY 1998 18-39

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

18-40 OCTOBER 2000

 CHAPTER 19

POST OVERHAUL ADJUSTMENT AND TEST

SECTION PAGE
19-1 Testing After Overhaul................................................................. 19-2
19-2 Engine Pre-Oiling......................................................................... 19-2
19-3 Test Stand.................................................................................... 19-2
19-4 Test Club...................................................................................... 19-2
19-5 Cooling Air Scoop ........................................................................ 19-3
19-6 Induction Air Intake ...................................................................... 19-3
19-7 Exhaust ....................................................................................... 19-3
19-8 Controls........................................................................................ 19-3
19-9 Electrical Wiring ........................................................................... 19-3
19-10 Instruments .................................................................................. 19-3
19-11 Breather ....................................................................................... 19-4
19-12 Fuel System ................................................................................. 19-4
19-13 Governor Pad Cover.................................................................... 19-4
19-14 Engine Test.................................................................................. 19-5
19-15 Oil Pressure Adjustment.............................................................. 19-5
19-16 Fuel System Adjustment.............................................................. 19-6
19-17 Overhaul Test Run Standard Acceptance Test .......................... 19-34
19-18 Oil Consumption Determination .................................................. 19-35
19-19 Engine Preservation for Storage or Installation After Overhaul .. 19-36
19-20 Test Flight .................................................................................... 19-36
19-21 Continued Airworthiness Instructions .......................................... 19-40

FIGURE PAGE
19-1 Oil Pressure Adjustment.............................................................. 19-5
19-2 Throttle, Fuel Control and Metering Unit Adjustments ................ 19-8
19-3 Fuel Pump Adjustments .............................................................. 19-11
19-4/19-7 IO-550-A Performance Curves.................................................... 19-15/19-18
19-8/19-11 IO-550-B Performance Curves.................................................... 19-19/19-22
19-12/19-15 IO-550-C Performance Curves.................................................... 19-23/19-26
19-16/19-18 IO-550-G Performance Curves ................................................... 19-27/19-29
19-19/19-21 IO-550-N, P, R Performance Curves........................................... 19-30/19-32
Operational Test Form................................................................. 19-33

TABLE PAGE
19-1 Test Operating Specifications...................................................... 19-13
19-2 Compensation Table for Static Ground Setup ............................ 19-14
19-3 Altitude Fuel Schedule IO-550-A................................................. 19-37
19-4 Altitude Fuel Schedule IO-550-B................................................. 19-38
19-5 Altitude Fuel Schedule IO-550-C................................................. 19-38

MAY 1998 19-1

19-1 TESTING AFTER OVERHAUL

WARNING
During engine test run do not stand, or allow anyone else to stand in the
propeller arc area.

19-2 ENGINE PRE-OILING

All engine internal moving parts must be properly lubricated before initial running of engine after
overhaul. Pre-oil the engine upon completion of engine re-assembly. Engine pre-oiling must be
accomplished in accordance with the following procedure:

1. Pre-oiling may be accomplished using a bladder type pressure pot capable of holding at
least 1 gallon of clean aviation engine oil with an output pressure of 50 not to exceed 60
pounds per square inch. See chapter 3 for proper oil grade and for approved oil products.

2. Remove rocker box covers from cylinders. Connect pre-oiler supply hose to engine oil
pressure gauge line connection (fitting). Open pre-oiler valve and watch cylinder rocker
areas for indication of oil flow. Some engines may take as long as 20 minutes for oil
indication depending on oil temperature.

3. After oil flow has been confirmed, re-install gaskets and rocker box covers. Torque rocker
cover screws to 55-65 inch pounds. Close valve on pre-oiler. Disconnect pre-oiler supply
hose and cap or re-install engine oil pressure gauge on pressure gauge line connection
(fitting) as applicable.

4. Check engine oil quantity and service to correct capacity. See the I0-550 Permold Series
Maintenance Manual, Form X30634A, for oil sump capacity. Engine is now ready for initial
run-up and test after overhaul.
19-3 TEST STAND
After each major overhaul, engine performance must be tested. The engine stand must be
constructed in a way to permit accessibility to all engine line and instrument connections and to
permit frequent inspection of all points of possible leakage. All tubes, wires, rods and cables
used to connect instruments and controls should be well supported, and of sufficient flexibility
to permit them to be moved out of the way during installation and removal of the engine.
NOTE…When necessary, the airframe can be considered a suitable test stand for running in
overhauled engines with the use of a test propeller and equipped with a suitable shroud or
scoop to gather and direct cooling air over the cylinders. Engine must be equipped with all the
calibrated instruments listed in "Instruments" of this section.
19-4 TEST CLUB
It will be necessary to install a test club such as those supplied by the Hartzell Propeller Fan
Co., Piqua, Ohio or the flight propeller if the engine is installed in the aircraft. Test clubs are
customarily supplied in standard diameters, so that the blade length is reduced by the "cut and
try" method. The club will absorb the BHP at the RPM specified in Table 19-1. Use the test club
in combination with the cell, test stand and operating limits for which it was calibrated.

19-2 OCTOBER 2000

19-5 COOLING AIR SCOOP
An air scoop must be designed to fit over the tops of all cylinders, with padded seals for rear
cylinders and valve rocker covers, to direct an adequate flow of air downward through the
cylinder fins. Vanes are necessary to direct cooling air to the center cylinder and the oil cooler.
CHT should not vary more than 50°F between coolest and hottest cylinders. Provide an air duct
to the alternator vent tube.
19-6 INDUCTION AIR INTAKE
An air filter and housing must be attached to the intake flange. The filter area must be sufficient
to avoid restriction of air flow. Always clean filter before each test, calculations of filter area
should be based on approximately 389 c.f.m. of air required by the engine at full throttle and on
the filter capacity per unit of area. The calculated area of a clean filter should be increased by
at least 50% to allow for dirt accumulation.
19-7 EXHAUST
The exhaust system supplied by the airframe manufacturer or STC holder, as applicable, must
be installed for testing purposes.
19-8 CONTROLS
The controls required are a mixture control and throttle control capable of operating the fuel
mixture and throttle shafts through their complete ranges, and a magneto switch connected to
the magneto ground terminals. If a flight propeller is used, a proper governor and governor
control is also required.
19-9 ELECTRICAL WIRING
A storage battery must be connected by a No. 0 stranded copper cable from its positive
terminal to the power terminal of the starter through a starter solenoid. The battery negative
terminal must be connected to the engine or both battery terminal and engine may be
grounded. A small insulated wire should connect the starter solenoid coil terminal to a 5
ampere push-button switch. The other switch terminal must be connected to the engine or both
to common ground.

19-10 INSTRUMENTS
The control panel must be equipped with the following calibrated engine instruments.

1. An electrical or mechanical tachometer compatible with the tach drive assembly used.
2. An oil pressure gauge and tube connection.
3. An oil temperature gauge.
4. A cylinder head temperature gauge and wiring to each cylinder.
5. A water manometer with rubber hose connection to the vacuum pump oil return hole at the
rear of the crankcase.
6. An ammeter connected in the alternator circuit.
7. Fuel flow gauge or fuel pressure gauge.
8. An exhaust gas temperature gauge.
9. Manifold pressure gauge.

OCTOBER 2000 19-3

19-11 BREATHER
A clean, substantial hose of 3/4 inch inside diameter must be installed on the crankcase
breather elbow and support so it leads to a point above and to the rear of engine.

19-12 FUEL SYSTEM

The test stand fuel system is to incorporate an auxiliary pump capable of delivering fuel to and
through engine system at a pressure of 2 to 2-1/2 psi indication on fuel pressure gauge.
Connect fuel supply line to upper elbow projecting from left side of fuel pump. Connect fuel
pump-to-supply tank return line to upper elbow projecting from right side of fuel pump. Connect
fuel pressure gauge line to the fitting projecting from the center rear of fuel manifold valve.

19-13 GOVERNOR PAD COVER

A removable oil transfer tube conducts oil under pressure from the front main bearing through
the crankshaft to the propeller hub. Crankshafts are equipped with an oil transfer collar to
supply the governor controlled oil to the crankshaft for use with an oil controlled propeller.
When a test club or fixed pitch propeller is used for testing purposes the governor pad cover
must have an internal grooved surface to allow the circulating oil to lubricate the oil transfer
collar. The governor pad cover is not needed if a propeller governor is installed.

WARNING
Oil pressure is applied to the face of the governor drive pad. If gasket, accessory
or cover is not properly installed and hardware is not properly torqued oil
leakage will occur.

19-4 MAY 1998

19-14 ENGINE TEST
WARNING
Over priming can cause hydrostatic lock and subsequent engine failure.
CAUTION…Insure propeller area is clear before initiating starting sequence.
NOTE…Before starting engine, insure that fuel tanks contain proper type of fuel (100LL-blue or
100 green). Check engine oil sump for proper servicing. See chapter 3 for oil type and
specification
Start the engine in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's Airplane Flight Manual (AFM.)
Operate the engine at 750 RPM for one minute, gradually increasing RPM to 1000 RPM in
three minutes.
Check the magneto circuit for proper grounding prior to a normal shut-down. Allow the engine
to cool adequately and make a visual inspection for any discrepancies. If engine exhibits any
discrepancies, return to the applicable chapter to correct the discrepancy. All discrepancies
must be corrected prior to engine adjustment.
Oil Pressure-Check, If no oil pressure is noted within 30 seconds, shut engine down and
investigate.
CAUTION…Operation of engine without oil pressure may result in engine malfunction or failure.
When propeller stops rotating, place ignition switch, master switch and fuel selector in off
position.
19-15 OIL PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
The adjusting screw is turned clockwise to increase oil pressure and counterclockwise to
decrease oil pressure. With normal operating oil temperature, adjust oil pressure to 10 pounds
per square inch idle minimum 30-60 pounds per square inch normal operation. Torque locknut
and safety as required.

FIGURE 19-1. OIL PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

MAY 1998 19-5

19-16 Fuel System Adjustment

WARNING
The procedures and values provided apply to TCM fuel injected engines that
have not been modified from their type design. Refer to supplemental type
certificate (STC) holder information and instructions for aircraft and engines
that have been modified.
CAUTION...Engine performance, service life and reliability will be compromised if the
engine's fuel injection system is neglected.

The following adjustment procedures are presented in a sequential format that must be
followed to insure proper fuel system adjustment. Reference the applicable Aircraft
Maintenance Manual for detailed fuel system adjustment and maintenance procedures.
Any fuel system that can not be adjusted to meet the specified values will require repair or
replacement of the affected components prior to further engine operation.
CAUTION...Refer to chapter 6 Tables 6-4 and 6-5 for specified values when torquing all hose
connections and fittings.
Adjustment Tools And Equipment Required
A complete set of tools and test equipment is essential for correct setup of TCM fuel injection
systems. Various combinations of these tools and equipment will be used, depending on the
engine model. A proper inventory of tools and equipment for fuel system adjustment will
include the following:
1. TCM recommends the Model 20 ATM - C Porta Test Unit P/N 630045-20 ATM-C or
equivalent to insure the fuel injection system meets all pressure and flow specifications.
An alternative procedure would be to use calibrated gauges. You may acquire a
Model 20 ATM-C Porta Test Unit by contacting the following company:
AERO TEST, Inc.
29300 Goddard Road
Romulus, Michigan 48174
(734) 946-9000

a. One (1) calibrated 0-60 PSI gauge, graduated in 1 PSI increments. This gauge will be
used for unmetered pressure measurement.
b. One (1) calibrated 0-30 PSI gauge, graduated in 1 PSI (maximum) increments. This
gauge will be used for metered pressure measurements and verification of aircraft
fuel flow gauge indications.

19-6 OCTOBER 2000

 2. Two (2) P/N MS51523-B4 swivel tee. These fittings will be used to tee into fuel lines for
unmetered and metered pressure reference.
3. Hoses of appropriate diameters and sufficient lengths to keep personnel and equipment
away from propeller arc area.
4. Common hand tools including: 7/8”, 11/16”, 9/16”, 1/2”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 11/32”, and 5/16”
wrenches. A 1/4” drive: ratchet and sockets, universal swivel, extension and a 5/32” allen
wrench, common screw driver, a calibrated torque wrench, an oil can, mirror and
flashlight. Safety equipment including hearing and eye protection.
5. Tachometer verification instrument - various types are available. Verify aircraft
tachometer accuracy prior to fuel system adjustment.

Pre-Setup Procedures
1. Insure that the test stand fuel supply is not contaminated. If the engine is installed in the
airframe for testing, flush the aircraft fuel system by first removing the engine driven fuel
pump inlet hose and terminating the end into a large clean container. Operate the
aircraft boost pump and allow a minimum of one gallon fuel to flow through the system.
Take necessary precautions to prevent a fire hazard. If contamination is present, locate
and correct the source, and repeat this step prior to proceeding.
2. Prior to any checks or adjustments, verify the accuracy of the tachometer, manifold
pressure gauge and fuel flow gauge. Any gauge found to be inaccurate must be repaired
or replaced prior to adjusting the fuel system.

WARNING
Use of inaccurate gauges will result in incorrect adjustment of the engine fuel
system, possible cylinder wear due to lean operation, pre-ignition, detonation,
overheating, loss of power and severe engine damage.
3. Insure that all fuel system components are of the correct part number and installed
properly. Correct any discrepancies noted.
4. Remove, inspect, clean and reinstall the engine test stand or aircraft and engine fuel
screens in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
5. If the engine is installed in the airframe for testing, inspect the aircraft induction air filter
and alternate air system for condition, operation and cleanliness. Repair or replace any
component that is not operating properly in accordance with the airframe manufacturer's
instructions.
6. Inspect the test stand or aircraft vapor return system for proper operation in accordance
with the manufacturers instructions. Correct any discrepancies noted .
7. Insure the fuel manifold valve vent and fuel pump drain lines are properly installed, open
and free of obstruction. Correct any discrepancies noted.

MAY 1998 19-7

 8. Inspect all engine control rod ends for wear, freedom of movement, proper installation
and security in accordance with the test stand or aircraft manufacturer's instructions.
Correct any discrepancies noted.
9. Insure all engine controls operate freely throughout their full range of travel and are
properly adjusted in accordance with the test stand or aircraft manufacturer's instructions.
10. Lubricate all control rod ends and fuel system components in accordance with the latest
revision of the IO-550 Permold Maintenance Manual, Form X30634A and the test stand
or aircraft manufacturer’s instructions.
WARNING
Failure to correctly install and maintain engine controls can result in loss of
system control and engine power.
11. Inspect the exhaust and induction systems for proper installation, security and leaks.
Correct any discrepancies noted.
12. Inspect all lines, hoses and wire bundles for chafing, loose connections, leaks and stains.
Correct any discrepancies noted.

INLET SCREEN

FUEL INLET
FITTING IDLE MIXTURE
THROTTLE (UNMETERED ADJUSTMENT
LEVER PRESSURE) CW = ENRICH IDLE MIXTURE IDLE RPM
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
CW = LEAN CW = INCREASE
CCW = ENRICH CCW = DECREASE

FUEL OUTLET
MIXTURE (METERED
LEVER PRESSURE) IDLE SPEED STOP
SCREW FUEL OUTLET FUEL INLET
FUEL RETURN CW = INCREASE (METERED PRESSURE) (UNMETERED PRESSURE)
(TO FUEL PUMP)

I0-550-A, B & C I0-550-G,N,P & R

FIGURE 19-2. THROTTLE, FUEL CONTROL AND METERING UNIT ADJUSTMENTS

19-8 OCTOBER 2000

Setup Procedures

1. Locate the IDLE speed stop screw on the throttle body and turn it counter-clockwise two
complete turns. See Figure 19-2. During fuel system adjustment, IDLE RPM will be
controlled manually using the cockpit throttle control.

WARNING
During removal and installation of fuel lines and hoses, failure to properly
support component fittings can result in fitting and/or component damage and
loss of system pressure. See chapter 5, “Standard Practices.”
2. Loosen and remove the unmetered fuel supply hose from either the fuel pump outlet
fitting or the fuel metering unit inlet fitting, whichever is most accessible.
3. Install and torque the MS51523-B4 swivel tee directly to the fuel pump outlet fitting or to
the fuel metering unit inlet fitting as applicable.

NOTE...Installation may require combinations of different fittings and hoses to facilitate

installation of unmetered and metered test equipment connections.
4. Attach the unmetered fuel supply hose to the straight end of the tee connector and
torque.
5. Connect the Unmetered test hose from the Porta Test Unit to the tee fitting and torque. If
using the alternative procedure, connect the 0-60 PSI gauge to the swivel tee using a
length of hose which will provide proper clearance from the engine cowling and propeller
arc. Torque all connections.
6. Loosen and remove the metered fuel supply hose from the manifold valve inlet fitting.
7. Install and torque the second MS51523-B4 swivel tee directly to the fuel manifold valve
inlet fitting.
8. Attach the metered fuel supply hose to the straight end of the tee connector and torque.
9. Connect the metered pressure test hose from the Porta Test Unit to this second tee
connector and torque. If using the alternative procedure, connect the 0-30 PSI gauge to
the swivel tee using a hose long enough to provide proper clearance from the engine
cowling and propeller arc. Torque all connections.
10. Position the throttle control in the FULL OPEN position and the mixture control to FULL
RICH. Operate the aircraft boost pump in accordance with the aircraft manufacturer's
instructions. Following the instructions provided with the Porta Test Unit, bleed all air
from the test unit and hoses. If using the alternative calibrated test gauges, loosen the
test connections at each gauge to bleed the lines of any air. Operate the boost pump
only long enough to allow purging of air from the installed test equipment. Verify that all
fuel lines, hoses and fittings are secured and torqued and that no fuel leaks exist before
proceeding. Insure test hoses have been routed clear of the exhaust system and are
supported their entire length to preclude inaccurate gauge readings.

OCTOBER 2000 19-9

 WARNING
Make certain all fuel has drained from the induction system and properly
disposed of prior to attempting engine start. Failure to do so could cause
hydraulic lock and subsequent engine failure .

11. Install the engine cowling or cooling shroud during ground operation.
12. The Operational Test Form on page 19-33 may be reproduced for use in recording
adjustments and test indications. Record the applicable IDLE and FULL POWER
adjustment points: RPM, fuel pressure, fuel flows, manifold pressure and fuel/air mixture
rise from “Test Operating Specifications” on page 19-13 on the operational test form. See
pages 19-15 through 19-32 of this chapter for:

a. Constant Speed Sea Level Performance Curves

b. Fuel Flow Vs. Brake Horsepower Performance Curves
c. Fuel Flow Vs. Metered Pressure Performance Curves
d. Auto Leaning Schedule Performance Curves
WARNING
Before starting the engine insure that the aircraft wheels are chocked and
brakes are set.

13. Prepare the engine test stand or aircraft for ground run and start the engine in
accordance with the aircraft manufacturer's instructions.
14. Advance the throttle to 1500 to 1800 RPM. While monitoring all engine gauges, operate
the engine at this speed until the engine temperatures and pressures have stabilized in
the operational range. Use the operational test form to record the gauge indications.
15. With the mixture control in the FULL RICH position, reduce the throttle to the specified
IDLE RPM. Record the unmetered pressure indicated on the gauge. Slowly move the
mixture control toward the IDLE CUT-OFF position and record the maximum RPM rise.
Return the mixture control to FULL RICH.
16. Monitoring all engine gauges, slowly advance the throttle control to full rated power for
the engine and allow the engine to stabilize for 15 seconds. Record all engine and test
gauge indications. DO NOT ALLOW ENGINE TEMPERATURES TO EXCEED 420°F
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE AND 210°F OIL TEMP. Retard throttle control to
800 to 1000 RPM.
NOTE… Engine driven fuel pump output pressures vary with engine RPM. If the engine will
not achieve full power rpm during static ground operational test run use Table 19-2 to correct
the metered fuel pressure specification for the actual rpm achieved.
NOTE…Insure that all engine and aircraft systems are adjusted and functioning properly
before making any adjustment to the fuel system.
17. Compare the recorded IDLE fuel pressure, IDLE RPM fuel/air mixture rise and full power
RPM, manifold pressure (as applicable), unmetered fuel pressure, metered fuel pressure
and fuel flow indications with the specified values recorded on the operational test form. If
all recorded values are within specifications, proceed to paragraph 23.
19-10 MAY 1998
 FIGURE 19-3. FUEL PUMP ADJUSTMENTS

18. If any of the recorded readings are not within specifications, the fuel system will require
complete adjustment. ALL READINGS MUST BE TAKEN WITH MIXTURE CONTROL
IN THE FULL RICH POSITION. Install the engine cowling or cooling shroud during all
ground operation.
NOTE...Insure that the manifold pressure is adjusted in accordance with the aircraft
manufacturer’s instructions.

WARNING
Make all adjustments with the engine stopped and the ignition and master
switches in the off position!

19. To adjust the IDLE RPM unmetered pump pressure, loosen the lock nut on the low
pressure relief valve. See Figure 19-3. Turning the adjustment clockwise (CW) will
increase pressure and counterclockwise (CCW) will decrease pressure. Operate the
engine at 1500 - 1800 RPM for 15 seconds after each adjustment, then retard the throttle
to the specified IDLE RPM. Repeat this step until pressure is within specified limits.

NOTE...It is desirable to set IDLE RPM unmetered pump pressure to the minimum limit.
With properly adjusted fuel/air mixture, this will provide a slight fuel enrichment during part
throttle operations.

OCTOBER 2000 19-11

 20. With engine operating at the specified IDLE RPM and unmetered fuel pressure, slowly
move the mixture control from the FULL RICH position toward IDLE CUT-OFF to check
fuel/air mixture. A rise of 25 to 50 RPM should be obtained. An RPM change greater
than 50 indicates the mixture is too rich and a change that is less than 25 indicates the
mixture is too lean. Any mixture conditions that are too rich or too lean will be adjusted
as follows:

a) Adjust idle mixture in accordance with Figure 19-2, “Throttle and Fuel Metering
Adjustments.”
b) Perform an IDLE fuel/air mixture check and observe RPM rise. If the RPM rise is not
within specifications, advance the throttle control to 1500 - 1800 RPM for 15 seconds
after each adjustment to clear the engine. Retard the throttle control to IDLE RPM
and repeat mixture check. Make the necessary adjustment. Repeat this procedure
until the specified RPM rise is achieved.
c) Recheck IDLE RPM unmetered pump pressure. If pressure in not within limits,
repeat Steps 18, 19, 20-a and 20-b before continuing.

21. See Table 19-1, “Test Operating Specifications.” Adjust the full power fuel flow to the
specified value by turning the adjustable orifice screw clockwise to increase fuel flow and
counterclockwise to decrease fuel flow. See Figure 19-3 for fuel pump adjustments.
22. When full power fuel flow has been adjusted to the specified values, recheck the IDLE
RPM unmetered fuel pressure and fuel/air mixture. If any values are not within specified
limits, repeat the adjustment procedures.
23. With the fuel system set to the specified pressure and flow values, set the IDLE RPM to
the airframe manufacturers specified value by turning the Idle Speed Stop screw
clockwise to increase RPM and counterclockwise to decrease RPM. See Figure 19-2.

Post Setup Procedures

1. Insure that the master switch, ignition switch and fuel selector are in the off position.
2. Remove the engine cowling or cooling shroud in accordance with the aircraft
manufacturer's instructions. Remove all test gauges, fittings and hoses that were
installed for fuel system setup. Reconnect all fuel hoses to their original locations,
support and torque all fittings to the specified value.
3. Perform a complete fuel system leak check in accordance with the aircraft manufacturer’s
instructions. Correct any discrepancies noted.
4. Install engine cowling or cooling shroud in accordance with the test stand or aircraft
manufacturer's instructions.
5. Perform a complete operational ground run-up and verify that all fuel system performance
specifications are achieved.
6. Repeat the setup and adjustments as required until the fuel injection system is
performing within the published specification for the aircraft and engine.

19-12 OCTOBER 2000

 TABLE 19-1. TEST OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
For your convenience we have tabulated the following fuel system pressure and flow values to facilitate
proper adjustment and optimum performance. All top end values are shown for maximum rated RPM
and manifold pressure.

ITEM SPECIFICATION
IO-550-A IO-550-B IO-550-C IO-550-G IO-550-N,P,R
Full Throttle Speed - RPM 2700 2700 2700 2500 2700
Idle Speed-RPM 600
Manifold Air Pressure at Idle (in. Hg.)
Max. 18.5
Fuel Grade (Octane) 100LL/100
Fuel Flow at
Full Throttle (Lbs. /Hr.) 142-150 146-156 152-160 125-130 150-160
Fuel Flow at
Full Throttle (Gallons Per Hour.) 24.2-25.6 24.9-26.6 25.9-27.3 21.3-22.1 25.6-27.3
Metered Fuel Pressure at Full Throttle 17.7-20.0 16.5-18.4 17.6-19.6 14.7-16.0 19.0-21.3
Fuel Pump Pressure at Idle
(Unmetered) 8.0-10.0
Fuel Pump Pressure at Full
Throttle (Unmetered) 32.0-36.0 29.2-36.2 31.6-37.8 22.0-26.0 28.0-32.0
Mixture Rise at Idle Cutoff - RPM 25-50
Oil Temperature Limit 240°F
Oil Pressure (Max. Oil Cold) 100
Minimum Oil Pressure at Idle 10
I0-550-N 8
Oil Sump Capacity (Quarts) 12 12 12 8 I0-550-P 10
I0-550-R 12
Magneto Drop 150 RPM
(Max.) Magneto Spread 50 RPM
Cylinder Head Temperature
with Bayonet Thermocouple (Limit) 460°F

Proceed to standard acceptance and oil consumption determination as required for engine overhaul.

NOTE…Test flight and documentation of all test flight operating parameters is MANDATORY before
engine can be returned to service. See section 19-20, "Test Flight. "

OCTOBER 2000 19-13

Table 19-2. Compensation Table For Static Ground Setup

Metered Pressure Vs. RPM @ 70°F Fuel Temperature

Corrected Metered
Static Engine RPM Correction Factor Pressure
(Metered Pressure
x Correction Factor)

Rated RPM 1

-20 .991

-40 .982

-60 .973

-80 .964

-100 .955

-120 .946

NOTE: All values are approximate. Variations may be noticed due to engine and
installation specific influences.

Example: I0-550-B, Maximum Rated RPM = 2700

Metered Fuel Pressure Limits = 16.5 - 18.4
If maximum static engine RPM = 2640, (-60 RPM) use Correction Factor .973
Metered Fuel Pressure Limits x Correction Factor = Corrected Metered
Pressure Limits
16.5 x .973 = 16.0545 (Minimum Metered Pressure Limit) @ 2640 RPM
18.4 x .973 = 17.9032 (Maximum Metered Pressure Limit) @ 2640 RPM

19-14 MAY 1998

 FULL THROTTLE HORSEPOWER
AT ZERO RAM

300 300

280 280
M
0 RP
260 0 260
27 RPM
00
25
240 240
PM
0R
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
0
23
220 220

M
200 0 RP 200
21 0

180 180
PM
00R
160 19 160

140 140

120 120

100 100

80 80

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABSOLUTE DRY MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN. HG.

FIGURE 19-4. SEA LEVEL PERFORMANCE IO-550-A

MAY 1998 19-15

 IO-550-A FUEL FLOW VS. BRAKE HORSEPOWER

160

19-16 MAY 1998

150

140

TS 130
LIMI
H
RIC 120
LL
FU

110
Best Power
Mixture 100

90
FUEL FLOW LBS./HR.

Peak EGT Mixture

Best Economy Mixture 80
78% 25 - 50o F Lean of Peak
EGT
70
65% 75%

60
55%

45% 50

140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300

FIGURE 19-5. FUEL FLOW VS. OBSERVED BRAKE HORSEPOWER IO-550-A

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
 IO-550-A METERED FUEL PRESSURE VS. FUEL FLOW

24 Note: this data is approximate with 24

Fuel pressure gauge at same elevation
As manifold valve and without influence
22 of differential fuel head in gauge line. 22

20 20

18 18

16 16

14 14

12 12

Nominal
10 10
tolerance + .3 psi

8 8
METERED FUEL PRESSURE (PSI)

6 6

4 4

FIGURE 19-6. FUEL FLOW VS. METERED PRESSURE IO-550-A

MAY 1998
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
FUEL FLOW LBS. / HR.

19-17
 Altitude Leaning Chart - IO-550-A Full Rich, 2700 RPM
160

150

19-18 OCTOBER 2000

140

130

Fuel Flow (pph)

120

110

ALTITUDE COMPENSATING FUEL PUMP

100

FIGURE 19-7. AUTO LEANING SCHEDULE IO-550-A WITH

90
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000

Pressure Altitude (feet)

 FULL THROTTLE HORSEPOWER
AT ZERO RAM

300 300

280 280
M
0 RP
260 0 260
27 RPM
00
25
240 240
PM
0R
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
0
23
220 220
M
0 RP
200 21 0 200

180 180
M
RP
00
160 19 160

140 140

120 120

100 100

80 80

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABSOLUTE DRY MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN. HG.

FIGURE 19-8. SEA LEVEL PERFORMANCE IO-550-B

MAY 1998 19-19

 IO-550-B FUEL FLOW VS. BRAKE HORSEPOWER

160

19-20 MAY 1998

150

140

TS 130
LIMI
H
RIC
LL 120
FU
Best Power
Mixture 110

100

90
FUEL FLOW LBS./HR.

Peak EGT Mixture

Best Economy Mixture 80
78% 25 - 50o F Lean of
Peak EGT
70
65% 75%
60
55%

45%
50

140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300

FIGURE 19-9. FUEL FLOW VS. OBSERVED BRAKE HORSEPOWER IO-550-B

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
 IO-550-B METERED FUEL PRESSURE VS. FUEL FLOW

24 Note: this data is approximate with 24

Fuel pressure gauge at same elevation
As manifold valve and without influence
22 of differential fuel head in gauge line. 22

20 20

18 18

16 16

14 14

12 12

Nominal
10 10
tolerance + .3 psi

8 8
METERED FUEL PRESSURE (PSI)

6 6

4 4

FIGURE 19-10. FUEL FLOW VS METERED PRESSURE IO-550-B

MAY 1998
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
FUEL FLOW LBS. / HR.

19-21
19-22
Altitude Leaning Chart - IO-550-B Full Rich, 2700 RPM
160

OCTOBER 2000
150

140

130

120

Fuel Flow (pph)

110

ALTITUDE COMPENSATING FUEL PUMP

FIGURE 19-11. AUTO LEANING SCHEDULE IO-550-B WITH
100

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000
Pressure Altitude (feet)
 FULL THROTTLE HORSEPOWER
AT ZERO RAM

300 300

280 280
M
0 RP
260 0 260
27 RPM
00
25
240 240
PM
0R
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
0
23
220 220
M
0 RP
200 21 0 200

180 180
M
RP
00
160 19 160

140 140

120 120

100 100

80 80

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABSOLUTE DRY MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN. HG.

FIGURE 19-12. SEA LEVEL PERFORMANCE IO-550-C

MAY 1998 19-23

19-24
IO-550-C FUEL FLOW VS. BRAKE HORSEPOWER

160

MAY 1998
150

140
TS
LIMI
H 130
RIC
LL
FU
120

Best Power 110

Mixture
100

90
FUEL FLOW LBS./HR.

Peak EGT Mixture

Best Economy Mixture 80
78% 25 - 50o F Lean of Peak
EGT
70
75%
65%
60
55%

45%
50

140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300

FIGURE 19-13. FUEL FLOW VS. OBSERVED BRAKE HORSEPOWER IO-550-C

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
 IO-550-C METERED FUEL PRESSURE VS. FUEL FLOW

24 Note: this data is approximate with 24

Fuel pressure gauge at same elevation
As manifold valve and without influence
22 of differential fuel head in gauge line. 22

20 20

18 18

16 16

14 14

12 12

Nominal
10 10
tolerance + .3 psi

8 8
METERED FUEL PRESSURE (PSI)

6 6

4 4

FIGURE 19-14. FUEL FLOW VS METERED PRESSURE IO-550-C

MAY 1998
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
FUEL FLOW LBS. / HR.

19-25
 Altitude Leaning Chart - IO-550-C Full Rich, 2700 RPM
170

160

19-26 OCTOBER 2000

150

140

130

Fuel Flow (pph)

120

ALTITUDE COMPENSATING FUEL PUMP

110

FIGURE 19-15. AUTO LEANING SCHEDULE IO-550-C WITH

100

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000

Pressure Altitude (feet)

 FULL THROTTLE HORSEPOWER
AT ZERO RAM

280 280

260 260
PM
240 00R 240
25

220 PM 220
00R
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
23
200 200
PM
00R
180 21 180
PM
9 00R
160 1 160
M
140 0 RP 140
170

120 120

100 100

80 80

60 60

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABSOLUTE DRY MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN. HG.

FIGURE 19-16. CONSTANT SPEED SEA LEVEL PERFORMANCE IO-550-G

MAY 1998 19-27

 IO-550-G FUEL FLOW VS. BRAKE HORSEPOWER

19-28 MAY 1998

130

120

110

Best Power 100

ITS
H LIM 25o Rich of Peak 90
L RIC
FUL
Peak EGT
80
Minimum BSFC
85% 50o Lean of Peak
70
FUEL FLOW LBS./HR.

75% 60

65% 50

40

140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300

FIGURE 19-17. FUEL FLOW VS. OBSERVED BRAKE HORSEPOWER IO-550-G

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
 IO-550-G METERED FUEL PRESSURE VS. FUEL FLOW

24 Note: this data is approximate with 24

Fuel pressure gauge at same elevation
As manifold valve and without influence
22 of differential fuel head in gauge line. 22

20 20

18 18

16 16

14 14

12 12

Nominal
10 10
tolerance + .25 psi

8 8
METERED FUEL PRESSURE (PSI)

6 6

4 4

FIGURE 19-18. FUEL FLOW VS METERED PRESSURE IO-550-G

MAY 1998
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
FUEL FLOW LBS. / HR.

19-29
 FULL THROTTLE HORSEPOWER
AT ZERO RAM
320 320

300 300

280 280
R PM
00 M
260 27 P 260
0 0R
26
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

BRAKE HORSEPOWER
PM
240
00R 240
25
220 220

R PM
200 00 200
23

M
180 0 RP 180
210
160 0 RPM 160
190

140 140

120 120

100 100

80 80

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABSOLUTE DRY MANIFOLD PRESSURE IN. HG.

FIGURE 19-19. CONSTANT SPEED SEA LEVEL PERFORMANCE IO-550-N, P, R

19-30 OCTOBER 2000

 IO-550-N FUEL FLOW VS. BRAKE HORSEPOWER

160

150

140
TS
LIMI 130
H
RIC
LL
FU
120

110

100
Best Power

90
FUEL FLOW LBS./HR.

75% 80

Best Economy 70
65%

55% 60

50

150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310

OCTOBER 2000
BRAKE HORSEPOWER

FIGURE 19-20. FUEL FLOW VS. OBSERVED BRAKE HORSEPOWER IO-550-N, P, R

19-31
 IO-550-N METERED FUEL PRESSURE VS. FUEL FLOW

24 Note: this data is approximate with 24

Fuel pressure gauge at same elevation
As manifold valve and without influence
22 of differential fuel head in gauge line. 22

19-32 OCTOBER 2000

20 20

18 18

16 16

14 14

12 12

Nominal
10 10
tolerance + .25 psi

8 8
METERED FUEL PRESSURE (PSI)

6 6

4 4

FIGURE 19-21. FUEL FLOW VS METERED PRESSURE IO-550-N, P, R

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
FUEL FLOW LBS. / HR.
MAY 1998 19-33
19-17 OVERHAUL TEST RUN STANDARD ACCEPTANCE TEST

PERIOD TIME-MINUTES RPM

1 5 1200±25 RPM
2 5 1600±25 RPM
{| 2100±25 RPM
3 5 2400±25 RPM
4 10 Rated Power RPM

5 10 75% Power RPM Check Fuel and Oil Pressures. Check

Temperatures.
6 5 } Idle RPM (cooling period) Re-check idle adjustments.
Stop engine and perform leak check.

7 15 ~ 75% Power RPM

8 15 ~ 75% Power RPM

NOTES:
 Make one check on performance of each magneto alone at 2100 RPM. Clear spark plugs by
operating with both magnetos on for a few seconds between checks. Check fuel flow.

| Do not run engine above 1800 RPM until oil temperature has reached 160°F and cylinder head
temperatures have reached 200°F.

} Do not shut engine down until oil temperature is below 200°F and cylinder head temperatures are
below 300°F.

~ Fuel and oil leaks are not acceptable.

Engines failing to pass acceptance test for high oil consumption, major oil leaks, low power, damaged
components, excessive noise, excessive roughness, low oil pressure, excessive oil filter contamination
require further investigation, correction of all discrepancies and complete re-test.

See next page for oil consumption determination test run .

19-34 OCTOBER 2000

19-18 OIL CONSUMPTION DETERMINATION

PERIOD TIME-MINUTES RPM

1 5 Warm up to 2000±25 RPM
{| 2100±25 RPM
2 5 Rated Power RPM
3 5 75% Power RPM Check Fuel and Oil Pressures. Check
Temperatures.

4 5 } Idle RPM (cooling period) Re-check idle adjustments.

Stop engine, drain and weigh oil in for oil consumption determination.
5 15 ~ 75% Power RPM
6 15 ~  75% Power RPM

NOTES:
 Make one check on performance of each magneto alone at 2100 RPM. Clear spark plugs by
operating with both magnetos on for a few seconds between checks. Check fuel flow.

| Do not run engine above 1800 RPM until oil temperature has reached 160°F and cylinder head
temperatures have reached 200°F.

} Do not shut engine down until oil temperature is below 200°F and cylinder head temperatures are
below 300°F.

~ Fuel and oil leaks are not acceptable.

Engines failing to pass acceptance test for high oil consumption, major oil leaks, low power, damaged
components, excessive noise, excessive roughness, low oil pressure, excessive oil filter contamination
require further investigation, correction of all discrepancies and complete re-test.

 Oil consumption of 1 lb. is considered acceptable for this test. One repeat of this
test run is acceptable. Oil consumption in excess of 1.0 pound return engine to
overhaul shop for a complete recheck of construction .

OCTOBER 2000 19-35

19-19 ENGINE PRESERVATION FOR STORAGE OR INSTALLATION AFTER
OVERHAUL
The engine must be preserved for storage or installed in the airframe in accordance with the
IO-550 Permold Series Maintenance Manual, Form X30634A and the airframe manufacturer’s
information. If the engine is installed for return to service, proceed to, "Test Flight."
19-20 TEST FLIGHT
Refer to the aircraft manufacturer’s or Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) holders
POH/AFM for specific operational information.
NOTE…I0-550-A, B & C engines that have an altitude compensating fuel pump require the
auto lean operation inspection below during test flight.
Ambient air and engine operating temperatures are of major concern during this test flight. Do a
normal pre-flight run-up in accordance with the Airplane Flight Manual. Conduct a normal take-
off with full power and monitor the fuel flow, RPM, oil pressure, cylinder head temperatures and
oil temperatures. Reduce to climb power in accordance with the Airplane Flight Manual. The
manual mixture control should be set in the full rich position for all operations except leaning for
field elevation to maintain smoothness (unless engine is equipped with an altitude
compensating fuel pump). Leaning operations must be performed in accordance with the
Airplane Flight Manual.
NOTE…New, rebuilt and overhauled engines or engines that have had new or repaired
cylinders installed must be flown in accordance with the following procedure for the first two
hours of operation.
Level flight cruise should be at 75% power with best power or richer mixture for the first hour of
operation. The second hour power settings should alternate between 65% and 75% power with
the appropriate best power mixture settings. The best power mixture setting is 100° to 125° rich
of peak exhaust gas temperature. Engine controls or aircraft attitude should be adjusted as
required to maintain engine temperatures and pressures within specifications.
Descent from high altitude should be accomplished at low cruise power settings. During
descent engine pressures and temperatures must be carefully monitored. Avoid long descents
with cruise RPM and manifold pressure below 18" Hg.
CAUTION…Rapid descents at high RPM and low manifold pressure are to be avoided.
During descent monitor cylinder head and oil temperatures maintaining above the minimum
recommended operating range .
NOTE…Avoid long descents at low manifold pressure, which can result in excessive engine
cooling. Satisfactory engine acceleration may not occur when power is applied.
Any discrepancies detected during test flight must be corrected and the aircraft again test flown
prior to approval of engine for return to service. The appropriate logbook entries must be made
in accordance with Part 43 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) before the engine can be
returned to service.
AUTO LEAN OPERATION FOR ENGINES WITH ALTITUDE
COMPENSATING FUEL PUMPS
In addition to the above I0-550-A, B & C engines with altitude compensating fuel pumps
require a flight test every 100 hours or annual inspection and anytime an adjustment is made
to the fuel injection system to insure proper operation of the fuel pump auto leaning feature.

19-36 OCTOBER 2000

1. Tables 19-2, 19-3, 19-4 and the Auto Leaning Charts, Figures 19-7, 19-11, 19-15
provide fuel flow vs. pressure altitude specifications.
2. Insure the accuracy of aircraft fuel flow gauge and tachometer have been verified.
These gauges must be accurate or the data recorded during flight test will not be
valid.
3. Locate the correct table and auto leaning chart for the aircraft and engine. On the
operational test form provided in this chapter, record all pressure altitudes and
corresponding minimum and maximum fuel flows as specified.
4. In accordance with the aircraft manufacturer’s instructions perform a complete pre-
flight inspection, engine start and ground run up.
5. Set the aircraft altimeter to 29.92 inches Hg.
6. In accordance with the aircraft manufacturer’s instructions make a normal take-off.
7. Climb must be accomplished at full throttle, FULL RICH mixture and 2700 RPM at the
best rate of climb airspeed or higher for the aircraft.
8. Using the aircraft fuel flow gauge and altimeter record the fuel flows at all pressure
altitudes specified.
9. Compare the recorded fuel flows with the specified fuel flows for all pressure altitudes.
If fuel flows are within the minimum and maximum limits at all altitudes no adjustments
are required.
10. If the fuel flows are not within the specified limits at all pressure altitudes the fuel
injection system auto leaning schedule will require adjustment.
TABLE 19-2. ALTITUDE FUEL SCHEDULE
IO-550-A ENGINE FULL OPEN THROTTLE, FULL RICH MIXTURE
300 BHP @ 2700 RPM
Pressure Altitude Fuel Flow Fuel Flow Metered Fuel
(Set Altimeter at (lbs/hr) (gals/hr) Pressure PSID
29.92 in. Hg.) Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Sea Level 142 150 24.2 25.6 16.5 17.2
1000 141 149 24.0 25.4 16.3 17.1
2,000 138 146 23.5 24.9 15.9 16.6
3000 133 141 22.6 24.0 15.1 15.7
4,000 128 136 21.8 23.2 14.3 14.9
5000 123 131 21.0 22.3 13.6 14.1
6,000 120 128 20.4 21.8 13.2 13.7
8,000 113 121 19.2 20.6 12.3 12.7
10,000 108 116 18.4 19.8 11.6 12.1
12,000 103 111 17.5 18.9 11.0 11.4
14,000 98 106 16.7 18.1 10.4 10.7
Gasoline = 5.87 lbs per gallon @ 70° F.

OCTOBER 2000 19-37

 TABLE 19-3. ALTITUDE FUEL SCHEDULE
IO-550-B ENGINE FULL OPEN THROTTLE, FULL RICH
MIXTURE 300 BHP @ 2700 RPM
Pressure Fuel Flow Fuel Flow Metered Fuel
Altitude (Set (lbs/hr) (gals/hr) Pressure PSID
Altimeter at Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
29.92 in. Hg.)
Sea Level 146 156 24.9 26.6 17.2 18.3
1000 145.5 155.5 24.8 26.5 17.1 18.2
2,000 145 155 24.7 26.4 17.0 18.1
3000 144 154 24.5 26.3 16.9 17.9
4,000 142 152 24.2 25.9 16.5 17.5
5000 139 149 23.7 25.4 16.1 17.0
6,000 135.5 145.5 23.1 24.8 15.5 16.5
8,000 127 137 21.6 23.3 14.2 15.1
10,000 117 127 19.9 21.6 12.8 13.6
12,000 110 120 18.7 20.4 11.9 12.6
14,000 105 115 17.9 19.6 11.3 11.9
Gasoline = 5.87 lbs per gallon @ 70° F.

TABLE 19-4. ALTITUDE FUEL SCHEDULE

IO-550-C ENGINE FULL OPEN THROTTLE, FULL RICH
MIXTURE 300 BHP @ 2700 RPM
Pressure Fuel Flow Fuel Flow Metered Fuel
Altitude (Set (lbs/hr) (gals/hr) Pressure PSID
Altimeter at Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
29.92 in. Hg.)
Sea Level 152 160 25.9 27.2 18.2 18.9
1000 151 159 25.7 27.1 18.0 18.7
2,000 148 156 25.2 26.6 17.5 18.2
3000 143 151 24.4 25.7 16.7 17.4
4,000 138 146 23.5 24.9 15.9 16.5
5000 134 142 22.8 24.2 15.3 15.9
6,000 130 138 22.1 23.5 14.7 15.3
8,000 123 131 21.0 22.3 13.6 14.1
10,000 118 126 20.1 21.5 12.9 13.4
12,000 113 121 19.3 20.6 12.3 12.7
14,000 108 116 18.4 19.8 11.7 12.1
Gasoline = 5.87 lbs per gallon @ 70° F.

19-38 MAY 1998

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES:
Fuel Pump Auto Leaning Schedule
NOTE...On IO-550-A and C model engines do not attempt to adjust the auto leaning schedule
if the aircraft is at a field with a pressure altitude greater than 1000 feet.
On IO-550-B model engines do not attempt to adjust the auto leaning schedule if the aircraft
is at a field with a pressure altitude greater than 3000 feet.
Refer to Fuel System Adjustment (Setup Procedures) of this chapter for installation of the
required test equipment.
1. If not previously accomplished, adjust the engine fuel injection system in accordance with
Fuel System Adjustment of this chapter using the appropriate table for the engine and
aircraft.
2. Adjustments to the engine driven fuel pump variable orifice (aneroid) will result in a
change to the auto leaning schedule. One complete revolution of the aneroid adjustment
will increase or decrease the auto leaning schedule approximately 1000 feet.
3. Refer to Figures 19-7, 19-11, 19-15 as applicable. The variable orifice (aneroid)
adjustment will move you horizontally across the chart. The adjustable orifice will move
you vertically.
4. Adjustments to the variable orifice (aneroid) will affect the FULL POWER unmetered fuel
pressures (adjustable orifice), metered pressures and fuel flows. It is important to
maintain the balance between these adjustments in order to achieve the specified fuel
system parameters.
CAUTION…Exercise caution when adjustments to the aneroid are accomplished. The
aneroid stem has an extra fine thread and over torquing of the lock nut will damage either the
stem or housing threads.
NOTE...It will be necessary to cut and remove the safety wire and manufacturer’s seal from
the variable orifice adjustment. Cut the safety wire as close to the variable orifice stem as
possible. This will provide a pig tail for the fuel pump through bolts. It is not necessary to re-
safety the aneroid after adjustments have been completed.
5. By reviewing the data recorded on the operational test flight form we can determine if the
auto leaning schedule is above or below the specified limits at the various pressure
altitudes.
6. Adjustment of the variable orifice (aneroid) clockwise will decrease the altitude (move
horizontally to the left on the chart) while counter-clockwise adjustments will increase the
altitude (move horizontally to the right on the chart) at a given pressure altitude.
7. As an example, looking at Figure 19-11 (IO-550-B engine) at a pressure altitude of 4000
feet the recorded fuel flow was 140 PPH (point A) The fuel flow specified for this pressure
altitude is 142 PPH to 152 PPH. The recorded fuel flow of 140 PPH would be correct if
we were between 5000 feet and 7000 feet. To achieve the specified fuel flow verses
pressure altitude we must adjust the variable orifice out. Adjustment of the variable orifice
(aneroid) two complete revolutions will move point A two thousand feet to the right to
6000 feet.

MAY 1998 19-39

 8. After making any adjustment to the variable orifice, torque the lock nut to 25 - 30 inch
pounds.
9. Perform a complete ground run up and verify that unmetered and metered pressures and
fuel flows are within the limits specified in appropriate table for the pressure altitude. If
these parameters are not within the limits specified make adjustments in accordance with
“Fuel System Adjustment” of this chapter to achieve the specified values.
NOTE...The adjustable orifice tapered needle may be damaged if forced against it’s seat.
The adjustment should move freely. Do not continue adjustments if rotational resistance
increases suddenly.
10. Once the adjustments are completed, remove the test equipment in accordance with
“Fuel System Adjustment” (Post Setup Procedures) of this chapter.
11. Perform a flight test in accordance with “Test Flight. ”
Repeat these procedures until the engines fuel injection system meets all published
specifications.

19-21 CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS INSTRUCTIONS

After engine installation, test and approval for return to service the engine must be kept in an
airworthy status. The engine must be kept airworthy in accordance with the engine
maintenance instructions in the IO-550 Maintenance Manual, Form X30634A, and related
publications as listed in section 1-5 of this manual.

19-40
 Special Instructions
For
I0-550-B39B and I0-550-C31B
Overhaul Instructions for the I0-550-B39B are the same as the overhaul instructions for the I0-550-
B37B and overhaul instructions for the I0-550-C31B are the same as the overhaul instructions for
the I0-550-C30B except for the following:

1. The torque’s listed in tables 6-1 through 6-5 are applicable to the I0-550-B39B and I0-
550-C31B except for the crankcase flange (backbone) stainless steel nuts and bolts
which are torqued to 240 to 280 inch pounds.

2. The cylinder valve springs are matched to within 5 pounds across all cylinders at the
factory.

3. The six connecting rods are balanced to within 2 grams - inch at the factory.

4. The crankshaft assembly is dynamically balanced to within 12 grams - inch at the factory.

5. The six pistons are weight matched to within 2 grams - inch at the factory.

6. During disassembly a Kent-Moore Crankcase Splitter Part Number L-423 is required.

NOTE…See the following pages for cylinder intake valve seat rework information and crankcase
studding assembly additions.

OCTOBER 1998 20-1

 2.48 Max.

2.26 Max.

40
30°
30°

45° .060 ± .010

INTAKE SEAT GRINDING PROCEDURE:

15° NOTE: USE STONES THAT WILL

PRODUCE 40 Ra FINISH.

1. GRIND SEAT WITH 30° STONE

TO SPECIFIED FINISH.
2. NARROW SEAT OUTSIDE DIAMETER
WITH 15° STONE TO ESTABLISH
OUTSIDE DIAMETER.
30°
3. NARROW SEAT INSIDE DIAMETER
WITH 45° STONE TO ESTABLISH
60 ± .010.

45°

15°

FIGURE 20-1. I0-550-B39B AND I0-550-C31B INTAKE VALVE SEAT REFACING

20-2 OCTOBER 1998

 THE I0-550-39B (654130-6) STUDDING ASSEMBLY IS THE SAME
AS FIGURE 16-7B AND THE I0-550-C31B (654130-5) STUDDING
ASSEMBLY IS THE SAME AS FIGURE 16-7C EXCEPT FOR THE
FOLLOWING ADDITIONS:
1. 654638 DOWEL, 8 EACH (SETTING HEIGHT .47”)
2. MS9021-016 O-RING, 8 EACH

1, 2 1, 2

FIGURE 20-2. I0-550-B39B AND I0-550-C31B CRANKCASE STUDDING

ASSEMBLY ADDITIONS

OCTOBER 1998 20-3

 INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

20-4 OCTOBER 1998